Skip to main content

Full text of "The journal of raptor research"

See other formats


(ISSN 0892- L 016) 


The 

Journal 

of 



Research 



Volume 31 


September 1997 


Number 3 



Contents 

A Raptor Survey in the Brazilian Atlantic Rainforest. Santi Manosa and 

Vittorio Pedrocchi 203 

Breeding Density and Landscape-level Habitat Selection of Common 
Buzzards {Buteo buteo) in a Mountain Area (Abruzzo Apennines, Italy). 

Vincenzo Penteriani and Bruno Faivre 208 

Variations in Breeding Bald Eagle Responses to Jets, Light Planes and 

HELICOPTERS. Teryl G. Grubb and William W. Bowerman 213 

Productivity of Golden Eagles Wearing Backpack Ratiotransmitters. John 

M. Marzluff, Mark S. Vekasy, Michael N. Kochert and Karen Steenhof 223 

Crested Caracara Food Habits in the Cape Region of Baja California, 

MEXICO. Ricardo Rodriguez-Estrella and Laura B. Rivera Rodriguez 228 

Remarkable Saker Falcon (Falco cherrug ) Breeding Records for Mongolia. 

David H. Ellis, Merlin H. Ellis and Pu. Tsengeg 234 

Spatial Incidence of Barred Owl (Strixvaria) Reproduction in Old- 

growth Forest of the Appalachian Plateau, j. Christopher Haney 241 

Habitat Associations of the Barred Owl in the Boreal Forest of 

SASKATCHEWAN, Canada. Kurt M. Mazur, Paul C. James, Michael J. Fitzsimmons, Gido 

Langen and Richard H. M. Espie 253 

The Winter Roosting Behavior of Eastern Screech-owls in Central 

KENTUCKY. Tara A. Duguay, Gary Ritchison and Jeffrey P. Duguay 260 

Nutrient Content of Five Species of Domestic Animals Commonly Fed to 

Captive Raptors. Nancy j. cium 267 

Short Communications 

Juvenal Plumage Characteristics of Male Southeastern American Kestrels {Falco sparverius 

paulus). Karl K. Miller and John A. Smallwood 273 

Double Brooding by American Kestrels in Idaho. Karen Steenhof and Brit E. Peterson.... 274 

First Nest Record of the Bare-shanked Screech-owl (Otus clarkii) . Paula L. Enriquez Rocha, 

J. Luis Rangel-Salazar and Joe T. Marshall 276 

The Summer Diet of the Little Owl (Athene noctua) on the Island of Astipalaia 
(Dodecanese, Greece). Francesco M. Angelici, Leonardo Latella, Luca Luiselli and 

Francesco Riga 280 

Home Range, Habitat Use and Natal Dispersal of Blakiston’s Fish-owls. Yuko Hayashi 283 

Letters 286 

BOOK Reviews. Edited by Jeffrey S. Marks 290 

Abstracts of Presentations Made at the Annual Meeting of the Raptor 
Research Foundation, Inc., Held at Gainesville, Florida, 1986 293 


The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. gratefully acknowledges a grant and logistical support 
provided by Boise State University to assist in the publication of the journal. 

Persons interested in predatory birds are invited to join The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. Send 
requests for information concerning membership, subscriptions, special publications, or change of address 
to OSNA, P.O. Box 1897, Lawrence, KS 66044-8897, U.S.A. 

The Journal of Raptor Research (ISSN 0892-1016) is published quarterly and available to individuals for $33.00 
per year and to libraries and institutions for $40.00 per year from The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc., 14377 
117th Street South, Hastings, Minnesota 55033, U.S.A. (Add $3 for destinations outside of the continental United 
States.) Periodicals postage paid at Hastings, Minnesota, and additional mailing offices. POSTMASTER: Send 
address changes to The Journal of Raptor Research, OSNA, P.O. Box 1897, Lawrence, KS 66044-8897, U.S.A. 

Printed by Allen Press, Inc., Lawrence, Kansas, U.S.A. 

Copyright 1997 by The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. Printed in U.S.A. 

® This paper meets the requirements of ANSI/NISO Z39.48-1992 (Permanence of Paper). 


THE JOURNAL OF RAPTOR RESEARCH 

A QUARTERLY PUBLICATION OF THE RAPTOR RESEARCH FOUNDATION, INC. 


Vol. 31 September 1997 No. 3 


J. Raptor Res. 31 (3):203-207 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


A RAPTOR SURVEY IN THE BRAZILIAN ATLANTIC RAINFOREST 

Santi Manosa and Vittorio Pedrocchi 

Departament de Biologia Animal, Facultat de Biologia, Universitat de Barcelona, 

Avinguda Diagonal 645, 

08028 Barcelona, Catalonia, Spain 

Abstract. — We give the results of a raptor survey conducted in August 1994 in the Porque Estadual 
Intervales, a well preserved area of Atlantic rainforest in southeastern Brazil. Point counts were more 
effective than transect counts. Ten species of raptors were detected. The presence of a pristine popu- 
lation of Mantled Hawks ( Leucoptemis polionota). Black Hawk-eagles ( Spizaetus tyrannus) and Ornate 
Hawk-eagles (5. ornatus), gives to the area a remarkable interest for the conservation of birds of prey 
in Brazil. We also observed Turkey Vultures ( Cathartes aura), Black Vultures ( Coragyps atratus, Tiny Hawks 
(Accipiter superciliosus) , Roadside Hawks ( Buteo magnirostris), Short-tailed Hawks (Buteo brachyurus) , Yellow- 
headed Caracaras ( Milvago chimachima) , Collared Forest-falcon ( Micrastur semitorquatus ) and possibly 
Grey-headed Kites ( Leptodon cayanensis ). 

Key Words: Atlantic rainforest, birds of prey, Brazil. 


Sequimiento de Rapaces en la Selva Atlantica de Brasil 

Resumen. — Se dan los resultados de un seguimiento de rapaces efectuado en agosto de 1994 en el 
Parque Estadual Intervales, una zona bien preservada de selva atlantica del sureste de Brasil. Los censos 
puntuales se mostraron mas eficaces que los censos lineales. Se detectaron 10 especies seguras de 
rapaces. En particular, destaca la presencia de una poblacion saludable de busardo blanquinegro Leu- 
copternis polionota, aguila-azor negra Spizaetus tyrannus y aguila-azor galana S. ornatus, lo cual dota a este 
area de un notable interes para la conservacion de aves de presa en Brasil. Se observaron tambien el 
aura gallipavo Cathartes aura, el zopilote negro Coragyps atratus, el gavilancito americano Accipiter super- 
ciliosus, el busardo caminero Buteo magnirostris, el busardo colicorto Buteo brachyurus, el caracara chi- 
machima Milvago chimachima, el halcon-montes collarejo Micrastur semitorquatus, y posiblemente el mil- 
ano cabecigris Leptodon cayanensis. 

[Traduccion Autores] 


The Brazilian Atlantic rainforest is considered 
among the areas of highest avian endemism in 
South America (Cracraft 1985). However, less 
than 8% of the original forest is left, and the 
remaining forest patches are small and isolated 
from one another (Fonseca 1985, Alburquerque 
1995, Fundagao SOS Mata Atlantica 1995). Birds 
of prey can be good ecological indicators of the 
conservation value of these patches, because 
some species require large amounts of well-pre- 
served habitat to survive, while others increase 
in human-altered habitats. Although some spe- 


cies are threatened by habitat fragmentation and 
destruction (Thiollay 1985), difficulties faced 
when studying rainforest raptors (Thiollay 1989) 
limit the information needed to design good 
conservation strategies. Several monitoring and 
research programs are being conducted in the 
Neotropical region to fill this gap (Thiollay 1989, 
Vannini 1989, Whitacre and Thorstrom 1992), 
but the Atlantic rainforest has received little at- 
tention. In this paper, we present the results of 
a pilot survey conducted in an Atlantic rainforest 
area of southeastern Brazil from 1—12 August 


203 


204 


Manosa and Pedrocchi 


Vol. 31, No. 3 



Figure I. Map of the Parque Estadual Intervales, show- 
ing the location of the areas covered by transect counts 
(shaded), the location of the point counts (a, b, c, d) 
and the possible location of Manded Hawk breeding ter- 
ritories (O). The location of the Parque Estadual Inter- 
vales Information Center (Sede) and Barra Grande 
station are also shown. 

1994 to provide baseline data for future moni- 
toring and conservation programs. 

Study Area and Methods 

The survey was conducted in the Parque Estadual In- 
tervales, a natural reserve comprised of 383 km 2 of con- 
tinuous mature and secondary Atlantic rainforest (Fig. 
1 ) . The reserve is situated at the southeastern portion of 
the State of Sao Paulo, 80 km from the coast (24°20'S, 
48°15'W), and is part of a mountain range about 900 km 
long known as Serra do Mar. The Parque Estadual Inter- 
vales, together with neighboring protected and private 
land (Parque Estadual Turistico do Alto Ribeira-Petar, Es- 
ta^ao Ecologica de Xitue and Parque Estadual de Carlos 
Botelho), constitutes a 1168 km 2 area of well-preserved 
habitat. The area receives as much as 2500 mm of annual 
rainfall, concentrated mainly between November-March. 
The reserve is not hunted, and the palmito Euterpe edulis, 
one of the main components of the forest, is no longer 
being exploited. The forest covers all the reserve, except 
small openings around hamlets and guard stations. Ma- 
ture or nearly mature forest communities cover 40% of 
the reserve, 40% is covered by old secondary forest, and 
20% by young secondary forest found mainly along the 
roads and around inhabited areas (J.C. Guix pers. 
comm.). Areas around the Parque Estadual Intervales are 
agricultural land and grassland. 

Three areas within the reserve were surveyed (Fig. 1). 
The Alecrim area ranging from 150-600 m elevation con- 
sisted of old secondary forest and included a small ham- 
let surrounded by pastures and crops. The Sao Pedro 
area (350-860 m elevation) was covered by mature and 


old secondary forest. The Fund area (40-150 m eleva- 
tion) was covered by old secondary forest on the hill 
slopes and young secondary forest on the lowest areas 
near to agricultural areas. For a detailed accouj^jjfplant 
communities found in Intervales see Guix et al. (1992). 

Raptor counts were conducted using transect and 
point count methods. No playback techniques (Whitacre 
and Thorstrom 1992) were used. We conducted 68 tran- 
sect surveys on foot with the aim of recording monkeys, 
toucans, guans and birds of prey. Although transects were 
not specifically designed to count raptors, they allowed 
us to obtain an index of detections/km for several spe- 
cies. Transect lengths ranged from 1—22 km, but most 
were 2-3 km long (x = 4.3 km, SD = 4.0). Except the 
longest transect that required a full day to complete, 
most surveys were conducted just after dawn or before 
dusk and lasted for 1.5—2 hr. The spatial arrangement of 
the transects was determined by the distribution of foot 
paths laid out by the guard staff to survey the reserve, 
but we felt it was representative of all the area. Transect 
counts were conducted by teams of 2—6 people. The 
weather was variable between counts, from clear to slight- 
ly rainy. 

Point counts followed the method described by Whit- 
acre et al. (1992). Counts were conducted in clear and 
calm weather by two observers from elevated points of 
the landscape, with a view angle of 60°-145°, and an un- 
bounded view radius of at least 1 km. We selected points 
along the main tracks, offering good visibility of different 
rainforest areas. One count (a) was conducted from a 
midslope road in the Alecrim area and the other three 
(b, c, d) were conducted in the Sao Pedro area. Counts 
in the Sao Pedro area were done from the top of emer- 
gent trees that were about 2 km apart and gave unob- 
structed views of three different valleys. Counts were ini- 
tiated 2. 5-4.5 hr after dawn and lasted for 3-4 hr. The 
counting period was divided into 5 min intervals. For ev- 
ery interval, all raptors seen were recorded. Using this 
method, we obtained a list of species, the minimum num- 
ber of groups and individuals observed and the propor- 
tion of 5-min intervals in which a species was recorded. 

Results and Discussion 

On 68 transects, we walked a total of 290 km and 
made observations for 121 hr. We recorded birds 
of prey on 15 occasions (0.12 contacts/hr) for a 
total of 26 individuals of five different species. Rap- 
tors were observed on only 12 (17%) of the tran- 
sects (Table 1). Mantled Hawks (Leucopternis poh- 
onota) were observed in the Alecrim area along the 
Piloes-Formoso river, between Alecrim and Sede. 
One pair was observed 6 km from Alecrim and an- 
other three hawks were observed simultaneously 8 
km further along the river. In both cases, the birds 
were heard calling and were observed perching in 
small forested areas. We concluded that at least 
three or four pairs of Mantled Hawks inhabited the 
14 km of the Piloes-Formoso river valley that we 
surveyed (Fig. 1). 


September 1997 


Atlantic Rainforest Raptors 


205 


Table 1. Summary of the results of transect counts in Brazilian Atlantic rainforest. Each figure corresponds to the 
number of individuals in one group. Numbers in brackets represent numbers of individuals counted on the same 
transect. 



Alecrim 

Sao Pedro 

Funil 

# of transects 

31 

27 

10 

Total length (km) 

121 

137 

32 

Habitat type 

Old 3 

Mature b 

Young 0 

Leucoptemis polionota 

(2,1) (1) (2) (1,1) 

— 

(1) 

Buteo brachyurus 

— 

(1) 

— 

Buteo magnirostris 

(1) 

— 

— 

Cathartes aura 

(1) (1) (1) 

— 

— 

Coragyps atratus 

(7) (2,3) 

— 

— 


a Old secondary forest. 
b Mature or nearly mature forest. 
c Young secondary forest. 


We conducted four point counts totalling 14.5 
hr of observation and 174 5-min census intervals. 
Five raptor observations, involving 19 individuals 
of four raptor species (0.34 contacts/hr), occurred 
during three of the point counts. Of the 174 5-min 
census intervals, Black Vultures ( Coragyps atratus) 
were seen during seven (4%), Manded Hawks dur- 
ing 28 (16%), Tiny Hawks ( Accipiter superciliosus) 
during one (0.6%) and Ornate Hawk-eagles (Spi- 
zaetus ornatus) during one (0.6%). At point count 
b, a pair of Manded Hawks was recorded flying and 
perching in a small area of the forest for more 
than half the observation period and a single Man- 
ded Hawk was observed flying over the forest at 
point count c (Table 2, Fig. 1). 


Between counts, we also recorded a Black Hawk- 
eagle ( Spizaetus tyrannus) flying over the Sao Pedro 
region, and a Collared Forest-falcon {Micrastur sem- 
itorquatus ) and a possible Gray-headed Kite ( Lepto - 
don cayanensis ) in the Fund area. Yellow-headed 
Caracaras ( Milvago chimachima) were frequendy 
seen in the Sede area in open habitats within the 
boundary of the reserve. One Manded Hawk was 
recorded in the Barra Grande area near Sede and 
a second was seen next to the Sao Pedro station 

(Fig. 1). 

No raptors were observed during a large pro- 
portion of the transect counts and, overall, they 
yielded fewer observations per unit time than did 
point counts. Although foot surveys detected some 


Table 2. Summary of the results of the four raptor point counts, totalling 14.5 hr (174 5-min intervals) conducted 
in Brazilian Atlantic rainforest. For each species and count, the proportion of time intervals in which the species was 
seen, and the number of groups and individuals (groups, individuals) observed, are given. Habitat types are the same 
as in Table 1. 



Point A 

Point B 

Point G 

Point D 

Area 

Alecrim 

S. Pedro 

S. Pedro 

S. Pedro 

Elevation 

455 m 

615 m 

615 m 

500 m 

Date 

2 Aug 

9 Aug 

9 Aug 

10 Aug 

Solar time (H) 

0915-1300 

0930-1330 

1030-1330 

0900-1245 

Type 

Road 

Tree 

Tree 

Tree 

Habitat type 

Old 

Mature 

Mature 

Mature 

Duration 

225 min 

240 min 

180 min 

225 min 

# intervals 

45 

48 

36 

45 

Coragyps atratus 

13% (2,9) 

2% (1,4) 

— 

— 

Leucoptemis polionota 

— 

56% (1,2) 

3% (1,1) 

— 

Accipiter superciliosus 

— 

— 

3% (1,2) 

— 

Spizaetus ornatus 

— 

— 

3%(1,1) 

— 


206 


Manosa and Pedrocchi 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


species not recorded on point counts, these would 
have also probably been detected if more point 
counts had been conducted. Except in the Alecrim 
area, where the transect followed a road with good 
views, the foot surveys were inside the forest where 
viewing raptors proved difficult due to dense veg- 
etation. In fact, most species found during the 
transect surveys were not typical forest raptors ( Bu - 
teo, Gathartes, Coragyps), and were seen above the 
canopy or in openings next to the road or hamlets. 
Although an extra amount of time and effort was 
needed to find good census trees and to climb 
them, the point count method allowed us to stan- 
dardize the counts. However, secretive forest-dwell- 
ing raptors also escaped detection in our point sur- 
veys, probably because no playback techniques 
were used. 

Of the species recorded in Intervales, records of 
Mantled Hawks were most important due to the 
fact that there is very little information on this At- 
lantic rainforest endemism. Its breeding range ex- 
tends along the Atlantic coast of Brazil from Bahia 
to eastern Uruguay and Paraguay (del Hoyo et al. 

1994) . Mountain habitats upon which this species 
relies have quickly disappeared because of defor- 
estation. For this reason, the Mantled Hawk, which 
was listed as a species of unknown status (Thiollay 
1985, IUCN 1990), is now listed as an endangered 
(Thiollay 1994) or near-threatened (Collar et al. 
1992, del Hoyo et al. 1994) species. All Mantled 
Hawks we observed were in adult plumage and 
their calling behavior suggested that the second 
half of the winter or dry season corresponded to 
the early portion of its nesting season in this area. 
This species was also reported in four out of the 
seven Sao Paulo State Atlantic rainforest areas vis- 
ited by Willis & Oniki (1981), in the Serra do Ta- 
buleiro on Santa Catarina State (Alburquerque 

1995) , and in different areas of disturbed and un- 
disturbed habitats in Rio Grande do Sul, where it 
is reported as rare (Alburquerque 1986). 

The Black Hawk-eagle and Ornate Hawk-eagle 
are typical large rainforest raptors. The Ornate 
Hawk-eagle has a higher preference for mature for- 
ests than the Black Hawk-eagle. Both species were 
found in the Sao Pedro area, which is the most 
remote of the sites we surveyed and the one with 
the least amount of disturbed forest habitats. 

The Tiny Hawk and the Collared Forest-falcon 
were new records for the Intervales area and for 
the Atlantic mountain rainforest of the Sao Paolo 
State (Guix et al. 1992, Willis and Oniki 1981). If 


we include the Barred Forest-falcon ( Micrastur ruf- 
icollis) which was recorded during previous surveys 
(Guix et al. 1992), 12 species of raptors have now 
been reported in the Parque Estadual Intervales. 
A total of only 15 species was found during an ex- 
tensive ornithological survey of seven Atlantic rain- 
forest areas of Sao Paulo State (Willis and Oniki 
1981). Since no more than 20 diurnal raptor spe- 
cies are possible in the region (del Hoyo et al. 
1994), we concluded that the Parque Estadual In- 
tervales still contains a raptor community represen- 
tative of the Atlantic rainforest and the area de- 
serves protection from further fragmentation and 
destruction. 

Acknowledgments 

We are grateful to J.C. Guix, who made the expedition 
possible and helped us at different stages of the work. 
We are also in debt to C. Lopez for teaching us tree- 
climbing techniques and for help during the counts. 
Thanks are also due to the Parque Estadual Intervales, 
especially to Katia Pisciotta and to the guard staff for lo- 
gistic support. We also thank A. Calle, P. Canti, M.A. Car- 
retero, M. Gonzalez-Martin, O. Gonzalez-Moreno, J. Gon- 
zalez-Solis, M.J. Hornero, G. Llorente, S, Lope, C. Lopez, 
J.M. Masco, E. Mateos, A. Montori, M. Ontanon, M. Pas- 
cual, A. Perez, V. Roca, X. Santos, F.L. de Souza, M.J. 
Vargas and M. Ventura for their contribution to the 
counts. 

Literature Cited 

Alburquerque, J.L.B. 1986. Conservation and status of 
raptors in southern Brazil. Birds of Prey Bull. 3:88-94. 

. 1995. Observations of rare raptors in southern 

Atlantic rainforest of Brazil, f. Field Ornithol. 66:363- 
369. 

Collar, N.J., L.P. Gonzaga, N. Krabble, A. Madrono- 
Nieto, L.G. Naranjo, T.A. Parker and D.C. W t ege. 
1992. Threatened birds of the Americas. The ICBP/ 
IUCN Red Data Book. ICBP, Cambridge, UK. 
Cracraft, J. 1985. Historical, biogeography and patterns 
of differentiation within the South American avifau- 
na: areas of endemism. Pages 49-84 in P.A. Buckley, 
M.S. Foster, E.S. Morton, R.S. Ridgely and F.G. Buck- 
ley [Eds.], Neotropical ornithology. Ornith. Monog. 
36. AOU, Washington, DC U.S.A, 

Del Hoyo, J., A. Elliot and J. Sargatal [Eds.]. 1994. 
Handbook of the birds of the world, Vol. 2. New 
World vultures to guineafowl. Lynx Edicions, Barce- 
lona, Spain. 

Fonseca, G.A.B. 1985. The Vanishing Brazilian Atlantic 
Forest. Biol. Conserv. 34:17-34. 

Fundaijao SOS Mata Atlantica. 1995. Mata atlantica 
ameayada. Bol. Especial SOS Mata Atlantica. 

Guix, J.C. , A.A.J. Tabanez, A.N. Silva, C. Lopez, C. Mar- 
tinez, E. Matheu, F.L. de Souza, KR. Pisciotta, N. 
Bradbury and W.G. Portilho. 1992. Viagem de re- 


September 1997 


Atlantic Rainforest Raptors 


207 


conhecimento cientifico a algumas areas desconheci- 
das da Fazenda Intervales, Estado de Sao Paulo, dur- 
ante o periodo de 04 a 16 outubro de 1991. Grupo 
Estud. Ecol. Ser. Doc. 4:38-94. 

IUCN. 1990. IUCN red list of threatened animals. IUCN, 
Gland, Cambridge, UK 

Thiollay, J.M. 1985. Falconiforms of tropical rain forest: 
a review. Pages 155—165 in I. Newton and R.D. Chan- 
cellor [Eds.], Conservation studies on raptors, Vol. 5. 
ICBP Tech. Publ., Cambridge, UK 

. 1989. Censusing of diurnal raptors in a primary 

rain forest: comparative methods and species detect- 
ability. / Raptor Res. 23(3):72-84. 

. 1994. A world review of tropical forest raptors. 

Current trends, research objectives and conservation 
strategy. Pages 231-239 in B.U. Meyburg and R.D. 
Chancellor [Eds.], Raptor conservation today. Pica 
Press, Berlin, Germany. 

Vannini, J.P. 1989. Neotropical raptors and deforesta- 
tion: notes on diurnal raptors at finca El Faro, Quetz- 
altenango, Guatemala./, Raptor Res. 23 (2) :2V— 38. 


Whitacre, D.F. and R.K. Thorstrom [Eds.]. 1992. Proy- 
ecto Maya: Uso de aves rapaces y otra fauna como 
indicadores del medio ambiente, para el diseho y ma- 
nejo de areas protegidas y para fortalecer la capacidad 
local para la conservacion en America Latina. The 
Peregrine Fund, Inc., Boise, ID U.S.A. 

, L.E. Jones and J. Sutter. 1992. Censos de aves 

rapaces y de otras aves en el bosque tropical: mejoras 
hechas a la metodologia. Pages 43-56 in D.F. Whitacre 
and R.K Thorstrom [Eds.], Proyecto Maya: Uso de 
aves rapaces y otra fauna como indicadores del medio 
ambiente, para el diseho y manejo de areas protegidas 
y para fortalecer la capacidad local para la conserva- 
cion en America Latina. The Peregrine Fund, Inc., 
Boise, ID U.S.A. 

Willis, E.O. and Y. Oniki. 1981. Levantamento preli- 
minar de aves en treze areas do estado de Sao Paulo. 
Rev. Brasil. Biol. 41:121-135. 

Received 12 July 1996; accepted 4 May 1997 


J. Raptor Res. 31(3):208-212 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


BREEDING DENSITY AND LANDSCAPE-LEVEL HABITAT 
SELECTION OF COMMON BUZZARDS ( BUTEO BUTEO) IN A 
MOUNTAIN AREA (ABRUZZO APENNINES, ITALY) 

Vincenzo Penteriani 

Laboratoire d’Ecologie, Universite de Bourgogne, Batiment "Mirande,” B.P. 138, 21004 Dijon Cedex, France and 
Stazione Romana Osservazione e Protezione Uccelli ( S.RO.P.U .), c/o Oasi Naturale W.W.F. “Bosco di Palo", 

00055 Ladispoli, Rome, Italy 

Bruno Faivre 

Laboratoire d’Ecologie, Universite de Bourgogne, Batiment "Mirande," B.P. 138, 21004 Dijon Cedex, France 

Abstract. — The breeding density and landscape-level habitat selection of Common Buzzards ( Buteo 
buteo ) was studied from 1989-93 in a mountain area of Abruzzo Apennines (central Italy). Analysis of 
landscape features was based on circular plots (2.5 km diameter) centered on occupied nest trees. A 
total of 32 Common Buzzard nesting territories were identified within a 387 km 2 area (8.3 pairs/100 
km 2 , mean nearest-neighbor distance 2.5 km). The average altitude of the nest sites was 1399 m above 
sea level and 73.1% were oriented NE. Stepwise discriminant function analysis showed significant dif- 
ferences between nesting (N = 17) and control sites (N = 15) based on four landscape variables: relief 
index, distance from forest edge, distance from paved road and distance from valley bottom. Results 
suggest that Common Buzzards select nesting areas in the eastern portion of forests which are distant 
from roads but close to valley bottoms, in rugged areas of irregular morphology. 

Key WORDS: Common Buzzard-, habitat selection; landscape-level, breeding density; Buteo buteo. 


Densidad de crfa y seleccion niveles de paisaje habitat en Buteo buteo 

Resumen. — La delicadeza de crfa y nivel del paisaje, seleccion del habitat del Buteo buteo fue estudiado 
de 1989-93 en un area de montana de Abruzzo Apennines (central Italy). Analisis del elementos del 
paisaje estuvo basado en lugares circulos (2.5 km diametro) centrado en nidos de arbol ocupados. Un 
total de 32 B. buteo territories de nido fueron identificados dentro de 387 km2 area, (8.3 pares/100 
km 2 , media cerca-vecino distancia 2.5 km). El altitud regular de los nidos fue 1399 m arriba del mar y 
73.1% fueron orientados NE. Una funcion discriminante de pasos enseno un analisis con diferencias 
significas entre nidos ( N = 17) y sitios de control (N = 15) basados en cuatro paisajes variados: relevo 
indicie, distancia de la orilla del bosque, distancia del camino pavimentado y distancia del fondo del 
valle. Resultados Sugieren que el B. buteo selecciona areas de nidos en lugares este en el bosque donde 
estan muy lejos de caminos pero mas cerca al fondo del valle, en areas toscas de morfologia irregular. 

[Traduccion de Raul De La Garza, Jr.] 


Nest-site preferences have been described for 
the Common Buzzard ( Buteo buteo) (Tubbs 1967, 
Glutz von Blotzheim et al. 1971, Tubbs 1974, Arce 
Velasco 1987, Taylor et al. 1988), but few studies 
have attempted to quantitatively determine the fac- 
tors involved in nest-site selection at a landscape 
level (Newton et al. 1982, Jedrzejewski et al. 1988, 
Kostrzewa 1989, Hubert 1993, Hohmann 1994, 
Graham et al. 1995, Cerasoli and Penteriani 1996). 
All of these studies have analyzed nest-site selection 
at a microhabitat level (nest-tree characteristics 
and stand structure) without considering the pos- 


sible effects of landscape structure. In this paper, 
we present a landscape-level analysis of Common 
Buzzard nest sites, which was conducted to identify 
the landscape determinants of nest-site selection. 

Methods 

A population of Common Buzzards was studied from 
1989-93 in a mountain area of central Italy (Abruzzi Ap- 
ennines). The study covered a 387 km 2 area of beech 
( Fagus sylvatica ) forest (typical of the Apennine massifs of 
the Abruzzi region) that covers the National Park of 
Abruzzi and the Sirente mountains. Elevation of the area 
ranges from 1000-2340 m. The landscape has a distinct 
mosaic structure with large woodland areas and reforest- 


208 


September 1997 


Landscape-level Habitat Selection by Buzzards 


209 


ed tracts of Pinus nigra, cropland, pastures and fallow 
land from 1000-1800 m elevation. 

Occupied nests were located by systematic foot search- 
es of the area prior to leafout. We also used playbacks of 
recorded Common Buzzard calls during the months of 
March-April (prelaying period) and Jun e-July (nestling 
and fledgling periods) (Cerasoli &: Penteriani 1992). Ar- 
eas where a pair of Common Buzzards was observed dur- 
ing the breeding period, but no nest was found, were 
classified as possible nesting territories (Jedrzejewski et 
al. 1994). A number of nesting territories were identified 
by observing adults carrying nesting material, by noting 
where the displays of males ended with steep dives into 
the woods (Picozzi and Weir 1974) and from alarm calls 
of adults and shrill calls of the fledged young. 

We used the nearest-neighbor distance method (New- 
ton et al. 1977) to estimate nesting density. Regularity in 
nest-site spacing was computed with a G-test (Brown & 
Rothery 1978). Landscape-level analysis of habitat selec- 
tion only considered those Common Buzzard nest sites 
where nesLs had been located. Moreover, all nest sites 
that changed during the study period due to road build- 
ing, cutting of forest tracts or changes in farming were 
excluded from the analysis. Analysis of landscape features 
was based on circular plots centered on the occupied 
nest tree. These plots had a diameter equal to the mean 
distance between neighboring nest sites. Each nest site 
was characterized using a set of 23 variables: slope ex- 
posure, elevation, eight variables describing patch com- 
position of the landscape (percentage of woodlands, pas- 
tures, fallow land, fallow land with trees, rocks, crops, 
crops with trees and built-up patches) , three variables for 
horizontal heterogeneity (number of ecotones, number 
of different habitats calculated on two orthogonal axes 
from the plot center and patch interspersion index [hab- 
itat changes/plot area] x 100, calculated on two orthog- 
onal axes from the plot center; Baxter and Wolfe 1972) , 
two variables for vertical heterogeneity (maximum differ- 
ence in elevation and relief index calculated as the sum 
of the number of contour lines crossed by two orthogo- 
nal axes from the plot center; Janes 1985, Litvaitis et al. 
1994) , and eight variables for distance of nest sites from 
surrounding landscape components (forest opening, for- 
est edge, valley bottom, built-up area, paved road, path- 
ways, cliffs, permanent water) . The number of ecotones, 
number of habitats and the interspersion relief indexes 
were sampled on two straight lines oriented N-S and W-E 
along the plot diameters. Areas of each of the different 
habitats were determined on the basis of land use maps 
to a scale of 1:25 000. For each nest site, one control plot 
was established where we measured the same variables as 
in nest site plots, except for slope exposure and elevation 
to estimate landscape selection. Each control plot was 
centered around a random point located between nest- 
site plots. To qualify as control plot, the plot had to lie 
within a forested area. Plots which did not have woodland 
areas or which had only young plantation areas (where 
Common Buzzards do not nest) were not included in our 
analysis (Hubert 1993, Jedrzejewski et al. 1994). 

Landscape characteristics of nest-site and control plots 
were compared by using a stepwise discriminant function 
analysis (DFA, Sokal and Rohlf 1981). We used the 5% 
level of significance for including variables in each step 


of the analysis. The classification of the described sites, 
obtained with DFA, was tested with Kappa statistic (Titus 
and al. 1984). The robustness of the nest-site selection 
model was tested with a jack-knife procedure. We used a 
chi-square test to analyze the selection of nest-site slope 
exposure. 

Results 

Nest-site Density. A total of 26 known and 6 sus- 
pected Common Buzzard nesting territories were 
identified within the 387 km 2 study area, for a den- 
sity of 8.3 pairs/ 100 km 2 . Mean distance between 
nesting territories averaged 2.5 km (range = 1,62- 
4.12 km, SD = 0.54) . Within woodland areas, Com- 
mon Buzzard nesting sites were spaced regularly, 
as shown by the G-test (G = 0.96). 

Landscape-level Habitat Selection. The average 
altitude of buzzard nest sites was 1399 m above sea 
level (range 1150-1550 m, SD = 131.87). Analysis 
of nest exposure ( N — 26) showed that 73.1% ( N 
= 19) were oriented NE (x 2 — 33.69, df = 3, P = 
0.001), 3.8% ( N= 1) S and SE, and 19.3% (N = 
5) SW. 

The DFA showed significant differences (P < 
0.05) between nesting (N = 17) and control sites 
(N = 15) based on the four landscape variables 
relief index, distance from forest edge, distance 
from paved road and distance from valley bottom 
(Table 1). We obtained correct classification for 14 
of the control sites (93.3%) and 16 of the Common 
Buzzard nesting sites (94.1%). Conversely, there 
was one misclassified control site (7%) and one 
misclassified nesting site (6%). This classification is 
87% better than random (Kappa = 0.874, Z — 
4.946, P < 0.0001). The jack-knife classification 
showed the robustness of the model with 88.2% of 
the nesting sites and 93.3% of the control sites cor- 
rectly classified. 

Discussion 

Common Buzzard nesting density decreases 
from 8.3 pairs/ 100 km 2 in the mountain areas of 
the Apennines, to 19.7 pairs/100 km 2 in the hills 
in the piedmont, to 32 pairs/ 100 km 2 in woodlands 
of low-altitude areas (Manzi and Pellegrini 1989, 
Manzi et al. 1991). Low nesting densities at higher 
altitudes is likely due to the scarcity of prey as ev- 
idenced by the lower density of birds in high 
mountain areas (36 pairs/10 ha; Bernoni 1995) 
than in piedmont (59.2 pairs/ 10 ha; Pandolfi and 
Taferna 1991) and plain areas (158 pairs/ 10 ha; 
Bernoni et al. 1989). The average nearest-neighbor 
distance of 2.5 km was also relatively high when 


210 


Penteriani and Fajvre 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Table 1 . Sample means and standard deviations of landscape habitat variables measured at control and nest sites of 
the Common Buzzard. Significant differences determined by Stepwise Discriminant Function Analysis. 


Woodland patches (%) 

Pasture patches (%) 

Fallow patches (%) 

Fallow patches with trees (%) 

Rocky patches (%) 

Cropland patches (%) 

Cropland patches with trees (%) 
Built-up patches (%) 

Number of ecotones 

Number of habitats 

Interspersion index 

Maximum difference in elevation (m) 

Relief index 

Distance from forest opening (m) 
Distance from nearest forest edge (m) 
Distance from valley bottom (m) 
Distance from built-up area (m) 
Distance from nearest paved road (m) 
Distance from footpath (m) 

Distance from cliffs (m) 

Distance from permanent water (m) 

* P < 0.05. 


Nesting Sites (N = 17) Control Plots (N = 15) 


54.5 


22.9 

40.2 


25.3 

24.1 

H- 

16.1 

19.8 


11.3 

6.5 

± 

5 

9.4 


5.8 

3.9 


4.1 

7 

+ 

7.9 

4.8 


6.5 

7.1 


7.7 

2.7 

-h 

2.9 

3.5 

+ 

5.6 

3.5 


8.5 

12.4 


14.7 

0 


0 

0.6 


1.3 

9.8 

± 

4.1 

16 


4.5 

15.5 


5.6 

20 

-+- 

5.2 

11 

-+- 

2.4 

10.5 

-t- 

2.1 

395.1 

H- 

165.7 

468.3 

H- 

121.5 

47.2 

-h 

12.5 

23.2 

+ 

9.7* 

267.6 

+ 

155.3 

179.3 


140.9 

269.1 


239.22 

509.3 


383.4* 

983.8 

+ 

487.7 

1438.3 


845.8* 

2827.9 

± 

1738.8 

2236.7 


1049.7 

1592.6 

-h 

1224.4 

753.3 

± 

610.6* 

613.2 


632.1 

120 

+ 

88.2 

1376.5 

H- 

706.8 

1128 

+ 

486.8 

1560.3 


959.5 

885.3 

+ 

443.2 


compared with the values of 0.87 and 1.13 km 
(Newton et al. 1982) 1.04 km (Jedrzejewski et al. 
1994) and 1.9 km (Graham et al. 1995) in other 
areas of Europe. 

Our landscape level analysis showed that Com- 
mon Buzzards did not select habitat at random at 
a landscape level, as the majority of nest sites 
(94.1%) and control sites (93.3%) were correctly 
classified. These results suggest that Common Buz- 
zards select nest sites in the eastern part of forests 
that are situated on northern slopes. The tendency 
to use northern slopes may simply be due to the 
fact that NE facing slopes support the tallest beech 
trees, but it may also be related to the fact that 
these slopes provide cooler temperatures and less 
sunlight, as well as a denser canopy cover that may 
increase nest protection. 

The Common Buzzard is an area-sensitive spe- 
cies that requires forested habitats which are dis- 
tant from roads but close to valley bottoms in 
rugged areas (Robbins et al. 1989). The choice 
of nest sites which are far from paved roads has 
also been corroborated by Kostrzewa (1989). 
Nesting close to valley bottoms may be due to the 
fact that most pasture and crop lands are found 


there, both of which are favorite hunting 
grounds for Common Buzzards. Reliance on 
open areas for foraging may also explain why 
Common Buzzard nest sites are often near forest 
edges (Tubbs 1974, Knuwer & Loske 1980, Weir 
and Picozzi 1983, Goszczynski 1985, Jedrzejewski 
et al. 1988, Kostrzewa 1989, Hubert 1993, Hoh- 
mann 1994, Graham et al. 1995). Open areas 
may also be needed because they facilitate court- 
ship behavior. Development of higher tempera- 
tures and upward thermal air currents over open 
habitats (Cone 1962, Jedrzejewski et al. 1988, 
Cerasoli and Penteriani 1996) may enhance 
courtship flights when pair-bonding takes place 
in the early part of the nesting season. Nest-site 
selection near forest edges may also be attribut- 
ed to ease of access to nests and to a need for 
an unobstructed view of the surrounding land- 
scape (Roche 1977, Hubert 1993). 

Acknowledgments 

We are extremely grateful to Fabio Liberatori, Marina 
Cerasoli and Francesco Pinchera for their help on the 
field work; Javier Bustamante, Christine Hubert, Joseph 
K Schmutz, Camille Ferry and Bernard Frochot gave 
helpful comments on the manuscript. The Administra- 


September 1997 


Landscape-level Habitat Selection by Buzzards 


211 


tion of Abruzzi National Park provided the logistic sup- 
port for this work: we thank especially the Director, Fran- 
co Tassi and Cinzia Sulli. 

Literature Cited 

Arce Velasco, L.M. 1987. Biologia y ecologia del Rato- 
nero Comun en la region Astur-Leonesa. Mercantil- 
Asturias, S.A., Spain. 

Baxter, W.L. and C.W. Wolfe. 1972. The interspersion 
index as a technique for evaluation of Bobwhite Quail 
habitat. Proc. Natl. Bobwhite Quail Symp. 1:158-165. 

Bernoni, M., L. Ianniello and P. Plini. 1989. Censi 
mento dell’avifauna nidificante in un bosco deciduo 
delFItalia centrale. Avocetta 13:25-29. 

Bernoni, M. 1995, II metodo del mappaggio in una 
faggeta del Parco Nazionale d’Abruzzo. Avocetta 19: 
131. 

Brown, D. and P. Rothery. 1978. Randomness and 
local regularity of points in a plane. Biometrica 65: 

115-122. 

Cerasoli, M. and V. Penteriani. 1992. Effectiveness of 
censusing woodland birds of prey by playback. Avocetta 
16:35-39. 

and . 1996. Nest-site and aerial meeting 

point selection, nesting density and reproduction of 
Common Buzzrads. J. Raptor Res. 30:130—135. 

Cone, C.D., Jr. 1962. Thermal soaring in birds. Am. Sci. 
50:180-209. 

Glutz von Blotzheim, U.N., K.M. Bauer and E. Bezzel. 
1971. Handbuch der Vogel Mitteleuropas, Vol. 4. 
Frankfurt am Main, Germany. 

Goszczynski, J. 1985. The effect of structural differen- 
tiation of ecological landscape on the predator-prey 
interactions. Publ. Warsaw Agric. Univ. SGGW-AR, 
Warsaw (In Polish with English summary) . 

Graham, I.M., S.M. Redpath and S.J. Thirgood. 1995. 
The diet and breeding density of Common Buzzards 
( Buteo buteo ) in relation to indices of prey abundance. 
Bird Study 42 : 1 65-1 73 . 

Hohmann, U. 1994. Status specific habitat use in the 
Common Buzzard ( Buteo buteo). Pages 359-366 in 
B.-U. Meyburg and R.D. Chancellor [Eds.], Raptor 
conservation today. Proc. IV World Conference on 
Birds of Prey and Owls. WWGBP/The Pica Press, Ber- 
lin, Germany. 

Hubert, C. 1993. Nest-site habitat selected by Common 
Buzzard ( Buteo buteo) in southwestern France./. Raptor 
Res. 27:102-105. 

Janes, S.W. 1985. Habitat selection in raptorial birds. 
Pages 159-188 in M.L. Cody [Ed.], Habitat selection 
in birds. Academic Press, London, UK. 

Jedrzejewski, W., B. Jedrzejewska and M. Keller. 1988. 
Nest-site selection by the buzzard ( Buteo buteo L.) in 
the extensive forests of eastern Poland. Biol. Conserv. 
43:145-158. 

, A. Szymura and B. Jedrejewska. 1994. Repro- 
duction and food of the buzzard ( Buteo buteo) in re- 


lation to the abundance of rodents and birds in Bi- 
alowieza National Park, Poland. Ethol. Ecol. & Evol. 6: 
179-190. 

Knuwer, H. and K.H. Loske. 1980. Zur frage des habitat- 
anspruche des Mausebussards ( Buteo buteo) bei der 
Horstplatzwahl. Vogelwelt 101:18—30. 

Kostrzewa, A. 1989. Nest habitat separation in three 
European raptors: Accipiter gentilis, Buteo buteo and 
Pernis apivorus — a multivariate analysis. Pages 553- 
559 in B.-U. Meyburg and R.D. Chancellor [Eds.], 
Raptors in the modern world. Proc. Ill World Con- 
ference on Birds of Prey and Owls. WWGBP/The 
Pica Press, Berlin, Germany. 

Litvaitis, J.A., K. Titus and E.M. Anderson. 1994. Mea- 
suring vertebrate use of terrestrial habitats and foods. 
Pages 254—274 in T.A. Bookhout [Ed.], Research and 
management techniques for wildlife and habitats, 5th 
ed. The Wildlife Society, Bethesda, MD U.S.A. 

Manzi, A. and M.R. Pellegrini. 1989. Dati sulla biologia 
riproduttiva della Poiana ( Buteo bated) in un’area della 
fascia collinare abruzzese. Avocetta 13:109-114. 

, M.R. Pellegrini, M.S. Pellegrini, V. Penteriani 

and F. Pinchera. 1991. Distribuzione e consistenza 
delle popolazioni di alcune specie di Accipitriformes e 
Falconiformes nidificanti nella regione Abruzzo. Pages 
363—366 in M. Fasola [Ed.], Atti II Seminario Italiano 
Censimenti Faunistici dei Vertebrati. Suppl. Ric. Biol. 
Selvaggina, XVI: 1-820. 

Newton, I., M. Marquiss, D.N. Weir and D. Moss. 1977 
Spacing of Sparrowhawk nesting territories. /. Amm. 
Ecol. 46:425-441. 

, P.E. Davis and J.E. Davis. 1982. Ravens and buz- 
zards in relation to sheep-farming and forestry in 
Wales. / Appl. Ecol. 19:681-706. 

Pandolfi, M. and G. Taferna. 1991. Censimento del po- 
polamento di Passeriformi di un bosco di conifere e 
di uno di latifoglie delFItalia centrale. Pages 375-378 
in M. Fasola [Ed.], Atti II Seminario Italiano Censi- 
menti Faunistici dei Vertebrati. Suppl. Ric. Biol. Sel- 
vaggina, XVI: 1-820. 

Picozzi, N. and D. Weir. 1974. Breeding biology of the 
buzzard in Spaced. Breadboards 67:199-210. 

Robbins, CS., D.K. Dawson and B.A. Dowell. 1989. 
Habitat area requirements of breeding forest birds of 
the middle Atlantic states. Wild!. Monogr. 103:1-33. 

Roch£, J. 1977. Un recensement de buses en plaine de 
Saone: quelques donnees concernant la nidification. 
Jean-le-Blanc 16:48—63. 

Sokal, R.R. AND F.J. Rohlf. 1981. Biometry, 2nd ed. 
W.H. Freeman and Co., New York, NY U.S.A. 

Taylor, K., R. Hudson and G. Horne. 1988. Buzzard 
breeding distribution and abundance in Britain 
and Northern Ireland in 1983. Bird Study 35:109- 
118. 

Titus, K., J.A. Mosher and B.K. Williams. 1984. 
Chance-corrected classification for use in discrimi- 


212 


Penteriani and Faivre 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


nant analysis: ecological applications. Amer. Midland 
Nat. 111:1-7. 

Tubbs, C.R. 1967. Population study of buzzards in the 
new forest during 1962-66. Brit. Birds 60:381-395. 

. 1974. The buzzard. David 8c Charles Limited, 

Devon, UK. 


Weir, D. and N. Picozzi. 1983. Dispersion of buzzards 
in Spaced. Brit. Birds 76:66-78. 

Received 20 May 1996; accepted 27 April 1997 


J. Raptor Res. 31 (3):213-222 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


VARIATIONS IN BREEDING BALD EAGLE RESPONSES TO JETS, 

LIGHT PLANES AND HELICOPTERS 

Teryl G. Grubb 

USDA Forest Service, Rocky Mountain Forest and Range Experiment Station, 

2500 S. Pine Knoll Dr., Flagstaff, AZ 86001 U.S.A. 

William W. Bowerman 

Gale Gleason Environmental Institute, Lake Superior State University, Sault Ste. Marie, MI 49783 U.S.A. 

Abstract. — We analyzed 3122 observations of military jets, light planes and helicopters for three levels 
of response (none, alert, flight) by breeding Bald Eagles ( Haliaeetus leucocephalus ) at 13 occupied nests 
in Arizona and six in Michigan, 1983-85 and 1989-90, respectively. Helicopters elicited the greatest 
frequency of response (47%), followed by jets (31%) and light planes (26%). Frequency of response 
(23-61%) and frequency of flight (2-13%) both increased through the nesting season from February 
to June. Distance from eagle to aircraft, duration of overflight and number of aircraft and/or passes 
were the most important characteristics influencing eagle responses to pooled and individual aircraft 
types. Classification tree (CART) models for individual aircraft types provide dichotomous keys of dis- 
tance and secondary variables affecting associated response rates, and should facilitate evaluating air- 
craft-specific impacts. Our analyses indicate a categorical exclusion of aircraft within 600 m of nest sites 
would limit Bald Eagle response frequency to 19%. 

Key Words: Bald Eagle, Haliaeetus leucocephalus; disturbance, aircraft, behavior, Arizona; Michigan; mod- 

eling, classification trees. 


Variaciones en crias de aguilas en reaccion ha aviones militar, aviones ligeros y helicopteros 

Resumen. — Nosotros analizamos 3122 observaciones de avion militar, avion ligero y helicoptero para 
tres niveles de reaccion (nada, alerta, volar) de aguilas ( Haliaeetus leucocephalus) de crfa en 13 nidos 
ocupados en Arizona y seis en Michigan, 1983-85 y 1989-1990, respectivamente. Helicopteros le sacaron 
la reaccion con mas frecuencia (47%), seguido por avion militar (31%) y avion ligeros (26%). La 
frecuencia de reaccion (23-61%) y frecuencia de volar (2-13%) aumentaron durante la temporada de 
poner nidos de febrero ha junio. Distancia de aguilas al avion, tiempo en viento, y numeros de aviones 
y/o pases eran los mas importantes caracterfsticos influyendo la respuesta de aguilas ha grupos o solos 
tipos de aviones. Modelos (CART) con clasificacion tres para aviones solos proporcionan Haves dicoto- 
mias de distancia y variables secundarias afectando respuestas asociadas, y debe facilitar la evaluation 
de impactos specificos de aviones. Nuestra analisis indica una exclusion categorico de aviones dentro 
de 600M de nidos debe limitar la respuesta de frecuencia ha (19%) en aguilas. 

[Traduction de Raul De La Garza, Jr.] 


Aircraft come into contact with breeding raptors 
in essentially two nonexclusive ways: first, as a po- 
tentially disturbing form of ambient human activity 
(Smith et al. 1988) and second, as a research/man- 
agement tool specifically focused on nest over- 
flights to survey breeding populations and monitor 
reproductive success (Fuller and Mosher 1987). 
For effects on breeding Bald Eagles ( Haliaeetus leu- 
cocephalus) , aircraft have been addressed either pas- 
sively as part of broader disturbance studies (e.g., 
Grubb and King 1991, McGarigal et al. 1991) or 
actively as part of an evaluation of the aircraft type 


used in the reported study (e.g., Fraser et al. 1985, 
Watson 1993). However, comparative response 
data on the three common types of aircraft affect- 
ing breeding Bald Eagles and other raptors (low- 
level military jet fighters, light planes and helicop- 
ters) are scarce (Smith et al. 1988, Watson 1993) 
and have not been collected within the context of 
a single study. 

Our research specifically focused on variation in 
breeding Bald Eagle responses to the three com- 
mon types of aircraft. It represented a collation 
and extension of previously described Bald Eagle/ 


213 


214 


Grubb and Bowerman 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


human disturbance research in Arizona (Grubb 
and King 1991) and Michigan (Grubb et al. 1992). 
Although these studies showed aircraft to elicit the 
lowest response of the five disturbance groups eval- 
uated (vehicle 52-74%, pedestrian 45-72%, aquat- 
ic 46-53%, noise 38-54%, aircraft 29-33%), the 
authors noted any potentially disturbing activity, in 
excess or under the right conditions, can alter nor- 
mal behavior or induce nesting failure. However, 
activities that may not cause nest failure can still 
detrimentally impact eagles. Low-level overflights 
have caused Bald Eagles to attack (Fyfe and Olen- 
dorff 1976) or avoid (Fraser et al. 1985) the air- 
craft, or depart the area entirely (Grubb and King 
1991), all of which are energetically costly and be- 
haviorally disruptive. In Arizona, the death of a 
nestling was attributed to frequent helicopter 
flights <30 m off a cliff nest; this unusual activity 
kept the adults away for long periods and signifi- 
cantly reduced prey deliveries (L.A. Forbis pers. 
comm.). 

Thus, our standardized assessment of nonfailure- 
producing effects of the three common aircraft 
types on Bald Eagle responses should facilitate 
evaluation of potential aircraft disturbances and 
encourage disturbance-specific breeding area man- 
agement. 

Study Area 

The central Arizona study area was located in Gila, 
Maricopa and Yavapai counties, primarily along the Salt 
and Verde River drainages. The area is characterized by 
clustered mountain ranges and desert basins, with ele- 
vations of 500-1500 m (Chronic 1983). All nest sites were 
associated with riparian vegetation consisting of cotton- 
wood-willow ( Populus fremontii-Salix goodingii) and mixed 
broadleaf ( Platanus wrightii, Fraxinus pennsylvanica, Alnus 
ohlongifolia ) series amid prevailing Sonoran desertscrub- 
Arizona upland or palo verde-mixed cacti (Cercidium spp.- 
Opuntia spp.) series (Brown 1982). Most eagle nests were 
located on 50-1 00-m cliffs. 

The Michigan study area was located in the northern 
lower peninsula along the Au Sable River in Alcona, Ios- 
co, Oscoda and Otsego counties, and the Manistee River 
in Manistee County. Terrain was flat to rolling with oc- 
casional hills; elevation range was 200-400 m. Vegetation 
was predominantly continuous mixed hardwood forest of 
aspen ( Populus grandidentata and P. tremuloid.es) , oak 
( Quercus rubra and Q. alba), maple (Acer rulyrum and A. 
saccharum) and birch (Betula papyrifera) , with interspersed 
conifer stands of white ( Pinus strobus), red (P. resinosa ) 
and jack (P. banksiana ) pine. All eagle nests were in trees, 
mostly white pine. 

Methods 

Because of federal threatened and endangered species 
restrictions, we observed Bald Eagle responses to passing 


aircraft opportunistically, with no manipulative experi- 
mentation nor direct control of aircraft. We could not 
govern the number or distribution of aircraft among nest 
sites, through the breeding seasons, or across years. Nor 
could we effectively address apparent variation in respon- 
siveness by nest site because of differing numbers, types 
and timing of aircraft (Table 1). Therefore, after testing 
for differences in the Arizona and Michigan data sets, we 
combined observations to maximize sample size for anal- 
ysis and modeling of response trends. Arizona data ( N = 
2848) were collected during the 1983-85 breeding sea- 
sons in the vicinity of 13 Bald Eagle nest sites. Michigan 
data (N = 274) were collected during the 1989-90 breed- 
ing seasons around six nest sites. Data collection tech- 
niques were identical in both states. The combined sam- 
ple of 19 nest sites represented 2:45 free-flying Bald Ea- 
gles from two populations over five breeding seasons (Ta- 
ble 1). 

For seasonal analyses, Michigan data were standardized 
to Arizona data on the basis of incubation dates; one 
month was subtracted from Michigan dates to integrate 
the later breeding season into the predominant sample. 
For general application beyond these two populations, 
February to early-March was considered the incubation 
period; mid-March to May, the nestling period; and early 
June, the fledging period. 

As an alternative to unattainable cause-and-effect test- 
ing, we monitored variations in Bald Eagle response se- 
verity (none, alert/agitated, flight) and response fre- 
quency (% none/any) as aircraft overflights occurred. 
Alert behavior included head turns, vocalizations and in- 
creased movements on or between perches. Grubb and 
King (1991) and Grubb et al. (1992) detail data collec- 
tion procedures and analytical methods. 

We classified aircraft into three generic types: low-fly- 
ing, military jet fighters; civilian, propeller-driven, light 
planes; and helicopters, civilian or military, mostly single- 
rotor. For all aircraft events within 2000 m of nest sites 
and less than approximately 305 m overhead (1000 ft, 
estimated), we recorded distance-from-affected-eagle-to- 
aircraft (m), du ration -o f-ove f flight (min), number-of- 
units-per-event (aircraft and/or passes overhead), visibil- 
ity-of-aircraft-to-affected-eagle (none/any), and position- 
relative-to-affected-eagle (above/below). Distance-to-air- 
craft was approximated by plotting flight paths on topo- 
graphic maps and measuring distances to reference 
eagles. Visibility was based on eagle and aircraft positions 
relative to obscuring vegetation and terrain features. 

Medians were used in summary statistics to represent 
central tendencies because of skewness in data caused by 
a preponderance of nearby, short-duration overflights. 
Frequencies, descriptive statistics, and nonparametric k- 
sample median and goodness-of-fit tests using the chi- 
square statistic were calculated with SPSS/PC+ 4.0 (No- 
rusis 1990). We used notched box and whisker plots 
(Chambers et al. 1983, STSC 1991) to evaluate the rela- 
tionship between distance-to-aircraft and response sever- 
ity. 

We developed classification and regression tree 
(CART) models to assess variations in response frequency 
associated with pooled aircraft (all three types combined 
with no type distinction), pooled aircraft including air- 
craft type as a separate variable and for each aircraft type 


September 1997 


Eagle Responses to Aircraft 


215 


Table 1. Sample distribution by nest site, minimum number of Bald Eagles, years of data, aircraft type, nesting 
season month and associated variability in frequency of Bald Eagle response for 3122 observations of military jet 
fighters, light planes and helicopters near 19 occupied nest sites in Arizona (nests 1-13) and Michigan (nests 14— 
19), 1983-85 and 1989-90, respectively. 


% Response Frequency 3 % Response Frequency 3 

Nest (N for Aircraft Type) ( N for Month) 


Site 

BEs 

Yrs 

Pooled 

Jets 

Planes 

Helos 

Feb 

Mar 

Apr 

May 

JUN 

1 

>2 

3 

37 ( 108 ) 

20 ( 5 ) 

31 ( 90 ) 

85 ( 13 ) 

27 ( 77 ) 

40 ( 15 ) 

67 ( 9 ) 

100 ( 7 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

2 

>2 

3 

34 ( 79 ) 

33 ( 3 ) 

27 ( 55 ) 

52 ( 21 ) 

39 ( 36 ) 

33 ( 27 ) 

27 ( 15 ) 

0 ( 1 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

3 

2:2 

3 

44 ( 188 ) 

57 ( 14 ) 

38 ( 143 ) 

64 ( 31 ) 

33 ( 49 ) 

40 ( 89 ) 

62 ( 50 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

4 

>2 

3 

51 ( 215 ) 

28 ( 40 ) 

55 ( 122 ) 

60 ( 53 ) 

40 ( 126 ) 

69 ( 58 ) 

65 ( 23 ) 

63 ( 8 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

5 

4 

1 

90 ( 39 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

93 ( 28 ) 

82 ( 11 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

50 ( 2 ) 

96 ( 28 ) 

78 ( 9 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

6 

>3 

3 

20 ( 1286 ) 

20 ( 215 ) 

11 ( 631 ) 

34 ( 440 ) 

11 ( 493 ) 

12 ( 396 ) 

31 ( 194 ) 

41 ( 116 ) 

61 ( 87 ) 

7 

>2 

3 

62 ( 24 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

58 ( 12 ) 

67 ( 12 ) 

77 ( 13 ) 

46 ( 11 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

8 

>4 

3 

62 ( 21 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

78 ( 9 ) 

50 ( 12 ) 

20 ( 5 ) 

83 ( 6 ) 

100 ( 1 ) 

68 ( 9 ) 

~ ( 0 ) 

9 

>2 

3 

24 ( 345 ) 

28 ( 168 ) 

10 ( 150 ) 

74 ( 27 ) 

42 ( 48 ) 

46 ( 74 ) 

8 ( 185 ) 

36 ( 36 ) 

50 ( 2 ) 

10 

>2 

3 

53 ( 49 ) 

36 ( 14 ) 

59 ( 17 ) 

61 ( 18 ) 

62 ( 8 ) 

72 ( 18 ) 

28 ( 18 ) 

50 ( 4 ) 

100 ( 1 ) 

11 

>4 

2 

90 ( 39 ) 

93 ( 14 ) 

86 ( 21 ) 

100 ( 1 ) 

86 ( 7 ) 

88 ( 25 ) 

100 ( 2 ) 

100 ( 5 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

12 

>2 

2 

44 ( 390 ) 

45 ( 97 ) 

36 ( 234 ) 

73 ( 59 ) 

10 ( 40 ) 

63 ( 91 ) 

41 ( 134 ) 

45 ( 125 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

13 

>3 

2 

40 ( 65 ) 

17 ( 18 ) 

40 ( 30 ) 

65 ( 17 ) 

39 ( 49 ) 

64 ( 11 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

14 

2 

1 

53 ( 17 ) 

64 ( 11 ) 

0 ( 3 ) 

67 ( 3 ) 

50 ( 2 ) 

50 ( 2 ) 

70 ( 10 ) 

0 ( 3 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

15 

2 

1 

30 ( 10 ) 

25 ( 4 ) 

33 ( 6 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

50 ( 4 ) 

25 ( 4 ) 

0 ( 2 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

16 

1 

1 

0 ( 1 ) 

0 ( 1 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

0 ( 1 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

17 

1 

1 

100 ( 1 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

100 ( 1 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

-( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

100 ( 1 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

18 

2 

1 

50 ( 10 ) 

100 ( 2 ) 

38 ( 8 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

43 ( 7 ) 

67 ( 3 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

19 

>2 

2 

29 ( 235 ) 

32 ( 173 ) 

9 ( 34 ) 

36 ( 28 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

33 ( 73 ) 

28 ( 120 ) 

26 ( 42 ) 

- ( 0 ) 

19 

>45 

3 

32 ( 3122 ) 

31 ( 779 ) 

26 ( 1594 ) 

47 ( 749 ) 

23 ( 953 ) 

34 ( 910 ) 

33 ( 801 ) 

44 ( 368 ) 

61 ( 90 ) 


“Response frequency (%) = number of responses divided by number of events times 100%. 


(California Statistical Software, Inc. 1985; Grubb and 
King 1991). Classification analysis provides predictive, 
discriminant models in the form of nonparametric, di- 
chotomous keys (Brieman et al. 1984; Verbyla 1987). For 
each level (branch) of the model, CART selects the in- 
dependent (splitting) variable, and the point within its 
range, that best separate (classify) remaining data into 
classes of the dependent variable (response in our case). 
This process of tree growing continues until all data are 
classified. 

Only the classification tree aspects of CART were used 
in our analyses. The first split in each tree separated the 
higher response, left side of the models from the lower 
response, right side. Each variable used in CART was 
ranked for its splitting ability by assigning the first (pri- 
mary) splitting variable a value of 100% and expressing 
the relative value of secondary variables as a percentage 
of the primary variable. 

Cross-validation provided an estimate of classification 
accuracy (predictability) for each tree on a scale of 0.00- 
1.00 (Brieman et al. 1984, Verbyla 1987). For this pro- 
cedure, CART randomly divides the data into 10 subsets, 
develops a classification tree with nine subsets, estimates 
tree accuracy by applying it to the withheld subset, then 
repeats the process until all 10 subsets have been with- 
held. Averaging results of the 10 mini-tests yields an over- 


all estimate of classification accuracy for the tree devel- 
oped from the full data set (Steinberg and Colla 1992). 

Results 

Frequencies for none, alert and flight responses 
did not differ between state populations of Bald 
Eagles (Arizona — 68, 28, and 4% and Michigan — 
69, 26, and 5%, respectively; x 2 = 1.19, P = 0.55). 
Although median distance-to-aircraft for alert re- 
sponse varied between Arizona and Michigan (350 
and 500 m, respectively; x 2 = 10.57, P < 0.01), 
median distances for no response (750 and 800 m; 
X 2 = 1.45, P = 0.23) and flight response (both 200 
m; x 2 < 0.01, P = 0.96) were similar. When “state” 
was added as an independent variable to the CART 
analyses, it was not included in the resulting mod- 
els; state location had no discriminatory value for 
partitioning Bald Eagle responses to aircraft. 

Our combined sample consisted of 51% light 
planes, 25% military jets and 24% helicopters ( N 
= 3122, Table 2). Median number-of-aircraft and 


216 


Grubb and Bowerman 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Table 2. Comparison of disturbance and response characteristics among three types of aircraft for 3122 occurrences 
within 2000 m of 13 occupied Bald Eagle nests in Arizona and six in Michigan, 1983-85 and 1989-90, respectively. 



Disturbance 



No Response 

Any Response 


Frequency 

Median 

Median 

Median 


Median 


Median 


(no. of 

No. PER 

Distance 

Duration 

Frequency 

Distance 

Frequency 

Distance 

Type 

events) 

Event 

(m) 

(min) 

(%) a 

(m) 

(%) a 

(M) 

Military jets 

779 

1 

500 

1 

69 

600 

31 

400 

Light planes 

1594 

1 

700 

1 

74 

850 

26 

400 

Helicopters 

749 

1 

420 

1 

53 

700 

47 

250 

Total sample 

3122 

1 

600 

1 

68 

800 

32 

333 


a Response frequency (%) = number of responses divided by number of events times 100%. 


duration (min) were similar for all aircraft types. 
Helicopters occurred at the closest median dis- 
tance and had the highest response rate, followed 
by jets, then light planes. All three types typically 
occurred closer than the median no-response dis- 
tance, yet overall response rate was only 32%. Re- 
sponse frequencies at individual nest sites were 
highly variable but at the 12 sites where all three 



NOTE ALERT FLIGHT 

(N - 2.109) (N - 684) (N- 129) 


RESPONSE SEVERTTY 


Figure 1. Notched box and whisker plot of median dis- 
tance to aircraft (military jets, light planes and helicop- 
ters) for three levels of response severity for breeding 
Bald Eagles at 19 occupied nests in Arizona and Michi- 
gan, 1983-85 and 1989-90, respectively. Boxes cover mid- 
dle 50% of data. Tops of boxes indicate the distance with- 
in which 75% of recorded responses occurred. Whiskers 
indicate range but do not exceed 1.5 times box length. 
Stars represent oudying observations. Box width is pro- 
portional to sample size. Center lines are medians, with 
position indicating skewness. Notches are width of 95% 
confidence intervals for pairwise comparisons. 


aircraft occurred, helicopters consistently elicited 
the highest response (Table 1). 

Median distance-to-aircraft varied among differ- 
ent levels of response severity, with closer proximity 
resulting in greater response ( P = 0.05, Fig. 1). 
Response frequencies for each type of aircraft also 
varied at each response level (Fig. 2). Helicopters 
had the lowest rate of no response (x 2 = 292, P < 
0.01) and the highest rates of alert response (x 2 = 
124, P < 0.01) and flight response (x 2 = 11.55, P 
< 0.01). Median distance for flight response was 
200 m for all three aircraft types, although fre- 
quency of flight from helicopters was more than 
three times that from jets and planes. 

As the nesting season progressed, Bald Eagles re- 
sponded both more frequently and more severely 
with more flight. The frequencies of alert and 
flight responses increased from February to June 



NONE 


ALERT 


FLIGHT 


RESPONSE SEVERITY 

Figure 2. Differing response frequencies among three 
types of aircraft for three levels of response severity for 
breeding Bald Eagles at 19 occupied nests in Arizona and 
Michigan, 1983-85 and 1989-90, respectively. 


September 1997 


Eagle Responses to Aircraft 


217 



Figure 3. Monthly variations in response frequency for 
three levels of response severity for breeding Bald Eagles 
at 19 occupied nests in Arizona and Michigan, 1983-85 
and 1989-90, respectively. 

(X 2 — 448 and 1904, respectively; P < 0.01), with 
a compensatory decrease in no-response (x 2 = 
6969, P < 0.01; Fig. 3) . Seasonal changes in aircraft 
proximity appeared to have little effect on Bald Ea- 
gle responsiveness. Distance-to-pooled-aircraft de- 
creased through the nesting season (x 2 = 115, P 
< 0.01; Table 3), but median distance-to-aircraft 
eliciting response did not fluctuate significantly be- 


tween February and May (median = 350 m; x 2 = 
3.65, P = 0.30). 

Although sample sizes became smaller as the 
nesting season progressed, responsiveness to 
pooled and individual aircraft types started rela- 
tively low during incubation (February), leveled at 
a higher plateau during the nestling period 
(March-May) and increased to the highest levels 
after fledging (June, Table 3). May and June data 
also indicated that the consistently higher response 
to helicopters was more a function of aircraft type 
than distance. In May, when the median distance 
to both jets and helicopters was 500 m, eagle re- 
sponses were 37% and 52%, respectively. In June, 
light planes and helicopters both occurred at 200 
m, yet eagle responses were 45% and 84%, respec- 
tively. 

Frequency of eagle response increased as the fre- 
quency of aircraft decreased. Nest site No. 6 had 
>1200 recorded aircraft overflights, six sites had 
between 100-400 and 12 sites had <100 (Table 1). 
Response frequencies for these three groups were 
20, 38 and 55%, respectively (x 2 = 545, P< 0.01). 
Yet, the median distance-to-aircraft-eliciting-re- 
sponse was similar between nest groups: alert re- 
sponse, 300-400 m (x 2 = 2.25, P — 0.32) and flight 
response, 150-200 m (x 2 = 1.82, P = 0.40). 

In the CART pooled aircraft model (Fig. 4) , dis- 


Table 3. Monthly variation a in sample sizes, response rates and median distances for 3122 military jet fighters, light 
planes and helicopters near 19 occupied Bald Eagle nest sites in Arizona and Michigan, 1983-85 and 1989-90, 
respectively. 



Feb 

Mar 

Apr 

May 

JUN 

Military jets 

N 

199 

209 

255 

86 

30 

Median distance (m) 

600 

500 

600 

500 

300 

% Response 

23 

38 

27 

37 

53 

Light planes 

N 

515 

503 

403 

144 

29 

Median distance 

850 

700 

700 

600 

200 

% Response 

20 

26 

28 

40 

45 

Helicopters 

N 

239 

198 

143 

138 

31 

Median distance 

500 

400 

440 

500 

200 

% Response 

30 

50 

55 

52 

84 

Pooled aircraft 

N 

953 

910 

801 

368 

90 

Median distance 

800 

600 

600 

500 

250 

% Response 

23 

34 

33 

44 

61 


a On the basis of incubation dates, Michigan data were standardized to Arizona data by subtracting one month. 


218 


Grubb and Bowerman 


Vol. 31, No. 3 



44 % 


POOLED AIRCRAFT, INCLUDING TYPE 



44 % 38 % 


Figure 4. Classification tree (CART) models, with associated eagle response frequencies, for pooled and pooled- 
wi thin-type aircraft disturbance near breeding Bald Eagles at 19 occupied nests in Arizona and Michigan, 1983-85 
and 1989-90, respectively. 


tance was the primary and secondary splitting vari- 
able, followed by number, duration, and visibility 
on the left (high-response) side of the tree, and 
duration alone on the right (low-response) side. 
When aircraft type was included as a variable in the 


pooled tree, it entered the model at the tertiary 
level, after the two distance splits. Type influenced 
response rates in the midrange distances (166-590 
m) , with helicopters partitioned from and showing 
greater response rates than jets and planes. Re- 


September 1997 


Eagle Responses to Aircraft 


219 


JETS 



HELICOPTERS 



LIGHT PLANES 



33 % 


Figure 5. Classification tree (CART) models, with associated eagle response frequencies (%), for military jet, light 
plane and helicopter disturbance near breeding Bald Eagles at 19 occupied nests in Arizona and Michigan, 1983-85 
and 1989-90, respectively. 


sponse rates for both models were 67% at Si 65 m, 
44% at 166-375 m, 38% at 376-590 m, and 19% 
at >590 m (x 2 = 4179, P < 0.01). Estimated ac- 
curacy for the pooled and pooled-with-type models 
was 0.63. 

Although GART-generated, initial splitting dis- 
tances increased from jet fighters, through light 
planes, to helicopters, the low-response side of in- 
dividual models showed light planes causing the 
least response at greater distances (16%) and jets 
the highest (26%, Fig. 5). For jets, short overflight 
duration (<5 min) and single aircraft appeared to 
mitigate the effect of proximity within 525 m, 
whereas longer duration within 175 m caused cer- 
tain response. Calculated response rates based 
solely on distance were 52% at S175 m, 37% at 


176-525 m and 26% at >525 m (x 2 = 398, P < 
0.01); the first two rates differ from the CART 
model because of the incorporation of duration 
and number within 525 m. Jet model accuracy was 
estimated at 0.60. 

Light planes within 165 m elicited 65% response 
regardless of any other factors; between 166-260 
m, response rate dropped to 45%. Response rates 
at 261-590 m and at >590 m were 33% and 16%, 
respectively (x 2 — 3888, P < 0.01). Between 261— 
590 m, >1 plane or pass/ event or >4 min duration 
caused response greater than or equal to close 
proximity events. Response to helicopters simply 
decreased as distance increased: 75% at si 40 m, 
55% at 141-625 m, and 22% at >625 m (x 2 = 399, 
P < 0.01). Accuracy estimates for the light plane 


220 


Grubb and Bowerman 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Table 4. Relative importance 3 of independent (splitting) variables in CART analyses for three types of aircraft 
disturbance, treated separately and pooled with/without type included as a variable. 





Disturbance 



Overall 

Ranking 

Variable 

Pooled 

Pooled 
with Type 

Jets 

Planes 

Helicopters 

Distance 

100 

100 

100 

100 

100 

1 

Duration 

28 

36 

61 

26 

35 

2 

T yP e 

- 

24 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Number 

17 

- 

39 

14 

6 

3 

Visibility 

7 

8 

5 

8 

8 

5 

Position 

6 

8 

11 

10 

8 

4 

a Standardized so 

primary splitting variable = 100% and 

secondary variables 

are expressed as 

a percentage of the 

primary variable. 


and helicopter models were 0.61 and 0.70, respec- 
tively. 

CART modeling verified distance as the most 
critical determinant between response and no-re- 
sponse associated with aircraft (Table 4) . Duration- 
of-overflight was a consistent second and number- 
of-units-per-event third. Both duration and num- 
ber appeared nearly twice as important for re- 
sponses to jets as for the other types of aircraft. 
Number had the least effect on response to heli- 
copters. Overall, position and visibility affected ea- 
gle responses to aircraft very little. When included 
in the pooled model, aircraft type was ranked third 
behind distance and duration. 

Discussion 

These results are necessarily qualified by the fact 
that sample data were not evenly or randomly dis- 
tributed across the various parameters measured or 
among nest sites. Thus, the distribution of sample 
data should be considered when interpreting or 
applying our results. For example, repeated air- 
craft observations on many of the same eagles may 
have reduced the observed variability, frequency 
and/or severity of response. However, inherent 
limitations are at least partially mitigated by the 
size of the data set, the number of eagles and nest 
sites involved, the duration of the study and the 
standardization of aircraft and response measure- 
ments among types. 

Greater stimuli typically result in Bald Eagles re- 
acting farther away (Grubb et al. 1992). Thus, hel- 
icopters might be expected to cause eagle re- 
sponses at greater distances than light planes. The 
relatively low median response distance for heli- 
copters compared to other aircraft was more likely 
a result of proximate flights than an indication of 


breeding eagle tolerance. Helicopters, because of 
their enhanced maneuverability, and military jets, 
because of the nature of low-level fighter training, 
tended to follow drainages and contours (where 
nests were located) more closely than light planes, 
especially in the rugged canyon terrain of Arizona. 
At very close range, the consistent 200 m, calculat- 
ed median flight distance for all three aircraft and 
the pooled-with-type CART model, which did not 
include aircraft type before 166 m, indicate prox- 
imity outweighs type. Comparable minimum split- 
ting distances in each of the type models (jets 175 
m, planes 165 m and helicopters 140 m) support 
this conclusion. 

In their review of responses to aircraft by 14 rap- 
tor species, Smith et al. (1988) found the impact 
of low-level military jets to be brief and insignifi- 
cant. In our study, jets and helicopters occurred at 
similar distances from nest sites. Yet, jets and light 
planes elicited comparable response rates at iden- 
tical response distances. The fact that helicopters 
caused much greater response, and that CART 
split jets and planes from helicopters in the mod- 
eling process, argues for type differences. Also, the 
CART model for helicopters included no other 
variables than distance, suggesting a stimulus of 
sufficient magnitude that secondary characteristics 
did not influence response. Distances within the 
model were consistent with Platt (1977), who re- 
corded helicopter overflights at ^160 m altitude 
disturbing all adult Gyrfalcons ( Falco rusticolus) and 
overflights >600 m disturbing none of the five 
pairs tested. Our data confirm the traditional view 
that helicopters are the most disturbing type of air- 
craft (Watson 1993). 

Bald Eagles appeared least responsive to aircraft 


September 1997 


Eagle Responses to Aircraft 


221 


early in the nesting season, as indicated by both 
their lower response rate and tendency to remain 
at or near nests without flying. Increasing response 
rates, especially for flight, later in the season sug- 
gest adults were more frequently flushed as their 
nest attendance requirements diminished. Watson 
(1993) noted presence of young nestlings led to 
reduced adult response. He also found eagles with 
small young were more reluctant to flush in ad- 
verse weather, and eagles were disturbed at higher 
rates when no young were in the nest. Decreasing 
sample size over time is partially attributable to re- 
duced adult presence near nests, which typically 
declines as nestiings mature (Bowerman 1991). 

Grubb and King (1991) concluded breeding 
Bald Eagles in Arizona may have become habitu- 
ated to aircraft, and in Michigan habituation was 
also evidenced at one nest site near a military air 
base (Grubb et al. 1992). Our current analysis of 
the combined data set indicates variability among 
nest sites, with an inverse relationship between fre- 
quency of air traffic and frequency of eagle re- 
sponse. If habituation occurs with repeated expo- 
sure, then our results may underestimate Bald Ea- 
gle response at nest sites with limited air traffic and 
overestimate at sites with a high frequency of air- 
craft. 

The relative importance of CART splitting vari- 
ables indicates that managing distance, duration 
and number of aircraft overflights could effectively 
minimize impacts on breeding Bald Eagles. The 
higher values for duration and number with jets 
may be a result of the tendency for military jets to 
fly in groups of two or more, as well as the prox- 
imity of the one Michigan nest (No. 19) to an Air 
National Guard, air-to-ground firing range where 
repeated overflights were common (Grubb et al. 
1992). The relative importance of type in the 
p o o 1 e d-wi th-typ e model validates using individual 
aircraft models to refine distance and potential 
management considerations. 

Cross-validation indicates our CART aircraft 
models should correctly predict breeding eagle re- 
sponse for two of every three aircraft events. Model 
accuracy might be improved through controlled 
experimentation and by the addition and/or re- 
finement of independent variables, including con- 
sideration of specific eagle activity (Grubb and 
King 1991, McGarigal et al. 1991, Watson 1993) 
and weather conditions (Schueck and Marzluff 
1995) at the time of overflight. Significance and 
intensity of prestimulus eagle behavior, as well as 


time of the year (e.g., breeding versus nonbreed- 
ing season) may also be important factors (Smith 
et al. 1988). 

Management plans for nesting Bald Eagles typi- 
cally include restrictive buffer zones, limiting hu- 
man activity within 400 m of nest sites (Grier et al. 
1983). Plans may also include restrictions associat- 
ed with key habitat areas such as used for foraging 
and perching (Isaacs and Silvosky 1981). Aircraft 
are typically precluded from flying within these re- 
striction zones. GART primary splits at 525, 590, 
and 625 m for jets, planes and helicopters and a 
secondary split at 590 m on the pooled model, re- 
sulting in 19-26% response, suggest that aircraft 
would best be categorically excluded from within 
600 m of nest sites and key habitat areas during 
the breeding season. 

When such a categorical limitation is impracti- 
cal, our CART models indicate if duration and 
number of aircraft and/or passes are limited to <5 
min and one, respectively, jet fighters within 200 
m of nest sites would cause relatively low expected 
eagle response (<33%). Light planes within 275 
m, if limited to <4 min duration and one plane or 
pass/overflight, would cause 31% expected re- 
sponse. Avoiding helicopter overflights within 600 
m of nest sites would result in a 22% expected re- 
sponse. However, given the advantages and there- 
fore inevitable continued closer use of helicopters 
for raptor surveys (Watson 1993, Ewins and Miller 
1995), we recommend these surveys be flown at 
maximum distance (>150 m) and minimum du- 
ration (<1 min), with only one overhead pass. 
Whenever possible, surveys are better conducted 
with light planes, because they typically cause min- 
imal disturbance to breeding Bald Eagles (Fraser 
etal. 1985). 

Acknowledgments 

We are indebted to the 71 Forest Service volunteers in 
Arizona during 1983-85 without whose dedication and 
field assistance this study would not have been possible. 
In Michigan, A.J. Bath and J. A. Johnston, along with S.A. 
Hogle, E. Malleck, J.T. Painter, B. Richardson, T. Ridley, 
B. Rogers, J. Rogers, P. Stefanek, S. Sutton, S. Thompson, 
T.J. Warren, D. Weeks and volunteers from EARTH- 
WATCH, provided invaluable field assistance. J.J. Wil- 
liams, a USDA Forest Service Rocky Mountain Station 
biometrician, helped develop CART models. We also 
thank D.E. Anderson, P. Beier, R.N. Lehman, M.H. Reiser 
and J.W. Watson for helpful reviews. This study was de- 
rived from research funded in Arizona by USDA Forest 
Service, U.S. Fish 8c Wildlife Service and U.S. Bureau of 
Reclamation; and in Michigan by Consumers Power 
Company, Michigan Dept, of Military Affairs, Michigan 


222 


Grubb and Bowerman 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


State University, USDA Forest Service and EARTH- 

WATCH, Inc. 

Literature Cited 

Brieman, L., J.H. Friedman, R.A. Olshen and C.J. Stone. 
1984. Classification and regression trees. Wadsworth 
& Brooks, Monterey, CA U.S.A. 

Bowerman, W.W., IV. 1991. Factors influencing breed- 
ing success of Bald Eagles in upper Michigan. M.A. 
thesis, Northern Michigan Univ., Marquette, MI 
U.S.A. 

Brown, D.E. [Ed.]. 1982. Biotic communities of the 
American Southwest-United States and Mexico. Desert 
Plants 4:1-342. 

California Statistical Software, Inc. 1985. CART 
(TM). California Stat. Software, Inc., LaFayette, CA 
U.S.A. 

Chambers, J.M., W.S. Cleveland, B. Kleiner and J. Tu- 
key. 1983. Graphical methods for data analysis. Dux- 
bury Press, Boston, MA U.S.A. 

Chronic, H. 1983. Roadside geology of Arizona. Moun- 
tain Press Publ., Missoula, MT U.S.A. 

Ewins, P.J. AND M.J.R. Miller. 1995. Measurement error 
in aerial surveys of Osprey productivity. J. Wildl. Man- 
age. 59:333-338. 

Fraser, J.D., L.D. Frenzel andJ.E. Mathisen. 1985. The 
impact of human activities on breeding Bald Eagles 
in north-central Minnesota. J. Wildl. Manage. 49:585- 
592. 

Fuller, M.R. and J.A. Mosher. 1987. Raptor survey 
techniques. Pages 37-65 in B.A. Giron-Pendleton, 
B.A. Millsap, K.W. Cline, and D.M. Bird [Eds.], Raptor 
management techniques manual. Nat. Wildl. Fed., 
Washington, DC U.S.A. 

Fyfe, R.W. and R.R. Olendorff. 1976. Minimizing the 
dangers of nesting studies to raptors and other sen- 
sitive species. Canadian Wildl. Serv. Occas. Paper 23. 

Grier, J.W., J.B. Elder, F.J. Gramlich, N.F. Green, J.V. 
Kussman, J.E. Mathisen and J.P. Mattsson. 1983. 
Northern states Bald Eagle recovery plan. U.S. Fish & 
Wildl. Serv., Washington, DC U.S.A. 


Grubb, T.G, and R.M. King. 1991. Assessing human dis- 
turbance of breeding Bald Eagles with classification 
tree models./. Wildl. Manage. 55:500-511. 

, W.W. Bowerman, J.P. Giesy and G.A. Dawson. 

1992. Responses of breeding Bald Eagles to human 
activities in northcentral Michigan. Can. Field-Nat 
106:443-453. 

Isaacs, F.B. and G. Silvosky. 1981. Bald Eagle manage- 
ment on the Fremont National Forest, Lakeview, Or- 
egon. USDA For. Serv., Fremont Nat. For., Supervi- 
sor’s Office, Lakeview, OR U.S.A. 

McGarigal, K, R.G. Anthony and F.B. Issacs. 1991. In- 
teractions of humans and Bald Eagles on the Colum- 
bia River estuary. Wildl. Monogr. 115. 

Norusis, M.J./SPSS, Inc. 1990. SPSS/PC + 4.0 Base 
Manual and Statistics 4.0. SPSS, Inc., Chicago, IL 
U.S.A. 

Platt, J.B. 1977. The breeding behavior of wild and cap- 
tive Gyrfalcons in relation to their environment and 
human disturbance. Ph.D. dissertation, Cornell Univ., 
Ithaca, NY U.S.A. 

Schueck, L.S. and J.M. Marzluff. 1995. Influence of 
weather on conclusions about effects of human activ- 
ities on raptors./ Wildl. Manage. 59:674—682. 

Smith, D.G., D.H. Ellis and T.H. Johnson. 1988. Rap- 
tors and aircraft. Pages 360-367 in R.L. Glinski, B. 
Giron-Pendleton, M.B. Moss, M.N. LeFranc, Jr., B.A. 
Millsap and S.W. Hoffman [Eds.], Proceedings of the 
southwest raptor management symposium and work- 
shop. Nat. Wildl. Fed., Washington, DC U.S.A. 

Steinberg, D. and P. Colla. 1992. CART: a supplemen- 
tary module for SYSTAT. SYSTAT, Inc., Evanston, IL 
U.S.A. 

STSC, Inc. 1991. Statgraphics reference manual, version 
5. STSC, Inc., Rockville, MD U.S.A. 

Verbyla, D.L. 1987. Classification trees: a new discrimi- 
nation tool. Can. J. For. Res. 17:1150-1152. 

Watson, J.W. 1993. Responses of nesting Bald Eagles to 
helicopter surveys. Wildl. Soc. Bull. 21:171-178. 

Received 13 October 1996; accepted 15 May 1997 


/. Raptor Res. 31(3):223-227 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 

PRODUCTIVITY OF GOLDEN EAGLES WEARING BACKPACK 

RADIOTRANSMITTERS 

John M. Marzluff 1 and Mark S. Vekasy 1 
Greenfalk Consultants, 8210 Gantz Avenue, Boise, ID 83709 U.S.A. 

Michael N. Kochert and Karen Steenhof 

U.S. Geological Service, Biological Resources Division, Forest and Rangeland Ecology Science Center, 
Raptor Research Field Station, 970 Lusk Street, Boise, ID 83706 U.S.A. 

Abstract. — We examined the association between the presence of backpack radiotransmitters and Gold- 
en Eagle ( Aquila chrysaetos) reproduction (percentage of occupied territories producing young, and 
number of nestlings produced) over three years. The association between radio-tagging and nesting 
success and the number of nestlings produced varied significantly among years. A negative association 
with tagging was observed in one of three years, which coincided with low prey (jackrabbit) populations 
and a cold spring. However, small sample size and breeding by subadults may confound this result. 

Key WORDS: Aquila chrysaetos; Golden Eagle, productivity, radio-tagging, weather. 


La productividad de aguilas ( Aquila chrysaetos) con radio emisora 

Resumen. — Nosotros examinamos la asociacion entre la presencia de un radio ajustado en la espalda 
y la reproduccion (porcentaje de territorio ocupado tenido jovenes, y numeros de pajaritos producidos) 
de la aguila ( Aquila chrysaetos ) por tres anos. La asociacion entre marcando con el radio y el desarrollo 
de nidos y los numeros de pajaritos producidos variado mucho entre clases de edad. Una asociacion 
negativa con marcando fue observado uno de los tres anos, que coincido con poblaciones bajas de 
presa y una primavera fria. Sin embargo, muestras pocas y reproduccion minima de subadultos puede 
confundir resultados. 

[Traduccion de Raul De La Garza, Jr.] 


Effects of radio-tagging on behavior should be 
considered before making inferences about an an- 
imal’s biology (Wanless 1992, Hiraldo et al. 1994). 
Radio-tagging may have little effect (Vekasy et al. 
1996), or may adversely affect condition and be- 
havior by abrading skin, influencing time budgets, 
decreasing foraging efficiency, increasing metabol- 
ic costs or causing desertion of eggs or nesdings 
(Gessaman and Nagy 1988, Massey et al. 1988, 
Hooge 1991, Foster et al. 1992). Effects may vary 
year to year with weather and prey abundance 
(Peitz et al. 1993, Vekasy et al. 1996). 

We examined reproductive responses of Golden 
Eagles ( Aquila chrysaetos) wearing backpack radio- 
transmitters in the Snake River Birds of Prey Na- 
tional Conservation Area (NCA) from 1991-94. 
Our objective was to determine the influence of 
radio-tagging on reproduction and identify other 


1 Present address: College of Forest Resources, Univer- 
sity of Washington, Seattle, WA 98195 U.S.A. 


factors that may have interacted with radio-tagging 
to either increase or decrease the magnitude of the 
effect. 

Methods 

Throughout the course of this study 27 Golden Eagles 
were captured and 15 were radio-tagged (Table 1). Our 
sample during winter 1991-92 included eight eagles at 
seven nesting areas (sections of cliffs or powerlines where 
nests are found each year, but where no more than one 
pair has ever bred at one time). Both members of the 
pair were tagged at one site. In 1992—93 our sample in- 
creased by two nesting areas where we tagged the male 
of one pair and the female of the other pair. We also 
radio-tagged two additional birds in our original seven 
areas in 1992-93; a female after her mate’s transmitter 
failed, and a male where we had previously trapped and 
radio-tagged the female. Our sample size was reduced by 
two nesting areas during winter 1993—94, when we found 
one female dead of unknown cause, and we failed to lo- 
cate one male. Captured eagles were weighed and mea- 
sured, and we determined sex using weight and footpad 
length and observations of copulation (Edwards and Ko- 
chert 1986). 

Golden Eagle control nesting areas consisted of all oc- 


223 


224 


Marzluff et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Table 1. Golden Eagle territories where birds were radio-tagged and productivity was studied during 1991-94 breed- 
ing seasons in the Snake River Birds of Prey National Conservation Area. 


Territory 

Number < 

Cap- 

tured 

of Eagles 
Instru- 

Individuals Used in Analyses 

Years Used in Analyses 

MENTED 

Sex 

Age 

Capture Date 

1991 1992 

1993 1994 

A — Black Butte 

2 

1 

M 

Ad 

12 Nov 91 



B — Beercase 

2 

2 

M 

Ad 

18 Jan 92 



C — Wildhorse 

2 

2 

F 

Ad 

14 Oct 91 






M 

Ad 

16 Dec 92 



D — PP&L 119 

5 

4 

M 

Ad 

19 Feb 91 






F 

Ad 

23 Oct 92 






M 

Subad 

11 Mar 94 



E— Pole 369 

0 a 

0 a 

F 

Subad 

17 Dec 91 



F — Grand View 

2 

2 

F 

Subad 

17 Dec 91 






M 

Ad 

24 Oct 92 



G — Ogden 

1 

1 

M 

Ad 

14 Dec 92 



H — Beecham 

1 

1 

M 

Ad 

22 Nov 91 



I — Cabin 

12 

2 

F 

Ad 

06 Dec 91 




_ 

_ 

M 

Ad 

12 Apr 94 



Total 

27 

15 







a Individual moved from Grand View Sand Cliff territory to Pole 369 territory. 


cupied nesting areas in the NGA with known nesting out- 
comes and without radio-tagged adults (1992, N = 23; 
1993, N = 19; 1994, N = 21). A nesting area was consid- 
ered “occupied” if we observed territorial activity, court- 
ship, brood rearing activity, eggs, young or conspicuous 
field sign (e.g., whitewash at a roost). Control and treat- 
ment nesting areas were interspersed along the Snake 
River Canyon. 

We attached transmitters as backpacks using a Teflon® 
ribbon harness (after Buehler et al. 1995). Details of har- 
ness construction and fitting are found in Vekasy et al. 
(1996). A transmitter with harness weighed 75 g, less 
than 3% body weight for males (x = 3691.5 g, SE = 98.9, 
N = 10), and less than 2% body weight for females ( x = 
4412.5 g, SE = 133.4, N= 4). 

We observed Golden Eagle nesting areas from a heli- 
copter two or three times throughout the season to de- 
termine occupancy and egg laying, and number of nest- 
lings ^51 d old (brood size). We surveyed nesting areas 
from the ground when we could not determine these 
parameters by helicopter. We considered pairs as nonlay- 
mg if there was no evidence that eggs were laid and a 
bird was not seen in an incubating posture on a nest. 
The presence of one member of a pair in incubating 
posture, or eggs or young in a nest was considered a nest- 
ing attempt. Nesting attempts were considered successful 
if at least one nestling reached 80% of fledging age 
(Steenhof 1987), or approximately 51 d. 

We classified degree of exposure at each nest site when 
possible. Nest shading was classified as the percent of a 
nest in shade between 1200 H and sunset. Nests were 
classified as shaded if >25% of a nest was shaded, inter- 


mediate if 6—25% was shaded and exposed if S5% was 
shaded. 

We observed nesting areas with radio-tagged eagles 
once every one to two weeks to assess behavior and hab- 
itat use during foraging. One observer remained in the 
canyon near the nest while the other was positioned out- 
side the canyon to follow an eagle by vehicle during for- 
ays. We did not follow and observe eagles in control ar- 
eas. 

We used a three-factor (treatment, year, nesting suc- 
cess) log-linear model to test for the effect of radio-tag- 
ging (treatment) on nesting success (number of pairs 
successful/occupied territory) among years. We used a 
one-factor (treatment) ANOVA with a repeated measure 
(year) to test for differences between the number of 
young produced by control and radio-tagged pairs at oc- 
cupied nesting areas. We used a repeated-measure ANO- 
VA because the same eagles were monitored each year. 
We used a two-factor (year and treatment) ANOVA to 
analyze the brood size of successful control and radio- 
tagged eagles. Sample sizes were too small to use the re- 
peated measures ANOVA for brood size, and treating the 
data as independent may have inflated the significance 
of this test. 

Small sample sizes of radio-tagged and control eagle 
nests made conventional significance tests of shading dif- 
ferences suspect, so we analyzed differences in shade 
characteristics between radio-tagged and control eagle 
nests using permutation tests (Manly 1991; StatXact soft- 
ware) on each year separately. Nests classified as shaded 
or intermediate were combined and compared to ex- 
posed nests. 


September 1997 


Transmitter Effects on Eagles 


225 


We used a one factor (treatment) AX OVA to compare 
the historical likelihood of nesting successfully between 
treatment and control nesting areas. Historical likelihood 
of successful nesting (number of years successful/all 
years occupied) during 1970-91 was calculated for nine 
treatment territories and 19 control areas. For this cal- 
culation, we excluded controls with more than five con- 
secutive vacancies between 1970-91, or consecutive va- 
cancies in 1992 and 1993 because such nesting areas were 
also avoided during radio-tagging. This is a conservative 
bias that excludes extremely unproductive control terri- 
tories because such territories would not have been se- 
lected for radio-tagging. We also excluded one control 
nesting area with a radio-tagged male present from 1975- 
80. At nesting areas with past research disturbances, we 
excluded cases where productivity might have been influ- 
enced, including treatment of nestlings for parasites, 
placement of shade devices and trapping and radio-tag- 
ging of adults. 

Results 

Over all years, tagged and control eagles had 
similar nesting success (39% of 23 tagged and 51% 
of 63 control nests were successful). However, dif- 
ferences in nesting success between radio-tagged 
and control eagles varied significantly among years 
(3-way interaction of treatment, year and fate: G, 
= 5.82, P — 0.054, Fig. 1). Radio-tagged eagles had 
similar nesting success compared to control eagles 
in 1992, but success of radio-tagged eagles was 
much lower than control eagles in 1993. In 1994, 
radio-tagged eagles had slightly higher nesting suc- 
cess than control eagles. 

The timing of failures varied among years. In 
1992, all seven radio-tagged pairs laid and hatched 
eggs (100%). In 1993, eight of nine (88.9%) 
tagged eagles laid eggs and four (50%) hatched 
eggs. In 1994, six of seven (85.7%) tagged pairs 
laid eggs and four (66.7%) hatched eggs. The per- 
centage of nonlaying control and radio-tagged 
pairs, respectively, was 17.4% (N = 4) and 0.0% (TV 
= 0) in 1992, 10.0% (TV = 2) and 11.1% (TV = 1) 
in 1993, and 38.1% (TV = 8) and 14.3% (TV = 1) 
in 1994. 

Number of fledglings produced in occupied 
territories was associated with tagging and year 
(F 2 22 = 5.07, P = 0.016). Radio-tagged eagles pro- 
duced fewer fledglings than control eagles in 1993, 
but their productivity was the same or slightly high- 
er during 1992 and 1994 (Fig. 1). Combining ra- 
dio-tagged and control eagles, brood size did not 
vary among years (F 235 = 2.04, P = 0,15). 

The degree of shading at nests did not differ 
between radio-tagged and control eagles. Between 
1992 and 1994, control and treatment groups had 


similar proportions of exposed nests (1992, 36.8%, 
TV = 19, 28.6%, TV= 7; 1993, 38.9%, TV= 18, 62.5%, 
TV = 8; 1994, 38.5%, TV = 13, 40.0%, TV =5 ; G> = 
1.15, P = 0.56). 

Historical nesting success of treatment and con- 
trol territories did not differ (F l 2 e = 0.003, P = 
0.95). The nesting success between 1971-91 was 
50.2% (TV = 9) for treatment territories and 49.8% 
(TV = 19) of control territories. 

Discussion 

Decreased Golden Eagle productivity (nesting 
success, fledglings per occupied territory and 
brood size) was associated with the presence of a 
radio transmitter, but this was significant during 
only the 1993 breeding season. This is in contrast 
to Prairie Falcons (Falco mexicanus ), which carried 
similar transmitters without negative effects on 
productivity (Vekasy et al. 1996). The stress of cap- 
ture did not appear to inhibit nesting success, as 
most eagles were captured in the winter of 1991- 
92, and no radio-tagging association with success 
was apparent during the 1992 breeding season. 
Male eagles captured at two nesting areas in 1993 
both had mates that laid eggs, but both were un- 
successful. One female captured in both 1993 and 
1994 did not lay eggs in either year. Effects of cap- 
ture and handling may be more evident when cou- 
pled with other year-dependent stresses. The tim- 
ing of capture within a winter or the sex of the 
bird tagged may also influence effects, but our 
sample size is too small to quantify this. 

Golden Eagle productivity appears to be related 
to jackrabbit density. The variable effect of radio- 
tagging on productivity in eagles may be related to 
the dynamics of prey population fluctuations. The 
strongest association between tagging and success 
occurred during a precipitous decline in jackrabbit 
densities (1992-93). We detected no association 
between tagging and success during a slight recov- 
ery from low jackrabbit densities (1993-94) or dur- 
ing years of high jackrabbit densities (1991-92). 
Radio-tagged eagles may be especially sensitive to 
changes in prey densities. During periods of low 
prey densities, foraging opportunities may be re- 
duced, and transmitter loads can decrease maneu- 
verability (Gessaman and Nagy 1988) and may de- 
crease foraging success. 

Weather and nest shading may have interacted 
with low prey populations to reduce radio-tagged 
eagle nesting success in 1993. Although nest shad- 
ing did not differ significantly between treatment 


226 


Marzluff et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


</> 

to 

<D 

O 

O 

13 

c n 

— i 

to 

Q) 



■ 

Radio 

□ 

Control 


1992 


1993 


1994 



19 



1992 


1993 


1994 



1992 


1993 


1994 


Figure 1. Radio-tagged and control Golden Eagle nesting success for all occupied nesting areas and mean (±SE) 
number of fledglings (nestlings ^51 d old) per occupied territory and per successful pair. Sample sizes (numbers of 
pairs) are given above error bars. 


September 1997 


Transmitter Effects on Eagles 


227 


and control nests, treatment nests in 1993 had the 
highest percentage of exposed nests (62.5%). 
Aside from having the lowest prey densities during 
our study, the spring of 1993 was also very cool and 
wet (NOAA 1993). Wet weather has been associat- 
ed with poor foraging success in raptors (Adamcik 
et al. 1979, Kostrzewa and Kostrzewa 1990), and 
low prey and poor foraging conditions may dispro- 
portionately reduce foraging success of radio- 
tagged eagles compared to controls. Females we 
studied left the nest unattended while males were 
absent and may have left more frequently or for 
greater durations because of food stress. This may 
leave eggs and small chicks exposed and could de- 
crease their survival during extreme weather con- 
ditions (Mosher and White 1976). 

Small sample size may have had the greatest in- 
fluence on whether or not we detected an effect 
of radio-tagging on Golden Eagles. We attempted 
to reduce some of the bias associated with small 
sample size by comparing historical nesting success 
between treatment and control territories. How- 
ever, a slight change in the composition of our 
sample can have large effects. For example, two 
radio-tagged pairs had subadult mates in 1993, and 
both were unsuccessful. Steenhof et al. (1983) 
found that pairs of Golden Eagles with at least one 
subadult member had lower nesting success com- 
pared to adult pairs. If the age composition of pairs 
in 1993 had been different or both pairs with sub- 
adults had been successful, we may not have de- 
tected any difference in nesting success between 
radio-tagged and control eagles. 

Acknowledgments 

This study was funded primarily by the Idaho Army 
National Guard (IDARNG) under a contract (U.S. Army 
contract DAAD05-90-0135) and numerous agreements 
administered by W.S. Seegar. The U.S. Bureau of Land 
Management (BLM) and the U.S. National Biological 
Service provided additional funding and support. This 
study was part of the cooperative BLM/IDARNG project. 
L. Schueck, J. McKinley, R. Townsend, B. Kimsey and M. 
McFadzen (Greenfalk Consultants), and L. Carpenter 
and R. Lehman (RRTAC) gave valuable assistance with 
data collection, analysis and debugging. Al Harmonster, 
Mike McGrady and Jim Gessaman made valuable sugges- 
tions to improve earlier drafts of the manuscript. 

Literature Cited 

Adamcik, R.S., A.W. Todd and L.B. Keith. 1979. De- 
mographic and dietary responses of Red-tailed Hawks 
during a snowshoe hare fluctuation. Can. Field-Nat. 93: 
16-27. 


Buehler, D.A., J.D. Fraser, M.R. Fuller, L.S. McAllis- 
ter and J.K.D. Seegar. 1995. Captive and field tested 
radio attachment techniques for Bald Eagles. J. Field 
Ornithol. 66:173-180. 

Edwards, T.C. and M.N. Kochert. 1986. Use of body 
weight and length of footpad as predictors of sex in 
Golden Eagles./. Field Ornithol. 57:317-319. 

Foster, C.C., E.D. Forsman, E.C. Meslow, G.S. Miller, 
J.A. Reid, F.F. Wagner, A.B. Carey and J.B. Lint 

1992. Survival and reproduction of radio-marked 
adult Spotted Owls. J. Wildt. Manage. 56:91-95. 

Gessaman, J.A. and K.A. Nagy. 1988. Transmitter loads 
affect the flight speed and metabolism of homing pi- 
geons. Condor 90:662-668. 

Hiraldo, F., J.A. DonAzar and J.J. Negro. 1994. Effects 
of tail-mounted radio-tags on adult Lesser Kestrels j 
Field Ornithol. 65:466-471. 

Hooge, RN. 1991. The effects of radio weight and har- 
nesses on time budgets and movements of Acorn 
Woodpeckers. J. Field Ornithol. 62:230-238. 

Kostrzewa, A. and R. Kostrzewa. 1990. The relation- 
ship of spring and summer weather with density and 
breeding performance of the buzzard, goshawk, and 
kestrel. Ibis 132:550-559. 

Manly, B.F.J. 1991. Randomization and monte carlo 
methods in biology. Chapman and Hall, London. 

Massey, B.W., K. Keane and C. Boardman. 1988. Adverse 
effects of radio transmitters on the behavior of nest- 
ing Least Terns. Condor 90:945-947. 

Mosher, J.A. and C.M. White. 1976. Directional expo- 
sure of Golden Eagle nests. Can. Field-Nat. 90:356-359. 

National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration. 

1993. Local climatic data: Monthly summary, Nat. 
Weather Service, Boise, ID. Nat. Climatic Data Center, 
Asheville, NC U.S.A. 

Peitz, P.J., G.L. Krapu, R.J. Greenwood and J.T. Loke- 
MOEN. 1993. Effects of harness transmitters on be- 
havior and reproduction of wild Mallards. J. Wtldl. 
Manage. 57:696-703. 

Steenhof, K. 1987. Assessing raptor reproductive suc- 
cess and productivity. Pp. 157-170 in B.A. Giron Pen- 
dleton, B.A. Millsap, K.W, Cline and D.W. Bird [Eds.], 
Raptor management techniques manual. Natl. Wildl. 
Fed., Washington, DC U.S.A. 

, M.N. Kochert and J.H. Doremus. 1983. Nesting 

of subadult Golden Eagles in southwestern Idaho. Auk 
100:743-746. 

Wanless, S. 1992. Effects of tail-mounted devices on the 
attendance behavior of Kittiwakes during chick rear- 
ing. J. Field Ornithol. 63:169-176. 

Vekasy, M.S., J.M. Marzluff, M.N. Kochert, R.N. Leh- 
man and K. Steenhof. 1996. Influence of radio trans- 
mitters on Prairie Falcons, j. Field Ornithol. 67:680- 
690. 

Received 20 May 1996; accepted 22 April 1997 


J. Raptor Res. 31(3):228-233 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


CRESTED CARACARA FOOD HABITS IN THE CAPE REGION OF 

BAJA CALIFORNIA, MEXICO 

Ricardo Rodriguez-Estrella and Laura B. Rivera Rodriguez 

Centro de Investigadones Biologicas del Noroeste, km 1 Carr. San Juan de la Costa, 

El Comitdn, La Paz 23000 B.C.S., Mexico 

Abstract. — The diet of the Crested Caracara ( Caracara plancus ) in the Cape region of Baja California, 
Mexico was studied by analyzing 195 pellets collected beneath 10 occupied nests in 1990 and recording 
prey brought to two nests containing young in 1990-91. Our results showed that Crested Caracaras fed 
opportunistically on mammals (mainly lagomorphs), reptiles (mainly iguanas and snakes), carrion of 
domestic animals such as cattle and dogs, and invertebrates (mainly Coleoptera and Orthoptera) . The 
caracaras’ ability to kill live prey was denoted both by the high frequency of reptile and bird remains 
in pellets, and by the high frequency of remains of recently killed birds, lizards and hares that were 
carried to nests. Our observations at nests indicated that Crested Caracaras killed as much as 63% of 
vertebrate prey in pellets, while invertebrates may all have been captured alive. Numerically, live prey 
comprised about 88% of the diet of caracaras in the Cape region. In terms of ingested biomass, lago- 
morphs (both carrion and killed prey) , reptiles (both carrion and killed iguanas, snakes) and carrion 
of cattle, represented the most important food sources. We discuss the importance of slaughterhouses, 
henhouses and garbage dumps for young caracaras in the Cape region. 

Key Words: Caracara plancus; Crested Caracara ; food; Baja California, Mexico. 


Habitos alimenticios de Caracara plancus en la region del Cabo, Baja California, Mexico 

Resumen. — La dieta del caracara comun ( Caracara plancus) fue estudiada en la region del Cabo, Baja 
California, Mexico, analizando 195 egagropilas colectadas bajo 10 nidos activos en 1990 y registrando 
las presas traidas a dos nidos conteniendo 3 y 1 polios en 1990 y 1991, respectivamente. El caracara es 
una rapaz oportunista que se alimenta principalmente de lagomorfos, iguanas, culebras, carrona de 
animates domesticos, e invertebrados (coleopteros y ortopteros). De acuerdo a nuestras observaciones 
en nidos y al analisis de egagropilas, estimamos que los caracaras cazaron el 63% de los vertebrados, 
mientras que los invertebrados fueron todos cazados. Por lo tanto, en terminos de frecuencia, las presas 
vivas represen taron alrededor de 88% de la dieta, aunque fueron lagomorfos y reptiles (presas y carrona 
de ambos grupos), y la carrona de ganado quienes proveyeron la mayor biomasa. Se discute sobre la 
importancia de los mataderos, granjas avicolas y basureros en la dieta de los jovenes caracaras en la 
region del Cabo. 

[Traduccion Autores] 


Among caracaras, the Crested Caracara ( Cara- 
cara plancus) is the species with the widest distri- 
bution in America, ranging from Florida, Texas 
and southern Arizona, through most of Mexico, 
particularly in deserts and tropical areas (Peterson 
and Chalif 1973), south to Tierra del Fuego 
(Brown and Amadon 1968). In spite of its wide 
distribution, very little is known on the ecology and 
feeding habits of this species. Currently, studies on 
its breeding ecology are being carried out in dif- 
ferent areas of its distribution (Texas, Dickinson 
and Arnold 1996; Mexico, Rodriguez-Estrella et al. 
unpubl. data; Florida, J. Morrison pers. comm.; Ar- 
gentina, A. Travaini pers. comm.). The Crested 


Caracara is described to be opportunistic but large- 
ly carrion-feeding raptor (Sherrod 1978, Johnsgard 
1990), although it may hunt living prey and steal 
food from other birds (Bent 1938, Hamilton 1981, 
Whitacre et al. 1982, Rodriguez-Estrella and Rivera 
1992). Descriptions of its diet have been largely 
anecdotical and few quantitative data have been 
published on variation in feeding habits through- 
out its range (Bent 1938, Haverschmidt 1947, 
Sprunt 1954, Glazener 1964, Brown and Amadon 
1968, Richmond 1976, Layne et al. 1977, Kilham 
1979, Thiollay 1980, Mader 1981, Whitacre et al. 
1982, Lyons 1988, Wallace and Temple 1987, Palm- 
er 1988, Yosef and Yosef 1992, Dickinson 1995). 


228 


September 1997 


Crested Caracara Diet in Mexico 


229 


Here, we present information on the diet of a pop- 
ulation of Crested Caracaras during the breeding 
season in the Cape region of Baja California, Mex- 
ico. 

Study Area 

We studied caracaras in the xerophylous scrub vege- 
tation of the Cape region of Baja California (109°60’- 
1 1 1°45'W, 25°45'N). The vegetation is characterized by 
cardon (Pachycereus pringlei), dagger cactus ( Stenocereus 
gummosus ) , mesquite { Prosopis articulata ) , palo verde ( Cer- 
cidium microphyllum) , Adam’s tree ( Fouquieria diguetii), 
plum tree ( Cyrtocarpa edulis ), copal (Bursera spp,), lomboy 
( Jatropha cinerea) and cholla ( Opuntia cholla). The eleva- 
tion of the area ranges from 0-250 m. This zone is char- 
acterized by a mean annual precipitation of 150.6 mm, a 
winter rainy season and an annual temperature range be- 
tween 22.1-23. 4°C. 

Methods 

The breeding season of the Crested Caracara in the 
Cape region extends from February-August. We collect- 
ed pellets and prey remains during the breeding season 
of 1990, particularly in April, May, June and July. Feeding 
habits were determined by analyzing 195 fresh and whole 
pellets collected in and around 10 occupied nests. As 
Chi-square tests did not detect significant differences in 
the type of prey appearing in pellets from all nests ( P > 
0.05), we pooled all data. Pellets from nests located near 
henhouses were eliminated from the analysis to avoid an 
overrepresentation of carrion in the diet. For identifica- 
tion, we compared remains of skulls, bones, hairs, scales, 
feathers and invertebrates with known reference speci- 
mens at the Centro de Investigaciones Biologicas del No- 
roeste (CIBNOR, Mexico) . Prey remains in pellets were 
identified to the closest possible level of taxonomic res- 
olution. Food-niche breadth was estimated using the Lev- 
ins (B) index (Krebs 1989). Numbers of prey species 
were used for computation of niche breadth. 

As it was not possible to determine whether mamma- 
lian and reptilian prey represented in the pellets were 
captured alive or collected as car rion by caracaras, we 
made observations from a blind at a nest one day (Nj = 
675 min) and at a second nest for seven days (N z = 3102 
min) to determine the proportion of prey types trans- 
ported to the nest by adults that were freshly-killed (Rich- 
mond 1976, Mader 1981). Nest 1, containing three young 
near fledging age, was observed on 16 May 1991 and all 
prey adults brought to the nest were recorded. In 1992, 
we made similar observations at nest 2 which contained 
one young approximately two wk old. We observed prey 
deliveries at this nest from 25 September-21 October, 
when the young caracara fledged. We analyzed our data 
in terms of ingested biomass. If a prey item was heavier 
than 500 g, we considered that the prey was probably 
consumed as carrion. Mean prey weights were obtained 
from specimens trapped in the field and from those 
stored at CIBNOR. 

Additionally, the number and age (immature, adult; 
Clark and Wheeler 1987) of caracaras feeding on carrion 
at slaughterhouses, henhouses and garbage sites were re- 
corded (Rodriguez-Estrella 1996). Whenever caracaras 


were found feeding on roadkills, we recorded the species 
on which they were feeding. 

Results 

Crested Caracaras preyed on a broad variety of 
vertebrates and invertebrates (B - 6.3). Prey spe- 
cies richness was over 60 species (Table 1). The 
most important prey in terms of numbers were in- 
sects (mainly Orthoptera and Coleoptera) which 
represented 68% of the prey items identified (Ta- 
ble 1, N = 2152). In terms of biomass, mammals 
(mainly Lepus and Sylvilagus) and reptiles (spiny- 
tailed iguana [Ctenosaura hemilopha], and snakes) 
were the most important prey (almost 80% of in- 
gested biomass, Table 1). We considered that small 
mammals, birds, small to medium reptiles, and in- 
sects, were preyed upon by caracaras as live prey 
because we recorded caracaras both carrying re- 
cendy killed items to the nest (Table 2) and killing 
those prey. Whether mammals and reptiles >500 g 
appearing in pellets were captured alive and car- 
ried to the nests remains unknown, but our obser- 
vations of prey transported to nests by adults made 
this seem doubtful. At nest 1, adults delivered one 
mouse, five birds, one spiny-tailed iguana, one 
piece of a lagomorph and one unidentified lizard. 
None of these were >500 g. At nest 2, one kan- 
garoo rat ( Dipodomis merriami), two woodrats (Ne- 
otoma lepida), one bird, five lizards, one snake and 
several pieces of apparendy freshly-killed hares and 
rabbits, none of which were >500 g, were delivered 
(Table 2). We also observed adult caracaras hunt- 
ing, pursuing and killing live prey on six occasions: 
two White-winged Doves ( Zenaida asiatica), two Inca 
Doves ( Columbina passerina ) and two spiny-tailed 
iguanas. Again none of these prey were >500 g. 

Adult, but especially immature caracaras were 
frequendy recorded feeding on carrion at hen- 
houses, slaughterhouses and garbages dumps 
(Rodriguez-Estrella 1996). Most roadkills where 
caracaras fed were of hares ( N = 20) , cows ( N = 
10), horses ( N = 5), small reptiles (N = 5), small 
mammals ( N = 5) and domestic dogs (N = 3). 
Caracaras also fed on maggots ( Cochliomyia macel- 
laria) at carcasses, adding up to 150 items that one 
adult ate in 5 min. Caracaras tended at times to 
follow tractors in fields being plowed catching 
grasshoppers and small mammals killed by plow. 

Discussion 

The Crested Caracara in the Cape region is an 
opportunistic raptor feeding on mammals (mainly 


230 


Rodri'guez-Estrella and Rodriguez 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Table 1. Diet of the Crested Caracara in the Cape region of Baja California, Mexico in 1990 as determined from 
195 pellets collected at nests. Totals show the number of individuals per group and the ingested biomass in grams. 
Asterisks indicate that computing weights were a maximum of 500 g. 


Species 

Weight (g) 

% Freq. 1 

% Biom. 

% Appear. 2 

Mammalia 

Lepus califomicus 

500* 

3.6 

21.9 

39.5 

Sylvilagus auduboni 

500* 

2.4 

14.8 

26.7 

Ammospermophilus leucurus 

102 

0.8 

1.0 

9.2 

Thomomys umbrinus 

103 

0.8 

1.0 

8.7 

Chaetodipus arenarius 

26.0 

0.3 

0.1 

3.6 

Dipodomys merriami 

42.0 

0.3 

0.1 

3.1 

Peromyscus eva 

13.8 

0.4 

0.1 

4.1 

Peromyscus sp. 

13.0 

0.05 

tr* 

0.5 

Neotoma lepida 

148 

0.3 

0.5 

3.1 

Unidentified rodents 

25.0 

0.8 

0.2 

8.7 

Canis latrans 

500* 

0.1 

0.9 

1.5 

Spilogale putorius 
Total 3 

500* 

0.05 

213 

0.3 

71959.1 

0.5 

Aves 

Falco sparverius 

93 

0.05 

0.05 

0.5 

Callipepla californica 

189.5 

0.1 

0.2 

1.0 

Zenaida asiatica 

152.9 

0.8 

1.6 

9.2 

Columbina passerina 

38 

0.1 

tr* 

1.0 

Geococcyx californianus 

210 

0.2 

0.5 

2.1 

Melanerpes uropygialis 

54 

0.4 

0.2 

4.1 

Colaptes auratus 

82 

0.1 

0.1 

1.0 

Myiarchus cinerascens 

27.4 

0.2 

0.1 

2.1 

Aphelocoma coerulescens 

84 

0.4 

0.4 

4.1 

Campylorhynchus brunneicapillus 

49 

0.05 

tr* 

0.5 

Phainopepla nitens 

25.4 

0.05 

tr* 

0.5 

Cardinalis cardinalis 

43 

0.05 

tr* 

0.5 

Icterus cucullatus 

31.8 

0.3 

0.1 

3.1 

Polioptila californica 

6 

0.05 

tr* 

0.5 

Carpodacus mexicanus 

21 

0.3 

0.1 

3.6 

Passer domesticus 

22.4 

0.05 

tr* 

0.5 

Unidentified birds 
Total 

25 

3.0 

131 

0.9 

7606.4 

32.2 

Reptilia 

Callisaurus draconoides 

23.9 

0.1 

tr* 

1.5 

Ctenosaura hemilopha 

500* 

1.9 

11.9 

21.5 

Dipsosaurus dorsalis 

60.7 

0.6 

0.4 

6.7 

Phrynosoma coronatum 

36 

1.9 

0.8 

20.5 

Sceloporus hunsakeri 

52.5 

0.1 

0.1 

1.5 

Sceloporus licki 

16.5 

0.9 

0.2 

10.8 

Sceloporus monserratensis 

17 

0.5 

0.1 

5.6 

Sceloporus zosteromus 

29.5 

0.1 

0.05 

1.5 

Cnemidophorus maximus 

24.9 

1.2 

0.4 

13.3 

Lampropeltis getulus 

229 

0.1 

0.4 

1.5 

Masticophis flagelum 

300 

0.6 

2.2 

6.7 

Pituophis melanoleucus 

280 

0.2 

0.8 

2.5 

Salvadora hexalepis 

170 

0.2 

0.4 

2.1 

Crotalus enyo 

500* 

0.2 

1.1 

1.5 

Crotalus ruber 

500* 

0.4 

2.3 

4.1 

Unidentified reptiles 

25 

0.2 

0.1 

2.6 


September 1997 


Crested Caracara Diet in Mexico 


231 


Table 1 . Continued. 


Species 

Weight (g) 

% Freq . 1 

% Biom. 

% Appear . 2 

Unidentified snakes 

500* 

2.7 

16.8 

28.7 

Total 

263 


67038.1 


Invertebrata 





Arachnida 

0.5 

0.05 

tr* 

0.5 

Theraphosidae 

5.0 

0.05 

tr* 

0.5 

Scorpionidae 

2.0 

0.6 

tr* 

6.2 

Solifugae 

0.5 

0.2 

tr* 

0.5 

Chilopoda 

2.0 

0.1 

tr* 

0.5 

Coleoptera 

0.5 

0.7 

tr* 

7.2 

Carabidae 

0.37 

0.7 

tr* 

5.1 

Scarabaeidae 

0.5 

0.5 

tr* 

3.1 

Tenebrionidae #1 

0.5 

10.9 

0.06 

40.0 

Tenebrionidae #2 

0.13 

4.3 

tr* 

20.5 

Cerambycidae 

1.0 

0.3 

tr* 

2.1 

Orthoptera 

0.75 

0.2 

tr* 

1.5 

Gryllidae 

1.0 

29.9 

0.4 

37.9 

Acrididae 

2.0 

11.8 

0.3 

26.7 

Tettigonidae 

1.0 

0.2 

tr* 

1.5 

Dermaptera 





Formiculidae 

0.5 

3.1 

tr* 

9.2 

Hymenoptera 

0.5 

0.4 

tr* 

2.6 

Odonata 

1.0 

0.05 

tr* 

0.5 

Diptera 

0.5 

0.05 

tr* 

0.5 

Unidentified 

1.0 

4.1 

0.05 

22.6 

Total 


1466 

1470.4 


Unidentified carrion 

500* 

3.7 

15.6 

40.5 

Total 


79 

27 300.0 


GRAND TOTAL 


2152 

175 374.0 



* tr < 0.05% of total prey biomass. 

1 Total number of individuals of each prey type X 100 divided by the grand total number of prey. 

2 Number of occurrences of each prey type X 100 divided by the total number of pellets; because of this, the sum of frequencies 
may be above 100. 

3 Total number and biomass per group 


lagomorphs) , reptiles (mainly iguanas and snakes) , 
carrion of domestic animals such as catde and dogs, 
and invertebrates (mainly Coleoptera and Orthop- 
tera) . Its opportunism is evidenced not only by the 
breadth of its food niche, but also by the fact that 
as many as nine prey species can be found in a 
single pellet. The caracara’s ability to kill live prey 
is denoted by the high frequency of mobile prey 
including reptiles and birds that appear in pellets 
and are brought to nests, apparently having been 
captured alive. Its predatory ability is also demon- 
strated by the six captures we observed of live prey 
(doves and lizards) and observations of active prey 
pursuit and capture elsewhere (Richmond, 1976, 
Layne et al. 1977, Whitacre et al. 1982). 

We were not certain as the proportion of lago- 
morphs that were taken as carrion or live prey but, 


according to our direct observations, we estimated 
that caracaras killed about 63% of vertebrate prey 
in pellets (considering conservatively that 35% of 
lagomorphs were captured as live prey). We as- 
sumed that all invertebrates were all captured as 
live prey. Based on our numerical analysis of the 
diet, we felt that live prey represented 88% of the 
diet of caracaras in the Cape region. However, in 
terms of ingested biomass, lagomorphs (both car- 
rion and killed prey), reptiles (both carrion and 
killed spiny-tailed iguana and snakes) and carrion 
of cattle, represented the most important food 
sources. In Texas, Dickinson (1990) found that the 
majority of the caracara’s diet at nest sites consisted 
of live-caught prey (61%), with carrion comprising 
39%. 

Crested Caracaras in Baja California fed nest- 


232 


Rodriguez-Estrella and Rodriguez 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Table 2. Prey items brought to nests of the Crested Caracara in the Cape region, Baja California, Mexico. 


Prey 

Number 

Notes 

Nest 1, 16 May 1991 
Mammals 

Lepus californicus 

1 

1 piece of leg 

Unidentified rodent 

1 

complete item 

Birds 

Zenaida asiatica 

1 

complete item 

Carpodacus mexicanus 

1 

complete item 

Unidentified bird 

3 

20-30 g, complete 

Reptiles 

Ctenosaura hemilopha 

1 

complete item 

Unidentified lizard 

1 

complete item 

Total items 

9 


Rate/day 

9 


Rate/hour 

0.80 


Nest 2, 25 September-21 October 1992 
Mammals 

Sylvilagus audubonii 

2 

1 leg, 1 head 

Lepus californicus 

12 

8 pieces of legs, 2 heads 

Dipodomys merriami 

1 

complete item 

Neotoma lepida 

2 

complete item 

Birds 

Unidentified bird 

1 

20-30 g, complete 

Reptiles 

Cnemidophorus sp. 

3 

complete item 

Sceloporus sp. 

2 

complete item 

Unidentified snake 

1 

ca. 100 g fresh snake 

Total items 

24 


Rate/day 

5 


Rate/hour 

0.46 



lings mainly with vertebrate prey captured alive, as 
observed in studies elsewhere (Richmond 1976, 
Mader 1981), but proportions of prey groups dif- 
fered. Levy (1988), analyzing 30 pellets collected 
beneath a nest in Arizona, found that 26% of the 
pellets contained scales of Phrynosoma lizards, 93% 
contained arthropod remains, and seldom were 
hairs of lagomorphs identified. Dickinson (1990) 
reported that invertebrate prey brought to the 
nests accounted for only 3% of items. 

Immature caracaras seem to depend mainly on 
carrion and invertebrates during the postfledging 
period as evidenced in our observations that most 
immatures foraged near slaughterhouses, hen- 
houses, garbage sites (Rodriguez-Estrella 1996) 
and cultivated areas rather than in natural areas. 
Carrion in human refuse areas is a predictable 
source of food and cultivated areas attract high 


numbers of invertebrates (mainly Orthoptera) . 
Thus, these feeding areas are probably important 
for young caracaras in the Cape region. Indeed, 
what appeared to be family groups of two adults 
and one to three young were commonly observed 
during the postfledging period feeding on human 
refuse sources and agricultural areas (35.1%, N — 
74 group observations). We had the impression 
that adults lead juveniles to predictable food 
sources. Additional studies on feeding behavior of 
immature and adult caracaras during the post- 
fledging period deserve further attention in order 
to better understand the process by which juveniles 
learn to find predictable food sources. 

Acknowledgments 

Special thanks are given to A. Tejas for advice in the 
identification of arthropods. F. Anguiano and E. Mata 


September 1997 


Crested Caracara Diet in Mexico 


233 


helped in observations of nests. D. Whitacre and F. Jaksic 
made valuable comments that improved the manuscript. 
Centro de Investigaciones Biologicas del Noroeste and 
CONACyT (1749P-N) provided financial support. LRR 
received a grant from CONACyT. RRE received a grant 
from CSIC-Spain that helped support completion of this 
work. 

Literature Cited 

Bent, A.C. 1938. Life histories of North American birds 
of prey, Part 2. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. # 170. 

Brown, L. and D. Amadon. 1968. Eagles, hawks and fal- 
cons of the world. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, 
NY U.S.A. 

Clark, W.S. and B.K. Wheeler. 1987. A field guide of 
hawks of North America. Houghton Mifflin Co., Bos- 
ton, MA U.S.A. 

Dickinson, V.M. 1990. Breeding biology and behavior of 
the Crested Caracara in Texas. M.S. thesis, Texas 
A&M Univ., College Station, TX U.S.A. 

. 1995. Red imported fire ant predation on Crest- 
ed Caracara nestlings in South Texas. Wilson Bull. 107: 
761-762. 

and K.A. Arnold. 1996. Breeding biology of the 

Crested Caracara in South Texas. Wilson Bull. 108: 
516-523. 

Glazener, W.C. 1964. Note on the feeding habits of the 
caracara in South Texas. Condor 66:162-163. 
HAMILTON, K.L. 1981. Caracara kleptoparasitizes marsh 
hawk. Southwestern Nat. 26:440. 

Haverschmidt, F. 1947. The Black Vulture and the car- 
acara as vegetarians. Condor 49:210. 

Johnsgard, P.A. 1990. Hawks, eagles and falcons of 
North America. Smithsonian Institution Press, Wash- 
ington, DC U.S.A. 

Kilham, L. 1979. Caracara courtship behavior. Raptor 
Res. 13:17-19. 

Krebs, C.J. 1989. Ecological methodology. Harper Col- 
lins Publ. New York, NY U.S. A. 

Layne, J.M., F.E. Lohner and C.E. Wingarner. 1977. 
Birds and mammal predators of the Catde Egret in 
Florida. Florida Field Nat. 5:1-4. 


Levy, S.H. 1988. Status and distribution of the Crested 
Caracara Poly borus plancus audubonii Cassin 1865 in Ar- 
izona. Tech. Rep. Arizona Game and Fish Depart- 
ment, Phoenix, AZ U.S.A. 

Lyons, J. 1988. The uncommon caracara. Texas Parks and 
Wildlife 46:8-11. 

Mader, W.J. 1981. Notes on nesting raptors in The Lla- 
nos of Venezuela. Condor 83:48-5 1 . 

Palmer, R.S. 1988. Handbook of North American birds, 
Vol. 5. Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, CT U.S.A. 

Peterson, RT. and E.D. Chalif. 1973. A field guide to 
Mexican birds. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, MA 
U.S.A. 

Richmond, A.R. 1976. Feeding of nestlings by the cara- 
cara in Costa Rica. Wilson Bull. 88:667. 

RodrIguez-Estrella, R. 1996. Response of Common 
Black Hawks and Crested Caracaras to human activi- 
ties in Mexico. Pages 356-363 in D.M. Bird, D. Var- 
land and J.J. Negro [Eds.] , Raptors in human land- 
scapes. Academic Press, London, UK. 

RodrIguez-Estrella, R. and L.B.R. Rivera. 1992. Klep- 
toparasitism and other interactions of Crested Cara- 
cara in the Cape region, Baja California, Mexico. /. 
Field Ornithol. 63:177-180. 

Sherrod, S.K. 1978. Diets of North American falconi- 
formes. Raptor Res. 12:49-121. 

Sprunt, A.P., J R - 1954. Audubon’s caracara. Florida Nat. 
27:99-101. 

Thiollay, J.M. 1980. Strategies d’exploitation par les ra- 
paces d’un ecosysteme herbace Neotropical. Alauda 
48:221-253. 

Wallace, M.P. and S.A. Temple. 1987. Competitive in- 
teractions within and between species in a guild of 
avian scavengers. Auk 104:290-295. 

Whitacre, D., D. Ukrain and G. Falxa. 1982. Notes on 
the hunting behavior and diet of the Crested Cara- 
cara in northeastern Chiapas and Tabasco, Mexico. 
Wilson Bull. 94:565-566. 

Yosef, R. and D. Yosef. 1992. Hunting behavior of Au- 
dubon’s Crested Caracara . J. Raptor Res. 26:100—101 

Received 20 June 1996; accepted 30 April 1997 


J. Raptor Res. 31 (3):234-240 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


REMARKABLE SAKER FALCON (. FALCO CHERRUG) BREEDING 

RECORDS FOR MONGOLIA 

David H. Ellis 

US. Geological Survey, Patuxent Wildlife Research Center, Laurel, AID 20708-4019 U.S.A. 

Merlin H. Ellis 

Institute for Raptor Studies, HC 1, Box 4420, Oracle, AZ 85623 

Pu. Tsengeg 

Alongolian State University, Ulaanbaatar — 46, P.O. Box 137, Ulaanbaatar, Alongolia 

Abstract. — During 1994-95 surveys, we located over 80 Saker Falcon ( Falco cherrug) breeding sites in 
Mongolia. Over half of the sites had features that were in some way remarkable or previously unde- 
scribed in the scientific literature. Ten were on utility poles, two on bridges, three on abandoned build- 
ings and one was on a truck tire on a pole. Seven sites were very near buzzard nests and two more were 
in buzzard nests that were used the same season. Five sites were on cliff tops accessible by walking. Four 
were on very short cliffs, two were on broken/sloping cliffs and one was at the base of a cliff. Five were 
on the tops of stone pillars. Six were in very short elm trees. Nest composition was also sometimes 
remarkable: one was a suspended uric acid (excrement) platform without underlying support, three 
were trash nests and two were composed largely of bones. 

Key WORDS: Saker Falcon ; Falco cherrug; proximal nesting, Mongolian birds; nesting situations ; Upland Buz- 
zard; Buteo hemilasius. 


Falco cherrug registros de crias en Mongolia 

Resumen. — Durante estudios en 1994-95, nosotros localizamos arriba de 80 Falco cherrug sitios de 
cria en Mongolia. Arriba de medio de los sitios tenian elementos que estaban en una manera 
extraordinario e nunca antes describido en la literatura cientifica. Diez estaban en postes, dos en 
puentes, tres en edificios abandonados y uno en una llanta de camioneta en un poste. Siete sitios 
fueron cerca de nidos de Buteo buteo, y dos mas estaban en los nidos de Buteo buteo que estaban 
usadas esa misma temporada. Cinco sitios estaban en precipicios accesible por caminando. Cuatro 
estaban en precipicios cortos, dos estaban en precipicios quebrados/inclinado y uno estaba en el 
base del precipicios. Cinco estaban en el cumbre de columnas de pierda. Seis estaban en arboles 
muy cortos. Composicion de nidos tambien a veces estaba extraordinario: uno estaba suspendido 
en acido uric plataforma sin soporte por de bajo, tres nidos eran de basura y dos estaban componida 
por mayoria de huesos. 

[Traduccion de Raul De La Garza, Jr.] 


The Saker Falcon ( Falco cherrug) normally 
nests on cliffs (short and tall) and in tall trees 
(Brown and Amadon 1968, Cade 1982). Other 
species of large falcons are known to occasionally 
breed on man-made structures (Newton 1979) 
and one species, the Peregrine Falcon ( F. peregri- 
nus), regularly does so, at least in some parts of 
its range. Remarkably, in the eastern Sahara Des- 
ert, the Lanner Falcon ( F. biarmicus) has been 
reported to breed in such odd situations as in 
abandoned motor vehicles and on the ground 


next to fuel cans (Goodman and Haynes 1989). 
The only published record of a saker possibly 
nesting on a man-made structure is Baumgart’s 
(1978) reference to a pair that he believed “bred 
on a ruin” (Baumgart 1980). 

During 1994-95 surveys across Mongolia, we lo- 
cated over 80 saker nests. At 78 of these sites, pairs 
were breeding the year of our visit. This paper 
summarizes unusual aspects of these breeding 
sites. We previously reported saker productivity us- 
ing data from these samples (Ellis et al. 1995). In 


234 


September 1997 


Saker Falcon Nesting in Mongolia 


235 


Table 1. Features of Saker Falcon nests on man-made structures in Mongolia, 1994—1995. 


Support Type 

Number Nests 

Nest Height (Structure Height) in m 

Powerline monopod 

1 

14 (23) 

Telephone monopod 

1 

7 (8) 

Powerline bipod 

2 

8 (9), 7 (8) 

Powerline tripod 

6 

9 (11), 8 (10), 8 (9), 6 (8), 8 (9), 9 (9) 

Bridges 

2 

1.4 (2.3), 2.0 (2.9) 

Abandoned buildings 

3 

5 (7), 3.1 (3.1), 5 (6) 

Truck tire on metal pole 

1 

11 (11) 


the only previous study of saker breeding in Mon- 
golia, Baumgart (1978) found several pairs, most 
of which were believed breeding in the montane 
forests near Ulaanbaatar. 

Methods 

From May-July 1994 and 1995, our survey team, using 
4-wheel drive vehicles, traversed 10 781 km in two survey 
loops beginning in Ulaanbaatar and extending into ex- 
treme northwestern Mongolia (1994) and extreme east- 
ern Mongolia (1995). Inasmuch as improved roads are 
almost nonexistent except near Mongolia’s largest cities, 
our meandering route was largely determined by the 
presence of potential raptor nesting habitat on the ho- 
rizon. 

At each site, we measured over 20 descriptive para- 
meters. Most measurements were taken directly from 
taped segments of climbing ropes or using tape mea- 
sures. Longer distances were estimated from photo- 
graphs by proportional comparisons with humans of 
known height or segments of the cliff or other supports 
of known height or length. Access to powerpole tops was 
obtained by first shooting a tethered (nylon, monofila- 
ment fish line) arrow over a cross arm, hoisting a climb- 
ing rope attached to the monofilament, then using con- 
ventional climbing ascenders to scale the rope. Poles with 
ground wires were not scaled. Horizontal measurements 
were sometimes taken by pacing distances between nest 
sites. Long distance estimates are believed to be within 
5% of their true value. Distances of 10 m or less are ac- 
curate to the nearest 2 cm. 

Results 

We found 10 nests on power or telephone sup- 
port structures (Table 1 ) . Most of these were con- 
structed by Upland Buzzards ( Buteo hemilasius), 
Ravens ( Corvus corax ) or perhaps Black Kites (Mil- 
vus migrans) . Only a small proportion of the poles 
in Mongolia are used by raptors because pole con- 
figurations usually will not support their nests. We 
found a few fallen nests below poles and more than 
100 Upland Buzzard nests on the ground imme- 
diately adjacent to utility poles. Sakers never pre- 
empted these ground nests. Remarkably, the buz- 
zards were able to fledge young even in areas 


where foxes ( Vulpes vulpes and Cynalopex corsac) and 
wolves ( Canis lupus) were believed to be common. 
The utility pole nests were in central and eastern 
Mongolia and were found only where trees and 
cliffs were absent. There are records of sakers nest- 
ing on utility pylons in Hungary (Bagyura et al. 
1994) and a single record for the Lipetsk Region, 
south of Moscow, Russia (V.M. Galushin, pers. 
comm.). 

Six saker nests were in truly remarkable situa- 
tions. Two were on very low railroad bridges. One 
of these was only 1.4 m above water. A second was 
2 m above the ground (Fig. 1). Three were on 
buildings. Two of these were in windows and one 
was on a rooftop only 3.1 m above ground. One 
nest was on a truck tire on top of a pipe at the 
edge of an abandoned Russian military post. All of 
these unusual nesting situations (Table 1) were in 
eastern Mongolia and far from sizeable cliffs or for- 
ests. 

Although we frequently saw Saker Falcons chas- 
ing Upland Buzzards, we found seven situations 
where nests of the two species were in close prox- 
imity. Although Dementiev and Gladkov (1951) 
mention sakers nesting near other raptors, our ob- 
servations in Mongolia suggest that sakers rarely 
nest within 200 m of buzzards. At the five excep- 
tional sites, sakers were nesting 4.4—50 m from Up- 
land Buzzards (x = 36 m). The most unusual of 
these nests was only 4.4 m from, and directly above, 
a buzzard nest (Fig. 2) containing 2 large fledg- 
lings. With the oldest saker nestling about 26 days 
of age, the female spent very little time on the nest 
except when feeding. From her roost, a Buddhist 
shrine 250 m away, she harried the buzzards when 
they came within 200 m of the nest. However, once 
on its nest, the buzzard could remain unmolested 
even when the falcon was on hers. 

We found two sites where Saker Falcons had 
nested in nests that were later that same year re- 


236 


Ellis et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 



Figure 1. A saker nest 2 m from the ground on an active railroad trestle. 


furbished by Upland Buzzards. At one of these, we 
found two saker eggs (one dimpled but sloshy and 
a second egg crushed and being consumed by der- 
mestid larvae) beneath about 10 cm of recently 
added sticks. At the second nest, we found large, 
bright (not faded) eggshell fragments beneath 
about the same depth of sticks. The lack of fresh 
whitewash at egg level in both nests suggested that 
neither pair of sakers had hatched or fledged 
young. 

Sakers also occasionally nested near eagles, but 
not nearly as close as to Upland Buzzards. We 
found two Steppe Eagle (Aquila nipalensis) nests, 
each approximately 1.5 km from saker nests. The 
nearest occupied Golden Eagle ( Aquila chrysaetos) 
nest containing one nestling was estimated to be 
within 200 m of a saker brood, occupying one of 
the eagle’s alternate nests. 

Most Saker Falcon cliff nests are placed in inac- 
cessible niches. However, we found five nests 
placed at the very tops of cliffs (Table 2). All of 


these were approachable from above by walking, 
with no climbing or descending required. These 
sites were sometimes beside an emergent boulder, 
but each nest could be easily entered by a wolf, 
and the eggs in one had been burned in a grass 
fire. 

At four other sites, the nests were inaccessible, 
but the cliffs were very short (<6.5 m high, Table 
2). Two other nests were on sloping or broken cliffs 
that were accessible from above, below, and/or the 
side. The most accessible scrape was on bare soil 
at the very base of a tiny, sloping cliff. It had none- 
theless fledged at least two young just prior to our 
visit. 

Five saker nests were on stone columns with little 
or no shade for either the brooding adult or the 
nestlings (Fig. 3). All of these pillars were steep 
enough to require climbing, but only the two 
tallest were secure from mammalian predators. 

Although falcons do not build nests (Ellis 1993) , 
one of our saker sites seems to violate this rule 


September 1997 


Saker Falcon Nesting in Mongolia 


237 



Figure 2. A cliff top Saker Falcon nest with an Upland Buzzard nest 4.4 m below. 




238 


Ellis et al. 


Vol. 31 , No. 3 


Table 2. Features of Saker Falcon nests on very short or broken cliffs. 


Location of Nest 

Number Nests 

Nest Height (Cliff Height) in m 

On accessible cliff top 

5 

8 (9), 3.1 (3.4), 3.7 (3.7), 5.5 (5.5), 5.2 (5.8) 

On cliff face 

4 

3.0 (5.8), 4.0 (4.9), 4.1 (6.3), 3.2 (4.7) 

On sloping or broken cliff 

2 

2.1 (2.7), 2.4 (2.7) 

At cliff base 

1 

0.0 (ca 3) 


(Fig. 4). It consisted of an unsupported uric acid 
(excrement) platform wedged into a crevice. A 
twig clinging to its underside evidenced that it was 
once underlain and supported by a stick nest. 

Many saker nests contained trash collected by 
the previous occupants. In three of these, trash 
items were conspicuously important in their 
composition and long stringers of wire, twine, or 
cloth dangled from the rim. On the open steppe 
where few natural building materials are avail- 
able other than grass, raptors of several species 
routinely use cast off clothing, machine parts, 


wire, bones, and tools as nesting material. In one 
Upland Buzzard nest, we even found paper mon- 
ey. 

Dementiev and Gladkov (1951) previously re- 
ported a Saker Falcon nest in an elm tree ( Ulmus 
sp.) in Mongolia. We found six instances of Saker 
Falcons using small elms in southeastern Mongo- 
lia. These were 2. 7-4.0 m above the ground in elms 
ranging from 4.9— 8.5 m tall. All of these were stick 
nests probably built by either Black Kites or Up- 
land Buzzards. All but one tree provided a closed 
canopy, shading the nest. 



Figure 3. A nest on a short, broad, unshaded pillar in southeastern Mongolia. 



September 1997 


Saker Falcon Nesting in Mongolia 


239 



Figure 4. This nest is an unsupported uric acid platform, formerly underlain with a stick nest. 


Discussion 

Saker Falcons are now known to breed in a 
wide variety of situations in Mongolia. Many of 
these were previously unreported for the saker 
and some are new for any large falcon. Probably 
the most remarkable structural supports were 
the two very low, railroad trestles and the elevat- 
ed tire. From a behavioral viewpoint, the nest 
only 4.4 m from a buzzard nest was most re- 
markable. The saker’s adaptability in using a 
wide range of breeding situations is, no doubt, a 
response to favorable prey populations in areas 
lacking large trees and cliffs. 

Acknowledgments 

Our expeditions were financed by the National 
Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), Patux- 
ent Wildlife Research Center (Patuxent) and the Na- 
tional Avian Research Center (NARC) of the United 
Arab Emirates. We offer our deep appreciation to Pat- 
rick Coronado and Dr. Vincent Solomonson (both at 
NASA/Goddard SFC); Dr. Nick Fox (at NARC); Dr. 


George F. Gee (at Patuxent), and our Mongolian 
hosts. Gansook, our chauffeur in 1994, provided many 
indelible memories, and our agent, Batmonkh, facili- 
tated logistics, most importantly a Mongolian driver’s 
license for the senior author for the 1995 expedition. 
Cathy Ellis assisted in arrangements and manuscript 
preparation. Helpful reviews were provided by Tracy 
Fleming and Drs. Joseph Schmutz, Tom Cade, Clayton 
White and Marc Bechard. 

Literature Cited 

Bagyura, J., L. Haraszthy and T. Szitta. 1994. Methods 
and results of Saker Falcon Falco cherrug management 
and conservation in Hungary. Pages 391-395 in B.-U. 
Meyburg and R.D. Chancellor [Eds.], Raptor conser- 
vation today. WWGBP/The Pica Press, London, UK. 
Baumgart, W. 1978. Concerning plumage status, and 
migration of breeding eastern Saker Falcons. [In Ger- 
man], Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin 54 (Suppl., Ann. Orn. 2): 
145-166. 

. 1980. Der Sakerfalke. A. Ziemsen Verlag, Wit- 
tenberg Lutherstadt, Germany. 

Brown, L. and D. Amadon. 1968. Eagles, hawks and fal- 
cons of the world, Vol. 2. McGraw-Hill, NY U.S.A. 





240 


Ellis et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Cade, T.J. 1982. The falcons of the world. Comstock/ 
Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, NY U.S.A. 

Dementiev, G. and N.A. Gladkov [Eds.]. 1951. Birds of 
the Soviet Union, Vol. 1. Gosudarstvennoe Izdatel’stvo 
“Sovetskaya Nauka”, Moskva. Translated from Rus- 
sian by the Israel Program for Scientific Translations, 
1966 (Vol. 1), Jerusalem, Israel. 

Ellis, D.H. 1993. Do falcons build nests? J. Raptor Res. 
27:217. 

, M.H. Ellis and Pu. Tsengeg. 1995. Productivity 


of Saker Falcons ( Falco cherrug) in Mongolia. Pages 
117—130 in Proc. Specialist Workshop, Middle East 
Falcon Research Group, Abu Dhabi, U.A.E. 

Goodman, S.M. and C.V. Haynes, Jr. 1989. The distri- 
bution, breeding season, and food habits of the lan- 
ner from the eastern Sahara. Natl. Geogr. Res. 5:126- 
131. 

Newton, I. 1979. Population ecology of raptors. Buteo 
Books, Vermillion, SD U.S.A. 

Received 20 June 1996; accepted 17 May 1997 


J, Raptor Res. 31 (3):241-252 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


SPATIAL INCIDENCE OF BARRED OWL ( STRIX VARIA) 
REPRODUCTION IN OLD-GROWTH FOREST OF THE 

APPALACHIAN PLATEAU 

J. Christopher Haney 1 

Wildlife Technology Program, School of Forest Resources, The Pennsylvania State University, 

DuBois, PA 15801 U.S.A. 

Abstract. — Barred Owl ( Strix varia) occurrence and breeding were evaluated in old-growth forest using 
Poisson and binomial models constructed with seven spatially-explicit parameters derived from territorial 
density. Reproduction was evidenced by owl chicks heard inside cavity nests or being fed by adults in old- 
growth deciduous (beech-maple, oak-hickory) and old-growth mixed forest types (hemlock-white pine-decid- 
uous). Barred owls nested on 64% of 11 relatively small (6-33 ha) study plots. Probabilities of obtaining this 
many cases of breeding or occurrence by chance alone were extremely low in all model executions, ranging 
to as little as P = 1.6 X 10 -7 . Compared to managed forests, old-growth forests used by breeding owls typically 
had higher snag densities and basal areas, large (>45 cm dbh) eastern hemlock ( Tsuga canadensis), some 
large live trees 50-100 cm dbh, and reduced understories. Among old-growth stands, vertical (P = 0.06) and 
horizontal complexity (P < 0.01) of the canopy differed significantly between areas used and not used for 
breeding. As in other Strix, I infer that spatial juxtaposition of structural features in late successional forest 
favors localizing reproductive effort within a small subset of the owl’s home range. Older forest provides large 
cavities for nesting, a dense canopy for thermoregulation and protection from mobbing, and sparse ground 
cover that may facilitate prey detection and capture. All of these structural features are enhanced by life 
history characteristics of eastern hemlock. 

Key WORDS: Barred Owl, Strix varia; reproduction; breeding season habitat, habitat use, eastern old-growth ; 

Pennsylvania. 


Incidencia espacial de Buhos ( Strix varia) reproduccion en bosques viejos en el Appalachian Plateau 

Resumen. — Ocurrencia y crianza del Buho ( Strix varia) fueron evaluados en bosque de crecimiento-viejo 
usando modelos Poisson y binomial construidos con siete parametros explicitos derivados de densidad ter- 
ritorial. Reproduccion fue indicado por buhos chicos oidos dentro de la cavidad de nidos o por los adultos 
dandoles de comer en crecimiento-viejo de bosques de hoja caduca (beech-maple, oak-hickory) y bosque 
mixtos de crecimiento-viejo (hemlock-white pine-deciduous) . Buhos estaban en nidos en 64% de 1 1 lugares 
de estudio relativamente pequenos (6-33 ha). Probabilidades de obteniendo tantas situaciones de cria y 
ocurrencias por chanza sola eran muy bajas en modelo executaciones, desde tan poco come P= 1.6 X 10 
Comparado con bosques manejados, bosques de crecimiento-viejo usados por buhos que crfan tipi cam ente 
tenian densidades altas y areas (basal) , grandes (>45 cm dbh) Tsuga canadensis, unos arboles grandes 50- 
100 cm dbh, y vegetation reducidas por de bajo. Dentro de areas de bosques de crecimiento-viejo, vertical 
(P = 0.06) y complexidad horizontal (P < 0.01) del dosel vario mucho entre areas usadas y areas no usadas 
para cria. Como en otras Strix, Yo digo que espacial yuxtaposicion de elementos estructurad en bosques 
sucesional tardes hace favor de localizar esfuerzos reproductive dentro de un lugar chico en el arreo de los 
buhos. Bosques maduros mantienen cavidades grandes para nidos, un dosel denso para reglamentacion 
termal y protection de una multitud, y un suelo disperso que puede facilitar detection de presa y captura. 
Todos estos elementos estructurad mejoran los caracterfsticos historicos de la vida del Tsuga canadensis. 

[Traduction de Raul De La Garza, Jr.] 


Mature and structurally-complex forest is a com- 
mon feature of breeding habitat in North Ameri- 


1 Present address: The Wilderness Society, Ecology and 
Economics Research Dept., 900 17th Street N.W., Wash- 
ington, D.C. 20006 U.S.A. 


can Strix owls. Affinities for old-growth forest are 
more widely recognized in the Northern (5. occi- 
dentalis caurina, Forsman et al. 1984), California ( S . 
o. ocddentalis, Gutierrez et al. 1992) and Mexican 
Spotted Owls (S. o. lucida, Ganey and Baida 1994), 
but Great Gray (S. nebulosa) and Barred Owls (S. 


241 


242 


Haney 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


varia) have also been linked with late successional 
forests with large-diameter trees (Elody and Sloan 
1985, Allen 1987, Bull et al. 1988). Extensive tracts 
of old-growth containing eastern hemlock ( Tsuga 
canadensis ) were identified as important Barred 
Owl habitat a century ago (Bolles 1890, Eifrig 
1907). 

Barred Owls have been chosen as a management 
indicator species in several eastern national forests 
(USDA 1985, 1986), and are classified as threat- 
ened in some states (Bosakowski 1994). Concern 
for this species has increased because of its sensi- 
tivity to anthropogenic disturbance, including for- 
est fragmentation, and because such land-use prac- 
tices may indirectly erode integrity of its habitat via 
increasing competition with the more disturbance- 
tolerant Great Horned Owl ( Bubo virgini- 
anus) (Morrell and Yahner 1994, Laidig and Dob- 
kin 1995). 

Generally an uncommon nocturnal predator, 
the Barred Owl occurs at low densities (one terri- 
tory per 2.5-6.5 km 2 ; Nicholls and Fuller 1987, Bo- 
sakowski et al. 1989). Populations can be moni- 
tored by broadcasts of conspecific recordings 
(McGarigal and Fraser 1985, Mosher et al. 1990), 
but playback may elicit little response from Barred 
Owls during incubation and early chick rearing 
(Devereux and Mosher 1984, Laidig and Dobkin 
1995). Objectives of this study were to develop and 
test statistical models that would evaluate Barred 
Owl use of breeding sites in old-growth forest using 
passive sampling at spatial scales less than the size 
of the home range and to describe structural attri- 
butes and habitat configuration in the general vi- 
cinity of breeding sites (Hunter et al. 1995). 

Methods 

Study Areas. Potential study areas on the Appalachian 
Plateau physiographic province in western and northcen- 
tral Pennsylvania (Fig. 1) were first screened by consult- 
ing inventories of locations, forest type, management re- 
gime and size of remaining old-growth forests (Mickalitis 
1956, Erdman and Wiegman 1975, Smith 1989). Because 
a major criterion for plot selection was a size sufficient 
to contain the minimum recommended area for a Breed- 
ing Bird Census (BBC) in forested habitat (10 ha, Lowe 
1995), the smallest sites (26%, N = 51) were excluded 
from consideration. Two or more study plots were estab- 
lished in each of the three largest consolidated tracts of 
mixed old-growth forest in Pennsylvania: Cook Forest 
State Park (>200 ha); Tionesta Scenic and Research nat- 
ural areas (1675 ha) and Heart’s Content, Allegheny Na- 
tional Forest (60 ha). 

Aerial photos and detailed maps of stand ages were 
used visually to establish eleven 10-18 ha plots away from 


50 t 


40 - 


Mixed coniferous-hardwood old-growth 
("Henry Run") 



TO 

cn 

TO 

X2 


50 t 


40- 


Deciduous old-growth 
("Tryon-Weber") 



7.6- 15.2- 22.9- 36 1- 53.3- 66.6- 83.8- i 1 01.6 

15.2 22.9 38.1 53.3 68.6 83.8 101.6 


Diameter size class (cm) 

Figure J. Characteristic diameter size-class distributions 
of old-growth mixed, old-growth deciduous, and young, 
previously-harvested deciduous forest. Black histograms 
represent regional averages for all size classes as calculat- 
ed with data from the relevant regional unit as summa- 
rized in Alerich (1993); different widths to histograms 
reflect varying size-class intervals for which data were 
available. Stippled histograms represent the size distri- 
butions of trees observed on plots in this study. 


roads, rights-of-way, habitat edges and extensive wind- 
throws, and in areas where vegetation age and composi- 
tion were relatively uniform. Due to limited availability, 
small size of potential study areas and other logistical 
constraints, random selection of study plots within sites 
was not feasible. Nevertheless, all plots were chosen with- 
out prior knowledge of the presence of Barred Owls. 
Variable extent and shape of old-growth forest remnants 
also necessitated study plots of different sizes; plot shapes 
were usually square or rectangular. Combined area of all 
study plots used in this study was approximately 4% of 
the total old-growth known to remain in Pennsylvania 
(Haney 1996). 

Compared to nearby managed forests, old-growth sites 


September 1997 


Barred Owl Breeding in Old-growth 


243 


in this study possessed stand ages older than the average 
age at which disturbances interrupt succession (200-300 
yr), basal areas 30-73 m 2 /ha, large (70-100 cm dbh) live 
and dead trees, canopy cover >90% and a primary mode 
of disturbance by windthrow. Eastern hemlock made up 
37—70% of the canopy at mixed forest sites; codominant 
canopy trees included various hardwoods and occasion- 
ally a few eastern white pine ( Pinus stratus) . All three 
large old-growth study sites were embedded in mostly un- 
fragmented landscapes with extensive forest cover 
(>3000 ha, Fig. 1). 

Internal structure of mixed old-growth sites has never 
been altered substantially (Hunter 1989). Each site is 
dominated by very old forest. No extensive cutting has 
ever been conducted and stand ages (based on coring) 
are generally >300 yr. There is some evidence of histor- 
ical fire in both Cook Forest and Heart’s Content, but 
not in Tionesta (Hough 1936). American chestnut ( Cas - 
tanea dentata ) was never prevalent (<10% canopy) or 
widespread at study sites (Hough and Forbes 1943, 
Abrams and Ruffner 1995) except for Heart’s Content, 
where it was once the third most common canopy species 
(Lutz 1930). On the other hand, there has been an eight- 
fold reduction in total area of this forest type on the 
northern Appalachian Plateau since presettlement times 
(Abrams and Ruffner 1995). 

Due to the regional rarity of deciduous old-growth 
(Erdman and Wiegman 1975, Smith 1989), only small 
sites with this forest type were available, and two plots did 
not meet the minimum preferred size for BBCs. Al- 
though possessing large trees, pit-and-mound topogra- 
phy, considerable coarse woody debris (CWD) and other 
elements of old-growth, the four smaller deciduous old- 
growth sites were probably cut selectively sometime late 
in the 19th or early 20th century. Deciduous plots were 
located in fragmented landscapes; all were bordered on 
two or more sides by fields, roads and other open areas. 
Three sites were in glaciated northwestern Pennsylvania 
where original forest was beech-maple (Fagus-Acer) . The 
fourth deciduous plot was dominated by a mixture of 
hardwoods, including hickory ( Carya ), oaks ( Qiiercus ) 
and maples. 

Two 15-ha plots were also established in 40-60-yr-old 
managed forest on the Appalachian Plateau. Prior to cut- 
ting, compositions and basal areas of canopy trees on 
these plots were similar to the mixed old-growth forest. 
Further details on the vegetation, exact locations and to- 
pographic setting of study plots can be found in J. Field 
Ornithol. 65(Suppl.):73-74, 88-93, and 66(Suppl.):53-54, 
56-59, 70-71, 82-88. 

Data Collection. Barred Owls and nest sites were de- 
tected during repeated (7-10) visits to each study plot 
while territory mapping for BBCs during the 1993-94 
breeding seasons; from one to three additional visits per 
plot were undertaken to measure vegetation. Each map- 
ping visit, lasting from 1. 5-4.0 hr, involved slowly walking 
established census lines <100 m apart and delineating 
bird territories within gridded plots at 25-50 m resolu- 
tion. Order of visitation (date and time of day, whether 
dawn, mid-morning or dusk) was randomized. Two visits 
at dusk were generally made on each plot. All BBC visits 
were conducted between 22 April-5 July, a period coin- 


ciding with incubation, brooding and prefledging of the 
Barred Owl (Johnsgard 1988). 

Reproduction was determined by beak clapping, hiss- 
ing and food-begging calls of young from within nest 
trees, or observations of stationary, prefledging juveniles 
outside nests begging from or being fed by adults. Adult 
owls often flushed from daytime roosts and gave noneli- 
cited calls during visits, but adult presence alone was not 
considered evidence of reproduction. 

Data Attributes and Model Construction. Study plots 
(Table 1) were quite small relative to home ranges re- 
corded for Barred Owls (86-370 ha, Nicholls and Warner 
1972); techniques appropriate for other birds, such as 
the BBC, are usually unsuitable for wide-ranging and se- 
cretive raptors (Fuller and Mosher 1981). Over spatial 
scales at which field work was conducted, occurrence of 
Barred Owl nests would be unexpected even if plots hap- 
pened to be fortuitously located within an owl territory. 
This was not necessarily the case as plots were located 
solely on the basis of their old-growth chararacteristics 
On the other hand, two or more plots that were close 
together might be situated within a single territory and 
thus not represent independent sample units. 

These elements of the field sampling required devel- 
oping a statistical approach that addressed explicitly each 
of the data attributes mentioned above. Thus, I chose a 
simple probability approach for testing occupancy of hab- 
itats by Barred Owls. Binomial models better account for 
frequency of occurrence in a set of samples (e.g., “inci- 
dence,” Wright 1991), and similar approaches have been 
applied to other studies of Strix owls (Azuma et al. 1990, 
Gutierrez 1994). The general null hypotheses tested were 
that Barred Owl reproduction and territorial occupancy 
did not occur in old-growth forest more than expected 
by chance. 

Given a documented upper limit of approximately 370 
ha for the home range (Nicholls and Warner 1972), only 
distances sl.O km (the approximate radius of a circle 
having area 370 ha) could certainly be supposed to con- 
tain biologically-independent territories. Plots separated 
by distances less than 1000 m were therefore combined 
into a single unit, ultimately reducing sample size from 
15 to 11 (Table 1). This interval to independence was of 
the same order used in other studies where the survey 
scale matched movement distances by the species (Bo- 
sakowski et al. 1987, Laidig and Dobkin 1995). 

Modeling was approached as follows: if owl nests are 
located randomly within a hypothetical home range of 
area B, and plot A represents some fraction of this area, 
then let p — A/ B. The variable p is the binomial for the 
likelihood that reproductive effort will be localized in 
area A ( = positive incidence) , and is expected to be quite 
small, except for plots of moderately large size (e.g., p = 
0.10 if A = 10 ha and B = 100 ha). Values for A were 
derived from plot sizes used in the study, including plots 
combined due to spatial proximity (Table 1). Parameter 
values for Bwere obtained from the literature: minimum, 
mean and maximum home range (Nicholls and Warner 
1972), and mean annual and mean summer home range 
(Elody and Sloan 1985). 

Probabilities of owl reproduction on a particular plot 
were estimated by dividing its area, A, by each of the 
parameter values available for B, For plots studied both 


244 


Haney 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Table 1. Cumulative (observed) probabilities (j 6, q, or 2pq) of the likelihood of Barred Owl reproduction in sample 
plots during a 2-yr period in eastern old-growth forests. The subsample (N =11 plots) includes four pairs of plots 
that were combined due to spatial proximity (see Methods) . Final probabilities indicate the likelihood of obtaining 
as many instances of owl reproduction as were actually observed across all plots. Seven different estimates of Barred 
Owl home range size or density were used to develop probabilities. 


Plot 


Mixed Coniferous-Deciduous 


Cathe- 


Parameter 

Swamp 3 
15 ha 

Seneca 3 
15 ha 

dral/ Hill- 
side 3 
33.2 ha 

Henry Run 
15 ha 

Tionesta 
I, II 3 
24 ha 

Tionesta 

III, IV 
24 ha 

HC I, II 
22 ha 

BBC area (0.0095/ha) 

0.2451 b 

0.2451 

0.4326 

0.1430 

0.3529 

0.7712 

0.2097 

BBC incidence (0.1413) 

0.2532 

0.2532 

0.4417 

0.1487 

0.3627 

0.7620 

0.2182 

Mean home range (229 ha) c 

0.1207 

0.1207 

0.2448 

0.0645 

0.1851 

0.8968 

0.0946 

Min. home range (86 ha) c 

0.2880 

0.2880 

0.4740 

0.1744 

0.4024 

0.7209 

0.2558 

Max. home range (369 ha) c 

0.0778 

0.0778 

0.1634 

0.0405 

0.1213 

0.9351 

0.0595 

Mean annual home range 
(282 ha) e 

0.1007 

0.1007 

0.2077 

0.0532 

0.1557 

0.9149 

0.0780 

Mean summer home range 
(118 ha) e 

0.2219 

0.2219 

0.4044 

0.1271 

0.3240 

0.7966 

0.1864 


a Plot studied during both breeding seasons (1993, 1994). 

b Final probability based on multiplication rule, i.e., the product of all cumulative probabilities of owl reproduction across all plots. 
c Nicholls and Warner (1972). 

d Exact probabilities are 1.6 and 7.4 X 10 -7 for maximum and mean annual home range parameters, respectively. 
e Elody and Sloan (1985). 


years, the probability of finding reproduction in one, nei- 
ther or both study years is given by the binomial expan- 
sion: p 2 , q 2 , or 2j 6q, where q = 1 — p (e.g., the probability 
that a plot will not have owl breeding; = negative inci- 
dence). Because in no plot was reproduction detected in 
both years, nor did any plot studied for two years fail to 
have reproduction in one of the years, in practice only 
p, q, or 2j 6q gave cumulative plot probabilities. The fact 
that no plot had nests or Hedgings in both years, and 
plots studied for two years had a nest or fledgings in at 
least one year, mitigated against violating the indepen- 
dence assumption for binomial trials (Snedecor and 
Cochran 1980). 

In addition to home range size, two other estimates of 
p based on published BBCs were available. The first (p = 
0 0095/ha) was calculated by dividing the total number 
of owl territories by the total area of all study plots in a 
sample of 92 BBCs (J. Field Ornithol. 64[Suppl.] and 
65[Suppl.]). These 92 BBCs originated solely from within 
the species’ range and consisted of all available plots 
from potential habitat (completely vegetated plots in up- 
land forest). The second estimate (p = 0.1413) was de- 
rived by taking the proportion of the 92 BBCs on which 
entire or partial Barred Owl territories were registered. 
Note that neither BBC estimate for p necessarily implies 
that reproduction occurred; rather, it is a measure of ter- 
ritorial occupancy. 

Statistical Analyses. Each of five home range- and two 
BBC-based parameter values for p was used to calculate 
a plot-specific probability of reproduction for either one 


or two years; that is, the product of plot area with p , q, 
or 2 pq. Each of the seven parameter values was subse- 
quently used to compute a final cumulative probability 
of reproduction using the binomial multiplication rule 
(e.g., the product of probabilities in a specified series of 
events such as owl reproduction in independent plots). 
Use of different parameter values for p acted as a sensi- 
tivity analysis in executions of the binomial model to al- 
low examining whether results were solely the conse- 
quence of parameter outliers. 

In a second approach, I used a two-sample test of pro- 
portions (Snedecor and Cochran 1980) to evaluate the 
probability of obtaining the observed number of Barred 
Owl territories in old-growth. If py is the probability of 
territorial occupancy in the sample of old-growth plot- 
years (where N { = 15), and p^ is the probability of terri- 
torial occupancy in a sample of BBCs (iV 2 = 92 plot- 
years), then the test statistic for differences between two 
sample proportions is given by the normal deviate, Z, 
where: 

Z= pi~ p 2 /Vp-q(l/N 1 + 1/N 2 ), 

and p and q are the joint probabilities across all BBCs ( N 
= 107) of finding and not finding owls, respectively. 

Reproduction by Barred Owls at spatial scales em- 
ployed in this study should be rare, a condition for which 
the Poisson distribution is well-suited. I calculated the ex- 
pected number of reproductive events (nests or owl 
fledgings) in r = 11 trials (number of combined plots) 
using the highest, most conservative parameter value 


September 1997 


Barred Owl Breeding in Old-growth 


245 


Table 1. Extended. 


Plot 

Deciduous 

Prince 
Gallitzin 
10.3 ha 

Erie I 
6 ha 

Erie II 
7.5 ha 

Tryon- 
Weber 
9.8 ha 

Final P 

0.9023 

0.9428 

0.9285 

0.0929 

0.000109 b 

0.8984 

0.9405 

0.9256 

0.0967 

0.000129 

0.9559 

0.9742 

0.9678 

0.0419 

0.000002 

0.8808 

0.9302 

0.9128 

0.1134 

0.000247 

0.9723 

0.9838 

0.9797 

0.0264 

<0.000001 d 

0.9637 

0.9787 

0.9734 

0.0346 

CO.OOOOOT 1 

0.9131 

0.9492 

0.9364 

0.0826 

<0.000064 


available ( p = 0.1413, Table 1). If owl reproductive events 
are distributed randomly with average incidence, p, the 
number of events expected in a sample of size C is a 
Poisson variable with mean pC (Snedecor and Cochran 
1980). If there are more incidences of owl reproduction 
than expected, the Poisson model will be a poor fit and 
the null hypothesis of randomness will be rejected. Ex- 
pected values for the number of reproductive events si 
were figured with the Poisson expression: 

X P(r) = (ff/r\)e / for all r > 0, 

and where e = 2.71828, the base of natural logarithms 
(Snedecor and Cochran 1980). Expected values were 
then compared to those actually observed using a x 2 test 
for goodness-of-fit. 

Although I provide exact probability values ( P) for 
model runs, these estimates are biased (albeit conserva- 
tively so) . For example, if any plot was actually outside an 
owl home range, values of p based on area would be in- 
flated, increasing the likelihood of falsely accepting the 
null hypothesis of no effect of old-growth on owl repro- 
duction. Such bias acts to increase the final absolute val- 
ue of P Although this increases risk of Type II error, I 
was more concerned in these analyses with making false 
conclusions regarding Barred Owl use of old-growth. 
Thus, P values should be considered as upper limits on 
the real chance of committing a Type I error. To guard 
against Type II error resulting from small sample sizes, 
inferences were considered significant at a = 0.10. When 
available, I provide observed significance levels (Forbes 
1990). 

Vegetation Measurement. On the basis of breeding, I 
poststratified plots to compare vegetation characteristics 
of forest stands used and not used by owls. Canopy com- 
position and shrub stem density on all plots were esti- 
mated at randomly-drawn points with 0.04 ha circular 
subplots (James and Shugart 1970); sample size for cir- 
cular subplots was set uniformly at one per ha of total 
plot size (4%). Canopy height was measured at each sub- 
plot with a clinometer. Canopy foliage (leaf) cover was 


estimated with a concave spherical densiometer (Lem- 
mon 1957) based on the average of measurements from 
four cardinal directions. Systematic transects were used 
to estimate size, total elliptical area and frequency of tree- 
fall gaps (Runkle 1985); 10 m X 50 m randomly-chosen 
rectangular plots were used to measure snag type and 
density, and type, volume and biomass of downed CWD 
(Tyrrell and Crow 1994). 

Results 

Incidence of Reproduction. During both years. 
Barred Owls nested on 7 of 15 (47%) original 
plots, or 7 of 11 (64%) combined plots (those 
<1000 m apart). Nests (N = 1) or prefledging ju- 
veniles ( N — 6 instances) were recorded on “Sen- 
eca” and “Tionesta I/II” in 1993, and “Swamp,” 
“Hillside/Cathedral,” “Henry Run,” “Heart’s 
Content I/II” (HC I) and “Tryon-Weber” in 1994 
(Table 1). The single nest detected was in a live 
eastern hemlock with a broken top. Five of 6 sets 
of juveniles (1-3 individuals per brood) were also 
being fed in large, old hemlocks. Reproduction oc- 
curred on more of the combined plots dominated 
by mixed conifer-hardwood old-growth (86%) than 
plots dominated by deciduous old-growth (25%; Z 
= 2.033, P= 0.05). 

Adult owls were recorded as visitors, or had par- 
tially-overlapping territories, on other plots and/or 
during other years: “Hillside/Cathedral” in 1993, 
and “Seneca,” “Tionesta I/II” and “Erie II” in 
1994. In none of these instances was reproduction 
confirmed, although it could have occurred nearby 
in similar forest surrounding most plots. 

Model Results. With the first model, some pa- 
rameter values for p gave significant incidences of 
reproduction on single plots within a single year. 
Reproductive incidence on the “Tryon-Weber” 
plot alone was significant for all but the minimum 
home range parameter (p > 0.10). Greater than 
expected reproduction in a single year also oc- 
curred when the model was executed with param- 
eter maximum home range (5 plots), mean home 
range and mean annual home range (3 plots), 
BBC area, BBC incidence, and mean summer 
home range (1 plot). No plot had a significantly 
greater than expected incidence of reproduction 
within a single year when the model was executed 
with the minimum home range parameter. 

Observed number of reproductive events in old- 
growth was highly unlikely due to chance alone 
(Table 1). No final cumulative probability with the 
binomial model exceeded P = 0.000247, and one 
cumulative probability (using the model parameter 


246 


Haney 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Table 2. Comparison of observed and expected num- 
ber of breeding incidences by Barred Owls in some east- 
ern old-growth forest. Expected numbers were generated 
with a Poisson model of rare events in 11 trials (plots). 


Breeding 



Incidences 

Expected 

Observed 

0 

9.551 

4 

>1 

1.449 

7 

Total 

11.000 

11 


maximum home range) fell to P = 1.6 X 10 7 . 
When all plots were analyzed jointly, each param- 
eter value for p gave a highly significant final result, 
giving no indication that results came from outliers 
(extreme values) in model parameters. 

Other statistical models gave similar results. 
There were more incidences of reproduction than 
expected under the Poisson model (x 2 = 24.47, P 
< 0.0001; Table 2). Based on a two-sample test of 
proportions, there were also more occurrences of 
territory occupancy in plots located in old-growth 
(80%) compared to younger, managed forests 
(14%; Z = 5.63, P < 0.0001). 


Vegetation Characteristics. Relative to the entire 
regional landscape, diameter size distributions of 
canopy trees were different in old-growth plots 
used for breeding (Fig. 1 ) . Both mixed and decid- 
uous old-growth plots had more diverse diameter 
size classes in canopy trees, and were skewed to- 
ward trees in larger size classes. Most plots used by 
owls had at least some very large trees (70—100 cm 
dbh). No evidence of owl reproduction or of ter- 
ritorial occupancy was found in younger forest. 
Power to detect avoidance of this habitat type was 
very low, however. Analyses indicated that with the 
binomial model N ^ 12 15-ha plots would be re- 
quired to detect whether owls used younger forest 
less than expected. 

Canopy complexity created by tree-fall gaps dis- 
tinguished old-growth sites used and not used for 
breeding (Table 3). Owls bred where on average 
such canopy gaps opened up 8% of the stand; no 
breeding was observed where less than 5% of the 
stand was in tree-fall gaps. No significant differ- 
ences were detected in the size class distributions 
of canopy gaps (Kolmogorov-Smirnov x 2 = 3.34, 
maximum difference 0.133, P — 0.361; Fig. 2). 


Table 3. Comparison of forest structure at old-growth sites used and not used for breeding by Barred Owls. 


Not Breeding 

Breeding (N =7) (N = 9 a or 10) Comparison 


Structural Characteristic 

X 

SE 

Range 

X 

SE 

Range 

Z b 

U 

U' 

P b 

Tree stems (per ha) 

499 

50.4 

348-644 

473 

41.6 

317-697 

-0.342 

31.5 

38.5 

0.732 

Basal area (m 2 /ha) 

38 

2.7 

30-49 

42 

4.1 

31-73 

-0.441 

30.5 

39.5 

0.659 

Hemlock basal area (m 2 /ha) 

17 

3.2 

<1-25 

12 

4.1 

0-30 

-0.587 

29 

41 

0.557 

Canopy height (m) 

30 

2.0 

21-34 

29 

1.8 

20-37 

-0.532 

26.5 

36.5 

0.595 

Range canopy height (m) 

14 

1.5 

10-20 

11 

1.9 

6-24 

-1.865 

14 

49 

0.062 

Variation canopy height (CV) 

16 

1.9 

11-25 

12 

1.2 

8-19 

-1.747 

15 

48 

0.081 

Canopy gaps (%) 

8 

1.0 

5-13 

4 

0.8 

0-9 

-2.733 

7 

63 

0.006 

Mean canopy gap size (m 2 ) 

116 

34.7 

37-301 

159 

71.5 

0-728 

-0.489 

30 

40 

0.625 

Largest canopy gap (m 2 ) 

430 

107 

133-915 

658 

253 

0-2261 

-0.195 

33 

37 

0.845 

Foliage cover (%) c 

96 

1.1 

92-99 

97 

0.7 

93-99 

-0.401 

31 

39 

0.689 

Snag stems (per ha) 

32 

5.6 

12-54 

42 

6.0 

20-73 

-0.977 

25 

45 

0.329 

Snag basal area (m 2 /ha) 

4 

1.2 

1-9 

4 

0.9 

1-8 

-0.683 

28 

42 

0.495 

Snag volume d (m 3 /ha) 

48 

13.5 

3-100 

51 

21.8 

4-222 

-0.586 

29 

41 

0.558 

Volume CWD e (m 3 /ha) 

152 

47.8 

20-408 

142 

57.9 

8-612 

-0.586 

29 

41 

0.558 

Biomass CWD (10 3 kg/ha) 

27.5 

6.6 

2.8-58.4 

28.2 

12.1 

1.3-124.6 

-0.781 

27 

43 

0.435 

Shrub stems (10 3 /ha) 

4.8 

2.7 

0.2-20.7 

5.9 

2.5 

1.2-24.6 

-0.688 

25 

38 

0.491 


■* Some missing data for one plot. 
b Mann-Whitney C-test corrected for ties. 

c Relative cover; high canopy cover in this study mitigated against potential positive biases found in some forest stands measured with 
densiometers (see Cook et al. 1995). 

d Volume estimates based on decay classes defined in Cline et al. (1980), Tyrrell and Crow (1994). 

e CWD = coarse woody debris; biomass of downed tree boles estimated as a function of decay class (Tyrrell and Crow 1994) , 


September 1997 


Barred Owl Breeding in Old-growth 


247 


Table 4. Number of samples 3 (as a function of plot size, in ha) required to detect significantly more incidences ( = 
positive incidence) of breeding by Barred Owls than expected by chance. 


Alpha Level 




a = 0.10 




a = 0.05 


Parameter Plot Size = 

5 

10 

15 

20 

25 

5 

10 

15 

20 

25 

BBC area 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

1 

2 

2 

2 

3 

BBC incidence 13 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

x home range 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

Min. home range 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

2 

3 

3 

Max. home range 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

x ann. home range 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

x summer home range 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 


a Number of samples in a binomial model based on differences in spatial scales between plot size and owl activity (see text). 
b Number of samples is derived from a frequency-based parameter rather than a scale difference (see text) . 



2 

Size of canopy gap (m ) 


Figure 2. Canopy gap size-distributions in areas used 
and not used for breeding by Barred Owls ( Strix varia). 


Rather it was spatial arrangement of the canopy 
gaps (e.g., interspersion throughout the stand) 
that characterized breeding areas. Breeding sites 
on average also had an increase of approximately 
25% in variability of canopy height (Table 3). 

Plots with breeding owls were more likely to con- 
tain large (^45 cm dbh) hemlock snags than plots 
not used for breeding (Fig. 3). Some plots on 
which owls bred had snags >100 cm dbh. Breeding 
owls were also more likely to use stands with higher 
densities of large snags (all tree species) and great- 
er total snag basal area (all tree species) . 

Understory at breeding sites was generally 
sparse. Most plots on which Barred Owls bred had 
fewer shrubs and sapling trees (stems ^7.6 cm 
dbh). Out of 15 original old-growth study plots, 
nine were used by owls for either breeding, roost- 
ing or foraging, and seven of these (78%) had 
shrub densities <3000 stems/ha. Conversely, 67% 
of old-growth plots where neither breeding, roost- 
ing or foraging was detected had shrub densities 
>3000 stems/ha. 

Most other vegetation measurements exhibited 
little difference between old-growth areas used and 
not used by breeding owls (Table 3) . For example, 
average tree diameter in all plots used for breeding 
(x = 31.7 cm dbh, SD = 5.1, range = 24.4-38.5, N 
= 7) was not different than average tree diameter 
in plots not used (x = 33.9 cm, SD = 6.9, range = 
23.9-44.5, N — 10; Mann-Whitney Utest, Z cor- 
rected for ties = —0.684, P = 0.4943). 


248 


Haney 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Plots with Barred Owls 
Mtfl Plots with no Barred Owls 



Figure 3. Vegetation of forested plots with Barred Owl reproduction compared to plots without reproduction. Bars 
indicate +1 SE. 


Discussion 

Scale and Type of Habitat Use. Barred Owl 
breeding was strongly linked to patches of old- 
growth hemlock-hardwood forest on the northern 
Appalachian Plateau. Given this owl’s low density, 
such a large number of breeding events in a rela- 
tively small sample was not expected. At plot sizes 
ranging from 5-25 ha, however, and regardless of 
the home range parameter chosen, no more than 
3 plots are required to detect greater-than-expect- 
ed incidence of reproduction if all plots are used 
for nesting (Table 4) . 

Except at Tionesta, breeding territories of the 
size typically recorded for the species (Nicholls and 
Warner 1972, Elody and Sloan 1985) were unlikely 
to have been situated entirely within late succes- 
sional forest; remnant patches of old-growth in this 
region are usually smaller than Barred Owl terri- 
tories (Haney 1996). In silvicultural terms, the spa- 


tial scale of habitat use observed in this study cor- 
responds to the stand level. Specifically, Barred 
Owl use of breeding habitat was detected over 
scales on the order of 1-1 Os ha and horizontal dis- 
tances of 1 Os-1 00s m. 

These scales correspond to an activity center 
within the home range. Because habitat use of Strix 
owls is quite scale-sensitive (Carey et al. 1992, Hun- 
ter et al. 1995), use or selection at the level of nests 
or territories may differ. Further study might reveal 
whether microhabitat at nest sites used by Barred 
Owls is similar to their North American congeners 
(Seamans and Gutierrez 1995) via comparison of 
nest to random sites (Buchanan et al. 1993), 
whether at landscape levels Barred Owl territories 
are smaller in or adjacent to old-growth (Carey et 
al. 1990) and whether territorial occupancy occurs 
in proportion to the availability of different serai 
stages. Habitat use is likely to vary also as a func- 




September 1997 


Barred Owl. Breeding in Old-growth 


249 


tion of demography (sex, age) , social organization 
(population, pair, individual; Carey etal. 1992) and 
activity type (foraging, roosting, or nesting; Ganey 
and Baida 1994). 

Barred Owls and Old-growth. Forest contiguity 
and age both influence habitat use by Barred Owls 
(Bosakowski 1994, Laidig and Dobkin 1995). Hun- 
ter et al. (1995) found that fragmentation adjacent 
to nest sites influenced habitat selection of Spotted 
Owls. In contrast, several other studies cited by 
Hunter et al. (1995) found serai stage heteroge- 
neity to be similar between random sites and areas 
used by Strix owls. Barred Owls prefer mature to 
young forest in patches of similar size (McGarigal 
and Fraser 1984). The preference for old-growth is 
not a regional artifact. In a follow-up study >800 
km away, territorial occupancy and breeding by 
Barred Owls occurred in old-growth (>200 yr) 
hemlock-hardwood forest more than expected by 
chance (P < 0.017 in all model executions; N = 3 
plots [12-27 ha each] dispersed across three 
Southern Appalachian national forests) . 

Seeming inconsistencies in owl use of forested 
habitats may arise if all areas studied happen to 
meet a threshold of suitability. For example, al- 
though I did not find average tree diameter to dif- 
fer between sites used and not used for breeding, 
my comparisons were restricted largely to old- 
growth, and thus all sites may have contained ad- 
equate features. Barred Owls avoid forests with av- 
erage tree diameters <15 cm (Bosakowski et al. 
1987). Average diameter for all forests in my study 
region was 20 cm (weighted mean, based on Al- 
erich 1993); all sites where I detected breeding 
owls had average tree diameters ^30 cm. Despite 
trees >50 cm dbh making up <2% of all stems on 
the northern Appalachian Plateau (Alerich 1993), 
some trees in this size class characterized each site 
used by Barred Owls in this study (Devereux and 
Mosher 1984). 

Barred Owls are thought to prefer mature forest, 
including old-growth, due to greater availability of 
nest sites, because lower stem densities in the un- 
derstory facilitate unimpeded visibility and travel- 
ways for foraging, or because dense canopies pro- 
vide protection from mobbing (Nicholls and War- 
ner 1972, McGarigal and Fraser 1984, Bosakowski 
1994) . Dense canopies also foster thermally-neutral 
microclimates for some Strix owls (Barrows 1981). 
Since all of these structural characteristics were ev- 
ident on sites studied here, and I did not measure 
availability, it was not possible to identify which fac- 


tor (s) were actually selected. Compared to younger 
forest, older forest provides other Strix owls with 
their preferred prey type, size, or abundance 
(Thrailkill and Bias 1989, Waters and Zabel 1995, 
Zabel et al. 1995). Barred owls usually have diverse 
diets (Bosakowski and Smith 1992), but the prey 
base in eastern old-growth would be worthy of de- 
tailed study. 

Breeding sites were located where the canopy 
was more complex. These areas had more vertical 
variation in tree heights and greater horizontal 
patchiness and internal edge created by tree-fall 
gaps. Small openings that are interspersed 
throughout the stand yet still near breeding sites 
may facilitate foraging by adults who must satisfy 
both their own dietary needs as well as provision 
chicks. Thus, spatial juxtaposition of diverse eco- 
logical characteristics may enhance suitability of 
old-growth habitat for Barred Owls. 

Any use of older forest by Barred Owls could 
have implications for conservation of the Northern 
Spotted Owl. Barred Owls have displaced (Sharp 
1989) and interbred (Hamer et al. 1994) with 
Northern Spotted Owls during the past few de- 
cades in the Pacific Northwest. Although the for- 
mer species has been implicated as more adapta- 
ble, throughout much of eastern North America 
the Barred Owl is the more specialized large owl 
(Laidig and Dobkin 1995), and its populations are 
impacted negatively by forest alterations detrimen- 
tal to Northern Spotted Owls, such as fragmenta- 
tion and serai truncation (Bosakowski 1994) . I sug- 
gest that recent overlap in the ranges of Strix owls 
stems at least in part from their broadly-similar 
habitat requirements. 

Management Considerations. As a codominant 
canopy tree (Rogers 1978), eastern hemlock plays 
a key role in providing habitat for Barred Owls. 
The “eastern hemlock” or “hemlock-white pine- 
hardwood” region (Nichols 1935) once stretched 
from the Great Lakes, St. Lawrence River Valley 
and New England south through the Southern Ap- 
palachians. Apparent antibiotic properties of hem- 
lock litter (Rogers 1978) and canopy shading both 
tend to suppress understory vegetation, maintain- 
ing a rather open ground layer that may benefit 
foraging owls. After acheiving old-growth condi- 
tions at 275-300 yr (Tyrrell and Crow 1994), hem- 
locks tend to have snapped tops, broken limbs, cav- 
ity inclusions and other signs of decadence that 
furnish ample sites for nests as well as perches suit- 
able for sit-and-wait foraging. Dense groves of hem- 


250 


Haney 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


lock also attract certain hawks, corvids and squir- 
rels, all of which construct bulky nests occasionally 
appropriated by Barred Owls (Johnsgard 1988). 
Hemlock decomposes more slowly than most hard- 
woods (Harmon et al. 1986), so snags suitable as 
nest sites tend to persist for long periods. 

Because hemlock tends to grow well in shade 
(Rogers 1978), it ensures a continuous supply of 
replacement canopy dominants, thereby exploiting 
low-intensity disturbances typical of late-seral com- 
munities (Runkle 1982, Ward and Parker 1989). 
Hemlock’s longevity (—800 yr; Loehle 1988) and 
low frequency of catastrophic stand disturbance 
(«sl200 yr; Canham and Loucks 1984, Frelich and 
Lorimer 1991) would, historically, have tended to 
provide large areas of owl habitat. On the northern 
Appalachian Plateau alone, presettlement beech- 
hemlock forest covered 2.4 million ha (Bjorkblom 
and Larson 1977) . Management practices that pro- 
mote stand development or allow expanded cov- 
erage of large hemlock (Farr and Tyndall 1992) 
are thus likely to benefit Barred Owls. 

The Barred Owl’s utility as a management indi- 
cator species is predicated on an affinity for older 
forest (USDA 1985, 1986). High breeding inci- 
dence in the very old stands studied here suggests 
that merely extending the rotation ages of timber 
harvests to — 110 yr (the criterion for “old-growth” 
in many eastern forests) may not in itself provide 
optimal habitat for Barred Owls. Further research 
is needed on Barred Owl abundance, habitat use 
and reproduction across the full spectrum of stand 
ages representative of eastern forests. 

Acknowledgments 

This project was one element of an investigation of 
wildlife relationships in eastern old-growth forest. Finan- 
cial support was provided by the Center for Rural Penn- 
sylvania (CRP) , DuBois Educational Foundation Fund for 
Academic Excellence, Pennsylvania State University Re- 
search and Development funds and a Challenge Grant 
from the Migratory Bird Office, Region 5, U.S. Fish and 
Wildlife Service (USFWS). D. DeCalesta,J. Palmer and S. 
Stout (U.S. Forest Service), L. Lentz, J. Sowl and D. 
Wright (CRP), T. Mountain and D. Pence (USFWS), C. 
Schlentner (Cook Forest State Park) and C. Schaadt pro- 
vided logistic support, access to study areas or other as- 
sistance that greatly facilitated this study. J. Lydic and R. 
Williams collected and entered vegetation data and per- 
formed many of the summary analyses. For their help 
with the Breeding Bird Censuses and other field work, I 
thank B. Allison, J. Cheek, L. Hepfner, R. Kaufmann, J. 
Lydic, C. Schaadt, J. Seachrist, J. Smreker, S. Weilgosz, S. 
Wetzel and R. Williams, M, Bechard, J. Callazo, E, Fors- 
man, R. Gutierrez, C. Hunter, D. Lee, D. Smith and an 


anonymous reviewer offered many helpful comments on 

earlier versions of the manuscript. 

Literature Cited 

Abrams, M.D. and C.M. Ruffner. 1995. Physiographic 
analysis of witness-tree distribution (1765-1798) and 
present forest cover through north central Pennsyl- 
vania. Can. J. For. Res. 25:659-668. 

Alerich, C.R. 1993. Forest statistics for Pennsylvania — 
1978 and 1989. USDA For. Serv. Res. Bull. NE-126. 

Allen, A.W. 1987. Habitat suitability index models: 
Barred Owl. USDI Fish Wildl. Serv. Biol. Rep. 82. 

Azuma, D.L., J.A. Baldwin and B.R. Noon. 1990. Esti- 
mating the occupancy of Spotted Owl habitat areas by 
sampling and adjusting for bias. USDA For. Serv. Gen, 
Tech. Rep. PSW-124. 

BARROWS, C.W. 1981. Roost selection by Spotted Owls* 
an adaptation to heat stress. Condor 83:302-309. 

Bjorkblom, J.C. and R.G. Larson. 1977. The Tionesta 
Scenic and Research natural areas. USDA For. Serv. 
Gen. Tech. Rep. NEAL 

BOLLES, F. 1890. Barred Owls in captivity. Auk 7:101-114 

BOSAKOWSKI, T. 1994. Landsat reveals negative effect of 
forest fragmentation on Barred Owl distribution. Re- 
cords of New Jersey Birds 20:66-70. 

and D.G. Smith. 1992. Comparative diets of sym- 

patric nesting raptors in the eastern deciduous biome. 
Can. J. Zool. 70:984-992. 

, R. Speiser and J. Benzinger. 1987. Distribution, 

density, and habitat relationships of the Barred Owl 
in northern New Jersey. Pages 135-143 in Proceed- 
ings, biology and conservation of northern forest 
owls. USDA For. Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. RM-142, Win- 
nipeg, Manitoba, Canada. 

, R. Speiser and D.G. Smith. 1989. Forest owl pop- 
ulations of the Pequannock Watershed. Records of New 
Jersey Birds 15:2-8. 

Buchanan, J.B., L.L. Irwin and E.L. McCutchen. 1993. 
Characteristics of Spotted Owl nest trees in the We- 
natchee National Forest . J. Raptor Res. 27:1-7. 

Bull, E.L., M.G. Henjum and R.S. Rohweder. 1988. 
Nesting and foraging habitat of Great Gray Owls. J. 
Raptor Res. 22:107-1 15. 

Canham, C.D. and O.L. Loucks. 1984. Catastrophic 
windthrow in the presettlement forests of Wisconsin. 
Ecology 65:803-809. 

Carey, A.B., J.A. Reid and S.P. Horton. 1990. Spotted 
Owl home range and habitat use in southern Oregon 
Coast Ranges./. Wildl. Manage. 54:11-17. 

, S.P. Horton and B.L. Biswell. 1992. Northern 

Spotted Owls: influence of prey base and landscape 
character. Ecol. Monogr. 62:223-250. 

Cline, S.P., A.B. Berg and H.M. Wight. 1980. Snag char- 
acteristics and dynamics in Douglas-fir forests, western 
Washington./ Wildl. Manage. 44:773-786. 

Cook, J.G., T.W. Stutzman, C.W. Bowers, K.A. Brenner 
and L.L. Irwin. 1995. Spherical densiometers pro- 


September 1997 


Barred Owl Breeding in Old-growth 


251 


duce biased estimates of forest canopy cover. WildL 
Soc. Bull. 23:711-717. 

Devereux, J.G. and J.A. Mosher. 1984. Breeding ecol- 
ogy of Barred Owls in the central Appalachians. Rap- 
tor Res. 18:49-58. 

Eifrig, G. 1907. American goshawk (Acdpiter atricapillus) 
versus man and Barred Owl. Auk 24:437-438. 

Elody, B.J. and N.F. Sloan. 1985. Movements and hab- 
itat use of Barred Owls in the Huron Mountains of 
Marquette County, Michigan, as determined by radio- 
telemetry. Jack-Pine Warbler 63:3-8. 

Erdman, K.S. AND P.G. WlEGMAN. 1975. Preliminary list 
of natural areas in Pennsylvania. Western Pennsylva- 
nia Conservancy, Pittsburgh, PA U.S.A. 

Farr, P.M. and R.W. Tyndall. 1992. Expansion of an 
eastern hemlock forest in Maryland. Castanea 57:190- 
195. 

FORBES, L.S, 1990. A note on statistical power. Auk 107: 
438-439. 

Forsman, E.D., E.C. Meslow and H.M. Wight. 1984. 
Distribution and biology of the Spotted Owl in Ore- 
gon. Wildl. Monogr. 87. 

Frelich, L.E. and C.G. Lorimer. 1991. Natural distur- 
bance regimes in hemlock-hardwood forest of the Up- 
per Great Lakes region. Ecol. Monogr. 61:145-164. 

Fuller, M.R. and J.A. Mosher. 1981. Methods of de- 
tecting and counting raptors: a review. Stud. Avian 
Biol. 6:235-246. 

Ganey, J.L. and R.P. Balda. 1994. Habitat selection by 
Mexican Spotted Owls in northern Arizona. Auk 111: 
162-169. 

Gutierrez, R.J. 1994. Changes in the distribution and 
abundance of Spotted Owls during the past century. 
Stud. Avian Biol. 15: 293-300. 

, J. Verner, K.S. McKelvey, B.R. Noon, G.N. Ste- 

ger, D.R. Call, W.S. LaHaye, B.B. Bingham and J.S. 
Senser. 1992. Habitat relations of the California 
Spotted Owl. Pages 79-98 in J. Verner, K.S. McKelvey, 
B.R. Noon, R.J. Gutierrez, G.I. Gould, Jr. and T.W. 
Beck [Eds.], The California Spotted Owl: a technical 
assessment of its current status. Gen. Tech. Rep. PSW- 
133, USDA For. Serv., Albany, CA U.S.A. 

Hamer, T.E., E.D. Forsman, A.D. Fuchs and M.L. Wa- 
ters. 1994. Hybridization between Barred and Spot- 
ted owls. Auk 111:487-492. 

Haney, J.C. 1996. Policy aspects of old-growth forest re- 
serves in the eastern U.S. Pages 41-62 in S.K. Majum- 
dar, E.W. Miller and F.J. Brenner [Eds.], Forests — a 
global perspective. The Pennsylvania Academy of Sci- 
ence, Phildelphia, PA U.S. A. 

Harmon, M.E., J.F. Franklin, FJ- Swanson, P. Sollins, 
S.V. Gregory, J.D. Lattin, N.H. Anderson, S.P. Cline, 
N.G. Aumen, J.R. Sedell, G.W. Lienkaemper, K. Cro- 
mack and K.W. Cummins. 1986. Ecology of coarse 
woody debris in temperate ecosystems. Adv. Ecol. Res. 
15:772-783. 

Hough, A.F. 1936. A climax forest community on East 


Tionesta Creek in northwestern Pennsylvania. Ecology 
17:9-28. 

and R.D. Forbes. 1943. The ecology and silvics 

of Pennsylvania high-plateau forests. Ecol. Monogr. 13. 
299-320. 

Hunter, J.E., R.J. Guti£rrez and A.B. Franklin. 1995 
Habitat configuration around Spotted Owl sites in 
northwestern California. Condor 97:684— 693. 

Hunter, M.L. 1989. What constitutes an old-growth 
stand? J. For. 88:33-35. 

James, F.C. and H.H. Shugart. 1970. A quantitative 
method of habitat description. Am. Birds 24:727-736 

JOHNSGARD, P.A. 1988. North American owls. Smithson- 
ian Inst. Press, Washington, DC U.S.A. 

Laidig, KJ. and D.S. Dobkin. 1995. Spatial overlap and 
habitat associations of Barred Owls and Great Horned 
Owls in southern New Jersey./ Raptor Res. 29:151—157. 

LEMMON, P.E. 1957. A new instrument for measuring for- 
est overstory density. J. For. 55:667-668. 

LOEHLE, C. 1988. Tree life history strategies: the role of 
defenses. Can. J. For. Res. 18:209-222. 

LOWE, J.D. 1995. Resident bird counts 1994./. Field Or- 
nithol. 66(Suppl.):3-4. 

Lutz, HJ. 1930. Vegetation of Heart’s Content, a virgin 
forest in northwestern Pennsylvania. Ecology 11:1—29. 

McGarigal, K. and J.D. Fraser. 1984. The effect of for- 
est stand age on owl distribution in southwestern Vir- 
ginia./ Wildl. Manage. 48:1393-1398. 

and . 1985. Barred Owl responses to re- 
corded vocalizations. Condor 87:552-553. 

Mickalitis, A.B. 1956. Virgin timber tracts in Pennsyl- 
vania. Pennsylvania Forests 36:35-36. 

Morrell, T.E. and R.H. Yahner. 1994. Habitat charac- 
teristics of Great Horned Owls in southcentral Penn- 
sylvania. /. Raptor Res. 28:164-170. 

Mosher, J.A., M.R. Fuller and M. Kopeny. 1990. Sur- 
veying woodland raptors by broadcast of conspecific 
vocalizations./. Field Ornithol. 61:453-461. 

Nichols, G.E. 1935. The hemlock-white pine-northern 
hardwood region of eastern North America. Ecology 
16: 403-422. 

Nicholls, T.H. and D.W. Warner. 1972. Barred Owl 
habitat use as determined by radiotelemetry. J. Wildl. 
Manage. 36:213-224. 

and M.R. Fuller. 1987. Territorial aspects of 

Barred Owl home range and behavior in Minnesota. 
Pages 121-128 in R.W. Nero, R.J. Clark, R.J. Knapton 
and R.H. Hamre [Eds.], Biology and conservation of 
northern forest owls. USDA For. Serv. Gen. Tech. 
Rep. RM-142, Fort Collins, CO U.S. A. 

Rogers, R.S. 1978. Forests dominated by hemlock (Tsu- 
ga canadensis ) : distribution as related to site and post- 
settlement history. Can. J. Bot. 56:843-854. 

Runkle, J.R. 1982. Patterns of disturbance in some old- 
growth mesic forests of eastern North America. Ecology 
63:1533-1546. 

. 1985. Comparison of methods for determining 


252 


Haney 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


fraction of land area in treefall gaps. For. Sci. 31:15— 
19. 

Seamans, M.E. and R.J. GutiErrez. 1995. Breeding hab- 
itat of the Mexican Spotted Owl in the Tularosa 
Mountains, New Mexico. Condor 97:944-952. 

Sharp, D.V, 1989. Range extension of the Barred Owl in 
western Washington and first breeding record on the 
Olympic Peninsula./. Raptor Res. 23:179-180. 

Smith, T.L. 1989. An overview of old-growth forests in 
Pennsylvania. Nat. Areas J. 9:40-44. 

Snedecor, G.W. and W.G. Cochran. 1980. Statistical 
methods, seventh edition. Iowa State Univ. Press, 
Ames, IA U.S.A. 

Thrailkill, J. and M.A. Bias. 1989. Diets of breeding 
and nonbreeding California Spotted Owls. J. Raptor 
Res. 23:39-41. 

Tyrrell, L.E. and T.R. Crow. 1994. Structural charac- 
teristics of old-growth hemlock-hardwood forests in 
relation to stand age. Ecology 75:370-386. 

U.S. Department of Agriculture. 1985. Jefferson Na- 


tional Forest land and resource management plan. 
USDA For. Serv., Land Management Planning, Roa- 
noke, VA U.S.A. 

. 1986. Allegheny National Forest land resource 

management plan. USDA For. Serv., Eastern Region, 
Warren, PA U.S.A. 

Ward, J.S. and G.R. Parker. 1989. Spatial dispersion of 
woody regeneration in an old-growth forest. Ecology 
70:1279-1285. 

Waters, J.R. AND C.J. Zabel. 1995. Northern flying squir- 
rel densities in fir forests of northeastern California. 
/ Wildl. Manage. 59:858-866. 

Wright, D.H. 1991. Correlations between incidence and 
abundance are expected by chance. J. Biogeogr. 18* 
463-466. 

Zabel, C.J., K. McKelveyand J.P. Ward. 1995. Influence 
of primary prey on home-range size and habitat-use 
patterns of Northern Spotted Owls (Strix occidentals 
caurina). Can. J. Zool. 73:433-439. 

Received 20 May 1996; accepted 22 April 1997 


f. Raptor Res. 31 (3) :253-259 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


HABITAT ASSOCIATIONS OF THE BARRED OWL IN THE 
BOREAL FOREST OF SASKATCHEWAN, CANADA 

Kurt M. Mazur 1 

Department of Biology, University of Regina, Regina, Saskatchewan S4S 0A2 Canada 

Paul C. James 

Saskatchewan Environment and Resource Management, 321 1 Albert Street, Regina, Saskatchewan S4S 5W6 Canada 

Michael J. Fitzsimmons 

Parks Canada, Prince Albert National Park, P.O. Box 100, Waskesiu Lake, Saskatchewan SOJ 2Y0 Canada 

Gido Langen 

Prince Albert Model Forest Association, Inc., 77-1 1th Street West, Prince Albert, Saskatchewan S6V 7G3 Canada 

Richard H.M. Espie 

Department of Veterinary Anatomy, Western College of Veterinary Medicine, 52 Campus Drive, 

University of Saskatchewan, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan S7N 5B4 Canada 

ABSTRACT. — Little information exists regarding Barred Owl ( Strix varia) habitat requirements in the 
boreal forest. During 1993, we located Barred Owls through call-playback surveys in the boreal forest 
of central Saskatchewan, Canada. We analyzed habitat found within 1.5 km and 3.0 km radius circles 
centered on 25 Barred Owl locations, 100 random locations and 275 survey locations. We compared 
habitat found within random circles to that found at survey and owl locations. Habitat at survey locations 
differed from random locations for four habitat types, indicating a habitat bias of road-based surveys. 
Barred Owls were found associated with old mixed-wood forest, old deciduous forest and water, and 
avoided young forest and treed muskeg. As in other portions of its range, the Barred Owl is associated 
with old forest in boreal forest. 

Key Words: Strix varia; Barred Owl; boreal forest; habitat association; Saskatchewan. 


Asociaciones de habitat en buhos ( Strix varia) en bosques boreal en Saskatchewan, Canada 

Resumen. — Poca informacion existe con respecto de requisitos de habitat para buhos ( Strix varia) en 
bosques boreal. Durante 1993 nosotros localizamos buho con llamadas recordadas en el bosque boreal 
de el centro Saskatchewan, Canada. Nosotros analizamos habitat dentro 1.5 km y 3.0 km radio cfrculos 
centrados en 25 lugares de 25 buhos, 100 lugares al azar y 275 lugares de encuesta. Nosotros compar- 
amos el habitat dentro los cfrculos al azar con los de encuesta y lugares de buho. Habitat en lugares 
de encuesta eran diferentes a lugares al azar para cuatro tipos de habitat, indicando una tendencia de 
habitat de encuesta con caminos. Buhos fueron encontrados dentro de bosque variables, bosque de 
hoja caduca y agua y evitaba bosque jovenes. Como en otras lugares de la pradera, el buho esta asociado 
con bosques viejos en bosques boreal. 

[Traduccion de Raul De La Garza, Jr.] 


Habitat associations of Barred Owls ( Strix varia) 
have been quantified for only a portion of their 
range, primarily the northeastern U.S. (Nicholls 


1 Present address: Grassland and Forest Bird Project, 
Box 24, 200 Saulteaux Cresc., Winnipeg, MB R3J 3W3 
Canada. 


and Warner 1972, Devereux and Mosher 1984, Elo- 
dy and Sloan 1985, Bosakowski et al. 1987, Laidig 
and Dobkin 1995). In this region, Barred Owls typ- 
ically occupy large contiguous tracts of mature to 
old-growth hardwood and mixed hardwood/ soft- 
wood forests. Some authors have also suggested a 
need for swamps and an association with water 


253 


254 


Mazur et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


(Bent 1961, Bosakowski et al. 1987, Dunbar et al. 
1991, Laidig and Dobkin 1995). Its relatively nar- 
row habitat requirements have resulted in its adop- 
tion as a forest-management indicator in the south- 
ern Appalachians (Bosakowski 1994). During this 
century, the Barred Owl is believed to have ex- 
panded its range into boreal forests to the western 
montane forests of Canada and the U.S. (Houston 
1959, Taylor and Forsman 1976, Boxall and Step- 
ney 1982, Sharp 1989, Dunbar et al. 1991). In the 
western portion of their range, Barred Owls were 
found in association with old-growth and mature 
coniferous and mixedwood forests and riparian 
zones (Hamer 1988, Dunbar et al. 1991). Van Ael 
(1996) reported Barred Owls in northwestern On- 
tario to be found in association with unfragmented 
mixed-wood forests. Records from the western bo- 
real forest suggest a relationship with old forests, 
but this relationship has yet to be quantified (Box- 
all and Stepney 1982, Pinel et al. 1991). Our ob- 
jective was to identify which habitat in the boreal 
forest of Saskatchewan Barred Owls were associat- 
ed with, and to compare this to the available hab- 
itat. 

Study Area 

This study was conducted in the southern boreal forest 
of Saskatchewan, Canada (53 o 35'-54 0 15'N, 105°05- 
106°45'W). The 400 000-ha study area encompassed the 
Prince Albert Model Forest including a portion of Prince 
Albert National Park. The dominant tree species in the 
study area included trembling aspen ( Populus tremuloides ) , 
balsam poplar ( Populus balsamifera) , white birch ( Betula 
papyrifera), white spruce (Picea glauca) , black spruce (Pic- 
ea mariana), tamarack ( Larix lancina) . jack pine ( Pinus 
banksiana ) and balsam fir ( Abies balsamea) . Habitats in- 
cluded pure deciduous, mixed coniferous/deciduous 
and pure coniferous forest, muskeg and shrub lands. El- 
evation ranged from 490—698 m. The topography is gent- 
ly rolling, interspersed with numerous lakes and creeks. 
The climate is boreal continental, with an average annual 
precipitation of 40.1 cm; 28.1 cm as rain and 12.0 cm as 
snow. July and January temperatures average 17.6°C and 
— 19.7°C, respectively, with annual extreme temperatures 
of 36.1°C and — 48.3°C (Environment Canada Parks 
1986). A portion of the study area is currently being com- 
mercially harvested for wood pulp and lumber. Approx- 
imately half of the study area is located within the bound- 
aries of Prince Albert National Park. 

Methods 

Barred Owl locations were estimated through noctur- 
nal call-surveys from 28 April-28 May 1993. Call-surveys 
were restricted to randomly-selected, vehicle-accessible 
roads, and were conducted between one half hour after 
sunset and one half hour prior to sunrise. Call-survey 
stops were spaced 1 km apart. Thirteen survey routes, 
totalling 275 call-survey stops, were each surveyed once. 


These call-survey stops represented the survey locations 
Territorial calls of a male and a female Barred Owl were 
broadcast using a 12-watt battery powered tape recorder 
with 4 directional speakers (MTC Electronics), set ap- 
proximately 1.5 m above the ground. Surveyors remained 
at each survey stop for 8 min consisting of an initial 1 
min listening period prior to broadcast, followed by a 2 
min broadcast, and concluding with a 5 min post-broad- 
cast listening period. McGarigal and Fraser (1985) and 
Mosher et al. (1990) found that 70-80% of Barred Owls 
detected during the post-broadcast listening period re- 
sponded within 5 min of the end of the broadcast period. 
Surveys were not conducted during periods of precipi- 
tation or when wind speed exceeded 15 km/hr as re- 
ported by Environment Canada, or scored 3 or greater 
on the Beaufort scale. 

At each survey stop where owls responded, we record- 
ed the following parameters: the apparent direction to 
the owl (to the nearest degree), number and sex of owls 
responding, time for owl to respond and if the owl(s) was 
observed. Owl locations were determined by triangula- 
tion from at least two consecutive survey stops, or by di- 
rect observation of the owl, in which case the survey lo- 
cation was used as the owl location. One hundred random 
locations were generated throughout the study area, in 
order to compare available habitats. These random lo- 
cations did not include locations on water surfaces. 

We characterized habitat within 1.5 and 3.0 km radius 
circles (706 and 2827 ha, respectively) centered on 25 
owl locations, 100 random locations and 275 survey lo- 
cations. Of the 25 owl locations where habitat was char- 
acterized, seven represented a pair of owls and 18 rep- 
resented a single owl. Area of overlap of adjacent circles 
were intersected with Thiessen polygons and the overlap 
divided between the two circles to prevent double count- 
ing of any habitat area. Therefore, overlapping circles 
had a reduced area as the overlapping area was divided 
between the two circles. 

Although previous studies used smaller circles as an 
estimate of the area used by Barred Owls (Laidig and 
Dobkin 1995), radiotelemetry data from 14 adult Barred 
Owls revealed that annual home ranges (95% MCP) of 
Barred Owls in our study area ranged from 692-2489 ha 
(x = 1361 ha) (Mazur 1997). We therefore chose circles 
of 1.5 and 3.0 km radius which more closely approxi- 
mated the area used by Barred Owls in this region. The 
circles do not represent an owl’s home range, but rather 
provide an area with which an owl is likely to be associ- 
ated. 

We used the 1993 forest inventories for Prince Albert 
National Park (Padbury et al. 1978) and Saskatchewan 
Northern Provincial Forest (Lindenas 1985) to classify 
the available habitat into 12 types (Table 1). The pro- 
portional coverage of each habitat within each circle was 
calculated using an ARC/INFO geographic information 
system (GIS). As the data did not conform to a normal 
distribution we used nonparametric statistics (Zar 1996) 
We tested for differences between habitat associated with 
owl and random, and survey and random locations for 
both 1.5 and 3.0 circles using the Mann-Whitney Gtest 
(Zar 1996). 


September 1997 


Barred Owl Habitat Associations 


255 


Table 1. Habitat classification of the Prince Albert National Park study area by habitat cover type and age. 


Habitat Type 


Cover Vegetation Description 


Deciduous 1 

Mixed-wood 1 


Coniferous 1 

Treed Muskeg 

Open 

Water 


Trembling aspen +/or balsam poplar +/or white birch 
(<20% conifer) 

Combination of deciduous and coniferous species: trembling aspen, balsam pop- 
lar, white birch, white spruce, black spruce, jack pine, balsam fir 
(^20% conifer, ^20% deciduous) 

White spruce + /or black spruce + /or jack pine +/or tamarack +/or balsam fir 
(<20% deciduous) 

Black spruce + /or tamarack, excessive moisture and retarded tree growth 
Cut over, burn over, flooded land, sand, clearing, open muskeg, herbs, shrubs 
Lakes, rivers, creeks 


1 Could occur in three age classes: young (<50 years), mature (50-79 years) and old (80+ years). 


Results 

Survey Locations versus Random Locations. 

Habitat composition surrounding survey locations 
(e.g., habitat adjacent to roads) was found to differ 
from habitat composition found at random loca- 
tions (e.g., habitat throughout the study area) 
(Figs, la and lb). Significant differences were 
found between the proportions of two habitat types 
within the 1.5 circles and four habitat types within 
the 3.0 circles. Survey 1.5 circles were found to 
have significantly less mature conifer (z = —5.23, 
P = 0.000) and treed muskeg (z = —5.06, P = 
0.000) than did random 1.5 circles (Fig. la). With- 
in survey 3.0 circles, there were significantly more 
mature deciduous (z = —2.09, P = 0.025), and sig- 
nificantly less mature mixed-wood (z = —3.07, P — 
0.001), mature conifer (z = —4.79, P< 0.001), and 
treed muskeg (z = —4.10, P < 0.001) compared to 
random 3.0 circles (Fig. lb). 

Owl Locations versus Random Locations. Barred 
Owls were associated with habitat types in different 
proportions than expected from the available hab- 
itat. Habitat composition of owl 1.5 and 3.0 circles 
differed from random 1.5 and 3.0 circles for four 
habitat types within the 1.5 km circles and six hab- 
itat types within the 3.0 km circles (Figs. 2a and 
2b). Within the 1.5 circles, owl locations were 
found to have significantly higher proportions of 
old mixed-wood (z = —3.53, P< 0.001) than ran- 
dom circles, and significantly lower proportions of 
young mixed-wood (z = —1.87, P — 0.038), young 
conifer (z = —2.27, P = 0.011) and treed muskeg 
(z = —3.24, P = 0.001) than random circles (Fig. 
2a). Within the 3.0 circles, owl locations were 
found to have significantly higher proportions of 
old deciduous (z = —2.39, P = 0.014), old mixed- 


wood (z = —2.29, P— 0.021) and water (z = —3.82, 
P < 0.001) and significantly lower proportions of 
young mixed-wood (z = —2.36, P = 0.012), young 
conifer (z = —2.44, P — 0.010) and treed muskeg 
(z = —3.30, P < 0.001) than random circles (Fig. 
2b). 

Discussion 

Our results indicated that Barred Owls were not 
randomly distributed relative to the available hab- 
itat. Owls showed a greater than expected associa- 
tion with old deciduous forest, old mixed-wood for- 
est and water, and an avoidance of young forest 
and treed muskeg. This agrees with what has been 
recorded previously in the boreal forest (Boxall 
and Stepney 1982, Van Ael 1996). Barred Owls are 
cavity-nesting owls, requiring relatively large trees 
(Johnsgard 1988). In Maryland, Devereux and Mo- 
sher (1984) reported an average diameter at breast 
height (dbh) of 61 cm for Barred Owl nest trees. 
Similarly, in our study area Barred Owl nest trees 
average 47 cm dbh. Old mixed-wood forest is likely 
the only forest type in the boreal setting that pro- 
vides an adequate density of large diameter (>40 
cm dbh) trees (Lee et al. 1995). The old mixed- 
wood forest is the most structurally and species di- 
verse habitat type in the boreal forest (Stelfox 
1995) . Therefore, prey diversity and abundance is 
likely high in this habitat. The positive association 
with water has also been documented in the past 
(Sutton and Sutton 1985, Bosakowski et al. 1987, 
Pinel et al. 1991). In some areas suitable habitat 
for Barred Owls is largely restricted to wet areas 
(Devereux and Mosher 1984). In our study area, 
the forest was largely continuous, with available 
habitat in both upland and lowland areas. We 


256 


Mazur et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


CO 

o 

Q. 

E 

o 

O 


35 - 

a) 1 5 

30 

25 

20 - 

15 - 

10 - 

5 - 

0 - 


T 







. l_i 


i 








as* 


O' 6 ^ 







h 


. 






i 




.cp 


A° 




G°^ 


.o°* 


T 


I” . ] Random"! 
[ I Survey 


p> .jg^ •A®?' Agf“ w0 C 

*.«r ^ ^ ^ 


fb 




<*\<P 






& 




,e> N 


35 -r 

b)3.0 I 1 Random i 

HE»y| Survey 

30 H 



Habitat Type 

Figure 1. Comparison of mean percent habitat composition (±SE) within (a) 1.5 km radius circles (706 ha) and 
(b) 3.0 km radius circles (2827 ha), centered on 100 random and 275 survey locations. Significant difference * (P 
< 0.05). 




September 1997 


Barred Owl Habitat Associations 


257 



JP 


■>.©' 








<© 




.4©^ .4©^ 

5 ^ ^ 






© 






• 4© 6 ,# s£& ,<$ 

^ ^ 


S? ^ 




sP 






Habitat Type 

Figure 2. Comparison of mean percent habitat composition (±SE) within (a) 1.5 km radius circles (706 ha) and 
(b) 3.0 km radius circles (2827 ha), centered on 100 random and 25 owl locations. Significant difference * (P < 
0.05). 



258 


Mazur et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


found Barred Owls in both upland and lowland 
areas. 

Habitat associated with survey locations was 
found to be representative of the habitat within the 
study area, with the exception of four habitat types. 
Typically, roads were built on higher areas, avoid- 
ing low-lying muskeg and wetlands. This was evi- 
dent as the percentage of treed muskeg associated 
with survey locations was significantly lower than 
that of random locations. We suggest that when 
comparing habitat use to availability, habitat adja- 
cent to roads presents an available habitat bias, and 
therefore comparisons between habitat use and 
random habitat should be made. 

Habitat characterization of circles centered on 
owl locations contained biases making them not 
entirely representative of owl home ranges. Owls 
detected may have moved toward the tape play- 
back, or the owl may have been detected calling 
from the periphery of its home range. However, 
Lehmkuhl and Raphael (1993) supported the use 
of circles as surrogates for home ranges in the anal- 
ysis of habitat pattern associations of Spotted Owls 
(Strix occidentalis ) in Washington. Few differences 
in habitat composition were apparent between 1.5 
km circle comparisons and 3.0 km circle compar- 
isons. However, the smaller circles would present a 
more conservative estimate of the area that the owl 
likely uses. Given that the 3.0 circle approximates 
the maximum Barred Owl home range size, this 
larger circle size may include large areas of unused 
habitat. 

Our findings show that in the boreal forest, like 
other regions, Barred Owls are associated with old 
forest, in this case old mixed-wood forest. This spe- 
cies appears to have the potential to serve as a bi- 
ological indicator for the management of old 
mixed-wood forest in the boreal forest (James 
1993). Knowledge of the Barred Owl’s specific hab- 
itat and area requirements would allow for man- 
agement of an adequate quantity of old mixed- 
wood forest, therefore sustaining this highly spe- 
cies diverse habitat. 

Acknowledgments 

This research was funded by the Prince Albert Model 
Forest, Prince Albert National Park, the Wildlife Devel- 
opment Fund and the Saskatchewan Heritage Founda- 
tion. Mauray Toutloff provided assistance in the field, 
and Shanna Frith and Terry Breen-Smith helped with 
mapping. The Royal Saskatchewan Museum provided the 
Barred Owl recording. Comments from Shanna Frith 
and Steve Davis improved this manuscript. 


Literature Cited 

Bent, A.C. 1961. Life histories of North American birds 
of prey. Part II. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 167. 

Bosakowski, T., R. Speiser andJ. Benzinger. 1987. Dis- 
tribution, density, and habitat relationships of the 
Barred Owl in northern New Jersey. Pages 135-143 in 
R.W. Nero, R.J. Clark, R.J. Rnapton and R.H. Hamre 
[Eds.], Biology and conservation of northern forest 
owls. USDA For. Serv. Gen. Tech. Rep. RM-142, Fort 
Collins, CO U.S. A. 

Bosakowski, T. 1994. Landsat reveals negative effect of 
forest fragmentation on Barred Owl distribution. Re- 
cords of New Jersey Birds 20:66-70. 

Boxall, P.C. and P.H.R. Stepney. 1982. The distribution 
and status of the Barred Owl in Alberta. Can. Field- 
Nat. 96:46-50. 

Devereux, J.G. and J.A. Mosher. 1984. Breeding ecol- 
ogy of Barred Owls in the central Appalachians. 
Raptor Res. 18:49-58. 

Dunbar, D.L., B.P. Booth, E.D. Forsman, A.E. Hether- 
ington and D.J. Wilson. 1991. Status of the Spotted 
Owl, Strix occidentalis, and the Barred Owl, Strix varia, 
in southwestern British Columbia. Can. Field-Nat. 105: 
464-468. 

Elody, B.I. and N.F. Sloan. 1985. Movements and hab- 
itat use of Barred Owls in the Huron Mountains of 
Marquette County, Michigan, as determined by radio- 
telemetry. Jack-Pine Warbler 63:3-8. 

Environment Canada Parks. 1986. Prince Albert Na- 
tional Park resource description and analysis. Envi- 
ronment Canada Parks, Prairie and Northern Region, 
Winnipeg, Canada. 

Hamer, T.E. 1988, Home range size of the Northern 
Barred Owl and Northern Spotted Owl in western 
Washington. M.S. thesis, Western Washington Univ., 
Bellingham, WA U.S.A. 

Houston, C.S. 1959. First records of the Barred Owl in 
Saskatchewan. Blue Jay 17:94. 

James, P.C. 1993. Oldgrowth and owls: what have we 
learned? Pages 70-79 in D.H. Kuhnke [Eds.], Birds 
in the boreal forest. Proceedings of a workshop held 
10-12 March in Prince Albert, Saskatchewan. Forestry 
Canada, Edmonton, Alberta, Canada. 

JOHNSGARD, P.A. 1988. North American owls. Smithson- 
ian Institution Press, Washington, DC U.S.A. 

Laidig, KJ. and D.S. Dobkin. 1995. Spatial overlap and 
habitat associations of Barred Owls and Great Horned 
Owls in southern New Jersey./. Raptor Res. 29:151-157. 

Lee, P.C., S. Crites, M. Nietfeld, H. Van Nguyen and 
J.B. STELFOX. 1995. Changes in snags and down 
woody material characteristics in a chronosequence of 
aspen mixedwood forests in Alberta. Pages 49-61 in 
J.B. Stelfox [Ed.], Relationship between stand age, 
stand structure, and biodiversity in aspen mixedwood 
forest in Alberta. Jointly published by Alberta Envi- 
ronmental Centre (AECV95-R1 ) , Vegreville, Alberta, 


September 1997 


Barred Owl Habitat Associations 


259 


and Canadian Forest Service (Project No. 0001A), Ed- 
monton, Alberta, Canada. 

Lehmkuhl, J.F. and M.G. Raphael. 1993. Habitat pat- 
tern around Northern Spotted Owl locations on the 
Olympic Peninsula, Washington./. Wildl. Manage. 57: 
302-315. 

Lindenas, D.G. 1985. Forest inventory interpretation 
and mapping manual. Forestry Branch, Saskatchewan 
Parks and Renewable Resources, Regina, Saskatche- 
wan, Canada. 

Mazur, K.M. 1997. Spatial habitat selection by Barred 
Owls in the boreal forest of Saskatchewan, Canada. 
M.S. thesis, Univ. Regina, Regina, Saskatchewan, Can- 
ada. 

McGarigal, K. and J.D. Fraser. 1985. Barred Owl re- 
sponses to recorded vocalizations. Condor 87:552-553. 

Mosher, J.A., M.R. Fuller and M. Kopeny. 1990. Sur- 
veying woodland raptors by broadcast of conspecific 
vocalizations. / Field Ornithol. 61:453-461. 

Nicholls, T.H. AND D.W. Warner. 1972. Barred Owl 
habitat use as determined by radiotelemetry. / Wildl. 
Manage. 36:213-224. 

Padbury, G.A., W.K. Head and W.E. Souster. 1978. Bio- 
physical resource inventory of the Prince Albert Na- 
tional Park, Saskatchewan. Saskatchewan Institute of 
Pedology, Publ. S185, Saskatoon, Saskatchewan, Can- 
ada. 


Pinel, H.W., W.W. Smith and C.R. Wershler. 1991. Al- 
berta birds, 1971-1980. Vol. 1. Non-passerines. Provin- 
cial Museum of Alberta, Natural History Occasional 
Paper No. 13., Edmonton, Alberta, Canada. 

Sharp, D.U. 1989. Range extension of the Barred Owl 
in western Washington and first breeding record on 
the Olympic Peninsula . /. Raptor Res. 23:179-180. 

Stelfox, J.B. [Ed.]. 1995. Relationship between stand 
age, stand structure, and biodiversity in aspen mix- 
edwood forest in Alberta. Jointly published by Alberta 
Environmental Centre (AECV95-R1), Vegreville, Al- 
berta and Canadian Forest Service (Project No. 
0001 A), Edmonton, Alberta, Canada. 

Sutton, C.C. and P.T. Sutton. 1985. The status and dis- 
tribution of Barred Owl and Red-shouldered Hawk in 
southern New Jersey. Cassinia 61:20-29. 

Taylor, A.L. and E.D. Forsman. 1976. Recent range ex- 
tension of the Barred Owl in western North America, 
including the first records for Oregon. Condor 78:560- 
561. 

Van Ael, S.M. 1996. Modelling Barred Owl habitat in 
northwestern Ontario. M.S. thesis, Lakehead Umv , 
Thunder Bay, Ontario, Canada. 

Zar, J.H. 1996. Biostatistical analysis. Third Edition. 
Prentice Hall, Inc., NJ U.S.A. 

Received 26 September 1996; accepted 11 May 1997 


J. Raptor Res. 31 (3):260-266 
© 199V The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 

THE WINTER ROOSTING BEHAVIOR OF EASTERN 
SCREECH-OWLS IN CENTRAL KENTUCKY 

Tara A. Duguay, Gary Ritchison and Jeffrey P. Duguay 1 

Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern Kentucky University, 

Richmond, KY 40475 U.S.A. 

Abstract. — The winter roosting behavior of Eastern Screech-owls ( Otus asio) in central Kentucky was 
examined from October 1993-March 1994. Eleven owls used 69 roost sites 563 times, with 29 boxes 
used 308 times, 25 cavities used 226 times and 15 limbs used 29 times. Most natural cavities were in 
black locusts ( Robinia pseudoacacia) , southern red oaks ( Quercus falcata ) and snags; boxes were located 
in 15 different species of trees. All conifer limb roosts were in eastern redcedars (Juniperus virginiana). 
Frequent use of boxes and cavities during winter is probably the result of owls seeking favorable micro- 
climates and concealment from predators. Screech-owls roosted in conifers more frequently when tem- 
peratures were above freezing and in boxes and cavities more frequendy on days with rain, drizzle, or 
snow, supporting the conclusion that roosting owls seek favorable microclimates. Owls used each roost 
site an average of seven times. Female screech-owls were more likely to use boxes and males more likely 
to use cavities and conifer limbs. The suitability of boxes as potential nest sites may be one reason for 
their frequent use as roost sites by females. 

Key Words: Eastern Screech-owl ; Otus asio; roosting behavior, cavities', winter. 


La conducta de buhos ( Otus asio ) en centro Kentucky durante el tiempo de percha en el invierno 

Resumen. — La conducta de buhos ( Otus asio) durante el invierno en el tiempo de percha en centro 
Kentucky fue examinado en Octubre 1993— Marzo 1994. Once buhos usaron 69 sitios de percha 563 
veces, con 29 ceyas usadas 308 veces, 25 cavidades usadas 226 veces y 15 ramas usadas 29 veces. Las mas 
natural cavidades fueron en Robinia pseudoacacia, Quercus falcata y tocones, y cajas fueron localizadas en 
15 diferente especies de arboles. Las ramas de coniferos para percha estaban en Juniperus virginiana. La 
frecuencia de uso de cajas y cavidades durante el invierno es probablemente el resulto de buhos bus- 
cando microclimas favorable y lugares para esconderse de depredadores. Buhos estaban en percha en 
coniferos con mas frecuencia cuando temperaturas estaban arriba de helando y en cajas y cavidades 
con mas frecuencia en dias con lluvia, llovizna y nieve, soportando la conclusion que buhos en percha 
buscan microclimas favorables. Buhos usaron cada sitio de percha un normal de siete veces. Hembras 
eran mas probable usar cajas y machos eran mas probable usar cavidades y ramas de coniferos. La 
conveniencia de cajas como sitios de nido puede ser una razon para su uso con regular como sitios de 
percha para hembras. 

[Traduccion de Raul De La Garza, Jr.] 


Many aspects of the behavior and ecology of 
Eastern Screech-owls ( Otus asio) have been exam- 
ined (e.g., Van Camp and Henny 1975, Belthoff 
and Ritchison 1989, Gehlbach 1994), including 
their roosting behavior. Belthoff and Ritchison 
(1990a) monitored adult and juvenile screech-owls 
during the summer (May-July) in central Kentucky 
and found that vines (or branches covered to vary- 
ing degrees with vines) , cedars and open limbs of 
deciduous trees were used as roost sites. These sites 


1 Present address: Division of Forestry, P.O. Box 6125, 
West Virginia University, Morgantown, WV 26506 U.S.A. 


apparendy provided concealment from predators 
and favorable microclimates (Belthoff and Ritchi- 
son 1990a). Smith et al. (1987) reported that use 
of roost sites by screech-owls varied with season, 
with open limbs used during the summer and cav- 
ities used more often during the fall, winter and 
spring. Other investigators have also noted that 
screech-owls use cavities for roosting (Merson et al. 
1983, Gehlbach 1994). 

Although previous work has shown that screech- 
owls use different types of roost sites (e.g., open 
limbs and cavities), less is known about the envi- 
ronmental factors that influence selection of roost 


260 


September 1997 


Screech-owl Roosting Behavior 


261 


sites or about features of roost sites that might be 
important in roost-site selection by screech-owls. 
The objective of our study was to examine roost- 
site selection by Eastern Screech-owls during late 
fall and winter ( Oc tober-March ) in central Ken- 
tucky. Specifically, we examined characteristics of 
roost sites used by screech-owls, possible relation- 
ships between certain environmental conditions 
and roost-site selection, and compared frequently 
used sites with little used and unused sites in an 
attempt to determine which features might be im- 
portant in roost-site selection. 

Methods 

The roosting behavior of screech-owls was monitored 
from 11 October 1993-19 March 1994 at the Central 
Kentucky Wildlife Management Area, 17 km southeast of 
Richmond, Kentucky. This area consists of small decidu- 
ous woodlots and thickets interspersed with cultivated 
fields and old fields (Sparks 1990, Sparks et al. 1994). 
Beginning on 1 1 October, owls were captured from nest 
boxes and fitted with radiotransmitters (Wildlife Materi- 
als, Carbondale, Illinois). Radio-marked owls were locat- 
ed at least four times each week. Each time owls were 
located, we noted the temperature (above or below 0° C) 
and categorized sky conditions as clear or pardy cloudy, 
overcast or overcast with precipitation. 

Each roost site was categorized as either a natural cav- 
ity, deciduous limb, conifer limb or nest box. For limb 
roosts, we noted tree species, roost height, tree height, 
diameter at breast height (dbh), roost orientation (po- 
sition of owl relative to main bole), distance from main 
bole, distance from nearest permanent water and dis- 
tance from the edge of the woodlot. For cavities and box- 
es, we noted tree species, tree height, dbh and diameter 
at cavity height, distance from nearest permanent water 
and distance from the edge of the woodlot. Characteris- 
tics were also measured for all boxes and accessible cav- 
ities, including cavity entrance dimensions (height and 
width), cavity depth (total and from bottom of cavity to 
entrance), inside diameter (distance from entrance to 
back wall) and entrance orientation. Tree, roost and cav- 
ity heights were determined with a clinometer. 

To determine which features of natural cavities might 
influence roost-site selection, we compared the charac- 
teristics of 14 frequently used (Sr8 times) cavities with 14 
cavities in which owls were not observed roosting. To se- 
lect unused cavities, we conducted 14 random line tran- 
sects through woodlots used by our radio-tagged owls and 
chose the first cavity detected within 10 m on either side 
of the transect. Unused cavities selected for comparison 
with used cavities had to be large enough to permit entry 
by screech-owls (opening >8 cm in height and width). 

For both used and unused natural cavities, we mea- 
sured the previously listed cavity characteristics plus char- 
acteristics of vegetation surrounding the tree (James and 
Shugart 1970) . For trees >8 cm dbh located within a 0.04 
ha circular plot centered on the cavity’ tree, we recorded 
tree species, dbh and height. Shrub density and height 
were estimated by making two perpendicular transects 


within the plot and counting and measuring the diame- 
ter and height of all woody stems <8 cm dbh within 1 m 
of each transect. Percent tree canopy and ground cover 
were estimated by sampling 10 points along transects in 
each of the four cardinal directions from the roost tree 
Percent understory cover was measured along the same 
transects using the line-intercept method (Brower et al 
1977). 

All analyses were performed using the Statistical Anal- 
ysis System (SAS Institute 1989). Because we made re- 
peated observations of the same owls, repeated measures 
analysis of variance was used to compare characteristics 
(roost height, tree height, dbh and distance to edge and 
water) of different types of roosts (conifer limb, natural 
cavity and nest box) . Multivariate analysis of variance was 
used to compare characteristics of used and unused cav- 
ities, characteristics of little used and frequently used cav- 
ities and characteristics of cavities used by males and fe- 
males. Cavity entrance orientation was analyzed using cir- 
cular statistics to test the null hypothesis that orientation 
was random. Wilcoxon rank sum tests (which correspond 
to Mann-Whitney [/-tests; SAS Institute 1989) were used 
to examine possible differences in the roosting behavior 
of males and females. Chi-square goodness-of-fit tests 
were used to examine differences in frequency of use of 
the various types of roosts over time (months) and with 
different environmental conditions (temperature, wind 
velocity 7 and sky conditions). Results are presented as 
mean ±1 SD. 

Results 

We monitored roosting behavior of 11 radio- 
marked owls (3 males and 8 females) . Sex was de- 
termined by observations of behavior either during 
previous breeding seasons (for previously banded 
owls) or the following season. Only two radio- 
marked owls were paired. The female of this pair 
was only monitored for 14 days and, therefore, no 
comparison of the roosting behavior of these owls 
was possible. Female and male owls were moni- 
tored for an average of 96.8 ± 48.9 days and 131.7 
± 22.7 days, respectively. Overall, owls used 69 dif- 
ferent roosts 563 times. We located an average of 
51.2 ± 19.9 roosts per owl (x = 47.5 ± 22.4 for 
females; x = 61 ± 4.6 for males). Six boxes and 
five natural cavities were used at different times by 
two owls (either by each member of a pair or owls 
with adjacent ranges). We located an average of 
93,8 ± 53.0 roosts each month, ranging from 33 
in October to 189 in December. 

Variation among Roost Types. The 69 roost sites 
included 29 boxes, 25 natural cavities and 15 limbs. 
Fourteen limb roosts were in conifers and one was 
in a deciduous tree. The deciduous limb roost was 
only used twice and is not considered further. Owls 
used boxes 308 times, natural cavities 226 times 
and conifer limbs 27 times. 


262 


Duguay et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Conifer roost trees were located closer to the 
edge of woodlots than trees with boxes and natural 
cavities (F 2 12 = 5.14, P — 0.02). Conifer roosts 
were a mean distance of 5.31 ± 4.57 m from edges 
while boxes and natural cavities averaged 18.89 ± 
11.94 m and 18.81 ± 20.75 m, respectively, from 
edges. We found no differences among roost types 
in mean distance from water (F 2 12 = 0.51, P = 
0.61), with mean distances ranging from 69.5 ± 
77.6 m for boxes to 107.2 ± 127.9 m for conifers. 
Roost height (e.g., the height of owls in conifers 
or the height of the cavity entrance for boxes and 
natural cavities) did not vary among the three sites 
(F 2 io = 0.51, P — 0.62), with mean heights of 5.7 
± 2.4 m for conifers, 5.9 ± 1.5 m for boxes and 
6.2 ± 2.3 m for cavities. 

The mean diameter (height) of box and cavity 
entrances differed (F 1>6 = 51.7, P = 0.0004) as did 
the mean depth (distance from the top of the cav- 
ity to the bottom) (F 1)6 = 9.98, P = 0.0196), with 
natural cavities being deeper (x = 90.6 ± 75.5 cm 
for cavities vs. 41.1 ± 13.74 cm for boxes) and hav- 
ing taller entrances (x = 20.4 ± 12.5 cm for cavi- 
ties vs. 8.2 ±1.6 cm for boxes). In addition, dif- 
ferences in the mean cavity depth (distance from 
the bottom of the entrance hole to the bottom of 
the cavity) and the mean width of cavity entrances 
approached significance (cavity depth: F! 6 = 5.32, 
P = 0.06; cavity entrance width: F 1>6 = 3.55, P = 
0.11). No differences were found either in the di- 
ameter of trees at the level of the cavity (Fj 6 = 
0.14, P = 0.72) or in the diameter of the cavity (Fj 6 
= 0.28, P = 0.62). 

The 29 boxes used by roosting screech-owls were 
located in 15 species of trees, with most in syca- 
mores ( Platanus occidentalis) . The 25 natural cavi- 
ties used by owls were in 12 species of trees. Most 
natural cavities were in black locusts ( Robinia 
pseudoacacia), snags and southern red oaks ( Quer - 
cus falcata). All 14 conifer roosts were in eastern 
redcedars (Juniperus virginiana ) . 

Variation among Individuals and Between Sexes. 
The 11 owls used an average of 7.2 ± 3.9 different 
roost sites (range = 4—18). We found no correla- 
tion between the number of roost sites used and 
the number of days that an owl was located (Spear- 
man rank correlation; r s = 0.4, P = 0.22). Each 
roost site was used an average of 7.0 ± 11.6 times 
(range — 1-66). 

We found no difference between males and fe- 
males in the mean number of different roost sites 
used (z = 1.34, P = 0.18; x — 10.7 ± 6.4 for males 


■Males 

□Females 

60 


50 



Conifers Boxes Cavities 


Roost type 

Figure 1. Use of different roost types by male and fe- 
male Eastern Screech-owls. 


and 6.0 ±1.9 for females) or the mean number of 
times that particular roost sites were used (z = 
1.08, P — 0.28; x = 5.7 ± 7.9 times for males and 
7.9 ± 13.7 times for females). Males and females 
differed in the use of different roost types (x 2 — 
13.1, df = 2, P = 0.001). Females were more likely 
to use boxes while males were more likely to use 
conifers and natural cavities (Fig. 1). 

Dimensions of roost trees and natural cavities 
used by males and females did not differ (Wilk’s 
Lambda = 0.41, F = 1.63, P ~ 0.24). Although 
there was no overall difference (i.e., multivariate) 
between natural cavities used by males and fe- 
males, the mean height of cavities above ground 
(one-way ANOVA; F 116 = 6.24, P = 0.024) and the 
mean diameter (height) of entrances (one-way 
ANOVA; F x 16 = 7.63, P = 0.014) used by males and 
females did differ. The mean height of natural cav- 
ities was 4.68 ± 1.97 m (N = 11) for males and 
7.40 ± 1.89 m for females (N = 13). For cavity 
entrances, the mean diameter (height) was 28.13 
± 14.15 cm for males ( N = 8) and 14.25 ± 6.60 
cm for females (N = 10). 

Variation among Months. Use of conifer limbs, 
boxes and natural cavities varied among months 
(X 2 = 20.2, df = 10, P = 0.028) . Conifers were used 
more often in February and March (Fig. 2). Use 
of boxes was greatest in November and lowest in 
February while use of natural cavities was greatest 
in December and lowest in March (Fig. 2) . 

Environmental Conditions and Roosting Behav- 
ior. Owls used boxes and natural cavities more on 
overcast days and days with precipitation (drizzle, 


September 1997 


Screech-owl Roosting Behavior 


<1) 

<n 

"c 

o 

o 

l_ 

Q) 

CL 



■Conifers 
HI Boxes 
□Cavities 


October November December January February March 

Month 

Figure 2. Variation in use of different roost types among months. 


263 


rain or snow; x 2 = 12.3, df = 4, P = 0.015; Fig. 3). 
Owls were more likely to use conifers on clear or 
partly cloudy days (Fig. 3). Natural cavities were 
used more when temperatures were below freez- 
ing, and conifers were used more when tempera- 
tures were above freezing (x 2 = 8.14, df = 2, P = 
0.017). 

Characteristics of Used versus Unused Natural 
Cavities. We found no differences between used 
and unused sites either in the dimensions of roost 


trees and cavities (Wilk’s Lambda = 0.60, F = 1.24, 
P = 0.34) or in the characteristics of surrounding 
vegetation (Wilk’s Lambda = 0.79, F = 0.53, P = 
0.83). The mean entrance orientation (direction) 
of used and unused roost cavities/boxes was 174 
degrees (r = 0.438) and 354 degrees (r = 0.149), 
respectively. Neither sample exhibited significant 
directionality (Rayleigh’s z-test; used: z = 2.69, P > 
0.05; unused: z — 0.27, P > 0.5). Similarly, there 
was no significant difference between used and un- 


a> 

V) 

3 

c 

<a 

o 

a 

CL 


60 


50 


40 


30 


20 


10 



ill 

I 

ill 

III 

II 

Jjl 

mm. 


m 

wm 

IT 


I 



HP 

(P 

111 

111 

H 

111 






111 




ii 




JJJJ 



IJ 



tltffl 

fill 






fill! 






Ill 






Hit 















ill 

Pill 



11 

111 



PH 



11 



lllll 

li 

111 

III 



III 

111 



nn 



Wm 





mm. 



■Conifers 
□ Boxes 
□Cavities 


Clear to 
Partly cloudy 


Overcast (with 
no precipitation) 


Precipitation 


Weather conditions 


Figure 3, Variation in use of different roost types with different weather conditions. 


264 


Duguay et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


used sites in mean entrance orientation (Watson’s 
test; U2 = 0.068, P> 0.5). 

Characteristics of Frequently Used versus Infre- 
quently Used Natural Cavities and Boxes. For nat- 
ural cavities, roost tree and cavity means for fre- 
quently used (N ^ 8) and infrequently used (N s 
7) sites did not differ (Wilk’s Lambda — 0.75, F — 
1.18, P ~ 0.34). Similarly, for natural cavities and 
roost boxes combined, roost tree and cavity means 
for frequently and infrequently used sites did not 
differ (Wilk’s Lambda = 0.76, F = 1.36, P = 0.23). 

Discussion 

Screech-owls in our study used nest boxes and 
natural cavities more frequently than open limbs 
during the period from October— March. In con- 
trast, Belthoff and Ritchison (1990a) found that 
screech-owls in the same study area roosted almost 
exclusively in open sites during summer (May- 
July) . Previous investigators have also reported sea- 
sonal changes in types of roosts used (Smith et al. 
1987, Gehlbach 1994). The shift from open sites 
in summer to boxes and cavities in winter is prob- 
ably the result of owls seeking favorable micro- 
climates and better concealment from predators. 
Hayward and Garton (1984) found that Western 
Screech-owls (Otus kennicottii ) roosted only in co- 
nifers during late winter and early spring (prior to 
leaf out) and suggested that concealment was the 
most important factor in roost-site selection. These 
authors suggested that screech-owls roosted in cav- 
ities “only when sufficient protective cover for con- 
cealment is not available” and further noted that 
cavity-roosting owis would be protected from aerial 
predators but might be vulnerable to predation by 
arboreal mammals (Hayward and Garton 1984). 
Roosting in conifers might provide adequate con- 
cealment from hawks and other owis plus the op- 
portunity to escape approaching mammalian pred- 
ators (Hayward and Garton 1984). 

Gehlbach (1994) found that use of boxes by 
screech-owls during December in central Texas 
corresponded significantly to mean air tempera- 
ture and suggested that thermoregulation was the 
primary factor in roost-site selection. Further, he 
(1994) observed three male screech-owls during 
the period from November-February and found 
that mean ambient temperatures were low r er when 
these males were in boxes and higher when in co- 
nifer roosts (junipers) . Similarly, we found that am- 
bient temperatures were usually above freezing 
when screech-owis used conifers for roosting, and 


that owls were more likely to use conifers in Feb- 
ruary and March when temperatures are begin- 
ning to increase. 

Eastern Screech-owls in our study roosted in 
boxes more than in natural cavities. Availability 
may have been one reason for the greater use of 
boxes. However, differences in microclimate may 
have been another factor, i.e., screech-owis may 
have used boxes more frequently during winter to 
reduce thermoregulatory costs (see McComb and 
Noble 1981). 

We found that the height of roost sites in coni- 
fers did not differ from the height of the entrance 
holes of boxes and cavities used by roosting owls. 
Gehlbach (1994) reported similar results and 
found that open roosts were an average of 3.8 m 
high while entrances of boxes and cavities were an 
average of 3.1 m high. 

The height of roost sites might be influenced by 
the risks of predation. For example, Nilsson (1984) 
found a low r er rate of predation on nest cavities 
located higher in trees for six species of birds and 
Albano (1992) found that Carolina Chickadees 
(Pams carolinensis) nesting in lower cavities suf- 
fered higher rates of predation. Thus, screech-owls 
may not use roost sites below r some minimum 
height because of the increased risk of predation. 
In addition, Gehlbach (1994) suggested that 
screech-owls refrain from using very high roost 
sites, possibly because such sites may be more ex- 
posed to the elements and flying up to higher 
roosts would require more energy (Collias and Col- 
lias 1984, Korol and Hutto 1984). 

Individual screech-owls used an average of more 
than seven different roost sites during our study. 
Smith et al. (1987) observed that “an owl may use 
a roost site for several days . . . then move to a new 
site.” Merson et al. (1983) also reported that 
screech-owls used a variety of roost sites. Using dif- 
ferent roost sites may reduce the chances of pre- 
dation (Belthoff and Ritchison 1990a). Screech- 
owls in our study area sometimes lose boxes and 
cavities to other species such as eastern gray squir- 
rels ( Sciurus carolinensis) and southern flying squir- 
rels ( Glaucomys volans), and occasional reuse by 
owls might also reduce the chances that cavities 
will be usurped by these other species. 

Screech-owls in our study used each roost site an 
average of seven times. Other investigators have re- 
ported the repeated use of certain roost sites by 
screech-owls (Merson et al. 1983, Smith et al. 1987, 
Gehlbach 1994) and other species of owls (e.g., 


September 1997 


Screech-owl Roosting Behavior 


265 


Barrows 1981, Bosakowski 1984, Hayward and Gar- 
ton 1984). In contrast, Belthoff and Ritchison 
(1990a) found that screech-owls usually did not use 
the same roost site on successive days during the 
post-fledging period (May-July), possibly indicat- 
ing that many suitable sites are available (Belthoff 
and Ritchison 1990a). In contrast, reduced cover 
from leaf fall during the autumn months plus the 
possible need to use sites providing favorable mi- 
croclimates limits the number of suitable roost sites 
available during the winter (Belthoff and Ritchison 
1990a). Such limits may contribute to the repeated 
use of particular roost sites (boxes and cavities) 
during the winter. 

We found differences in the roosting behavior 
of male and female screech-owls. In contrast, Bel- 
thoff and Ritchison (1990a) found no differences 
in the characteristics of open roost sites used by 
male and female screech-owls. At least two factors 
may have contributed to differences in the roost- 
ing behavior of males and females. First, the avail- 
ability of the different types of roosts may have var- 
ied among the ranges of males and females. Sec- 
ond, the suitability of boxes or cavities used by fe- 
male screech-owls may be based in part on their 
potential as nest sites. Perhaps as a result, cavities 
used by female screech-owls were higher and had 
smaller entrances than those used by males. As dis- 
cussed previously, higher cavities suffer lower rates 
of predation and may be preferred by nesting fe- 
males. In addition, nesting screech-owis may avoid 
cavities with large entrances (Belthoff and Ritchi- 
son 1990b) because cavities with smaller entrances 
will exclude some potential nest predators (Sone- 
rud 1985). 

We found no significant differences between 
characteristics of used and unused cavities or be- 
tween frequently and infrequently used cavities, 
suggesting that screech-owls exhibit little selectivity 
in their choice of roost cavities. Smith et al. (1987) 
also reached this conclusion and, regarding the 
use of roost cavities by screech-owls, stated that 
“the sizes of both the cavity entrance and the in- 
terior were quite variable. ...” Smith et al. (1987) 
also noted that the entrances of some roost sites 
were elongated slits while others were large open- 
ings created when the tops of trees or limbs had 
broken off. 

In contrast, Belthoff and Ritchison (1990b) 
found that Eastern Screech-owls were selective in 
their use of nest cavities, perhaps because variation 
in the characteristics of nest cavities may influence 


the risks of predation. The apparent tendency of 
screech-owls to be less selective in the use of roost 
cavities suggests that the risks of predation may be 
lower during the nonbreeding season. At least one 
group of potential predators, snakes, (Bent 1938) 
is either less active or not active during the non- 
breeding season. In addition, nestling screech-owls 
are more vulnerable to predation than adults. 
Therefore, adult owls must select nest cavities that 
minimize the risks of predation. During the non- 
breeding season, less vulnerable adults may not be 
as selective because they are better able to defend 
themselves and to escape from potential predators. 

Acknowledgments 

We thank Sunni Lawless, Carlo Abbruzzese and Joe 
Metzmeier for assistance in locating roost sites. Eric Fors- 
man, Dwight Smith and an anonymous reviewer provided 
many useful comments on the manuscript. Financial sup- 
port was provided by Eastern Kentucky University. 

Literature Cited 

Albano, D.J. 1992. Nesting mortality of Carolina Chick- 
adees breeding in natural cavities. Condor 94:371-382. 
Barrows, C. 1981. Roost selection by Spotted Owls: an 
adaptation to heat stress. Condor 83:302-309. 
Belthoff, J.R. and G. Ritchison. 1989. Natal dispersal 
of Eastern Screech-owls. Condor 91:254— 265. 

. 1990a. Roosting behavior of postfledging East- 
ern Screech-owls. Auk 107:567-579. 

. 1990b. Nest-site selection by Eastern Screech- 

owls in central Kentucky. Condor 92:982-990. 

Bent, A.C. 1938. Life histories of North American birds 
of prey, Part 2. Smithsonian Inst. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 
170, Washington, DC U.S. A. 

Bosakowski, T. 1984. Roost selection and behavior of 
the Long-eared Owl ( Asia otus) wintering in New Jer- 
sey. Raptor Res. 18:137-142. 

Brower, J.E..J.H. Zar and C.N. Von Ende. 1977. Field 
and laboratory methods for general ecology. Wm. C. 
Brown Publishers, Dubuque, LA U.S. A. 

Colli AS, N.E. and E.C. Collias. 1984. Nest building and 
bird behavior. Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ 
U.S.A. 

Gehlbach, F.R. 1994. The Eastern Screech Owl: life his- 
tory, ecology, and behavior in the suburbs and coun- 
tryside. Texas A&M Univ. Press, College Station, TX 
U.S.A. 

Hayward, G.D. and E.O. Garton. 1984. Roost habitat 
selection by three small forest owls. Wilson Bull. 96: 
690-692. 

James, F.C. and H.H. Shugart, Jr. 1970. A quantitative 
method of habitat description. Audubon Field Notes 24: 
727-736. 

Korol, J.J. and R.L. Hutto. 1984. Factors affecting nest 
site location in Gila Woodpeckers. Condor 86:73-78. 


266 


Duguay et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


McComb, W.C. and R.E. Noble. 1981. Microclimates of 
nest boxes and natural cavities in bottomland hard- 
woods. J. Wildl. Manage. 45:284-289. 

Merson, M.H., L.D. Leta and R.E. Byers. 1983. Obser- 
vations on roosting sites of screech-owls. J. Field Orni- 
thol. 54:419-421. 

Nilsson, S.G. 1984. The evolution of nest-site selection 
by hole-nesting birds: the importance of nest preda- 
tion and competition. Ornis Scand. 15:167-175. 

SAS Institute. 1989. SAS user’s guide: statistics, 1989 
ed. SAS Institute, Cary, NC U.S.A. 

Smith, D.G., A. Devine and R. Gilbert. 1987. Screech- 
owl roost site selection. Birding 19:6—15. 

Sonerud, G.A. 1985. Risk of nest predation in three spe- 
cies of hole nesting owls: influence on choice of nest- 


ing habitat and incubation behavior. Ornis Scand. 16: 
261-269. 

Sparks, E.J. 1990. The spatiotemporal ecology of adult 
and juvenile Eastern Screech-owls in central Ken- 
tucky. M.S. thesis, Eastern Kentucky Univ., Richmond, 
KY U.S.A. 

, J.R. Belthoff and G. Ritchison. 1994. Habitat 

use by Eastern Screech-owls in central Kentucky. J. 
Field Ornithol. 65:83—95. 

Van Camp, L. and C.J. Henny. 1975. The screech-owl: its 
life history and population ecology in northern Ohio. 
N. Amer. Fauna No. 71, U.S. Fish and Wildl. Ser., 
Washington, DC U.S.A. 

Received 13 October 1996; accepted 15 May 1997 


J. Raptor Res. 31 (3):267-272 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 

NUTRIENT CONTENT OF FIVE SPECIES OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS 

COMMONLY FED TO CAPTIVE RAPTORS 

NancyJ. Clum 1 

The Peregrine Fund, 566 W. Flying Hawk Lane, Boise, ID 83709 U.S.A. 

Marianne P. Fitzpatrick and Ellen S. Dierenfeld 

Department of Nutrition, Wildlife Conservation Society, 185th St. and Southern Blvd., Bronx, NY 10460 U.S.A. 

ABSTRACT. — The objective of this work was to provide a basis for more informed evaluation of diet 
options with respect to the nutritional needs of captive raptors. We compared nutritional content of 
five domesticated species that are most commonly fed to captive raptors; quail ( Coturnix coturnix japon- 
ica ), chickens ( Callus domesticus), rats ( Rattus norvegicus), mice ( Mus musculus) and guinea pigs ( Cavia 
porcellus). We measured proximate composition (moisture, lipid, protein, ash), vitamin A, vitamin E, 
copper, iron, zinc, magnesium, manganese, calcium and potassium. Significant species differences were 
found in lipid and in vitamins A and E, and differences approached significance in iron and manganese 
concentrations. Differences in nutrient content between species did not correspond to differences in 
nutrient levels of diets consumed by prey. All species contained adequate amounts of protein, lipid, 
vitamin A, calcium, magnesium and zinc. However, whole domesticated prey were potentially inadequate 
sources of vitamin E, copper, iron and manganese. 

Key WORDS; body composition] minerals-, nutrition-, vitamins ;; raptor diet. 


Contentos de nutrimento para cinco especies de animales domesticos frecuentamente dados para comer 
ha rapaces captivos 

Resumen. — El objetivo de este trabajo fue para proporcionar un base para una evaluacion mas infor- 
mada de opciones de dieta con respeto con la necesidad de alimentacion de rapaces cautivas. Nosotros 
comparamos el contento de nutrimiento de cinco especie domesticadas que esten frecuentemente dadas 
de comer a rapaces cautivos: codorniz ( Coturnix coturnix japonica) , gallinas ( Gallus domesticus) , rata, ( Rat- 
tus norvigicus), raton (Mus musculus ) y cobayo (Cavia porcellus) . Nosotros medimos composition proximo 
(humedad, grasa, proteina, ceniza), vitamina A, vitamina E, cobre, fierro, zinc, magnesio, manganeso, 
calcio y potasio. Diferencia significas de especies fueron encontradas en grasa y en vitamina A y E y 
diferencias estaban significante en concentraciones de fierro y manganeso. Diferencias en alimento 
entre especie no correspondieron a diferente niveles de nutrimiento de dietas consumidas para la presa. 
Todos contienen suficiente cantidad de proteina, grasa, vitamina A, calcio, magnesio y zinc. Sin embar- 
go, presa domesticada fueron pontenciamente insuficiente de vitamina E, cobre, fierro y manganeso. 

[Traduction de Raul De La Garza, Jr.] 


The diets of most wild raptors consist of a wide 
variety of prey species (Palmer 1988). Of necessity, 
raptors maintained in captivity are usually fed a 
very limited array of domesticated species. The 
diet of captive birds is therefore artificial in both 
the type and variety of species consumed. Few stud- 
ies have been done regarding the nutritional status 
of free-ranging birds, but the data that do exist sug- 


1 Present address: Environmental Science Program, 
DePaul University, 1036 West Belden Ave., Chicago, IL 
60614. 


gest that wild birds may differ significantly from 
captive animals of the same species (Dierenfeld et 
al. 1989, Dierenfeld 1994). This is of concern to 
zoos, private breeders and conservation organiza- 
tions that engage in captive propagation because 
nutritional status affects health (Gershwin et al. 
1985, Sklan et al. 1995), growth (Lavigne et al. 
1994a), reproduction (NRC 1984, Naber and 
Squires 1993) and longevity (Good and Gajjar 
1986). Undernutrition can also have long-term ef- 
fects (Bedi 1987, Grantham-McGregor 1987, Lavig- 
ne et al. 1994b), and can, therefore, potentially in- 
fluence the viability of reintroduced populations. 


267 


268 


Clum et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


For most individuals and organizations, no fea- 
sible alternative exists to feeding artificial diets. For 
financial and logistical reasons, options are usually 
restricted to prepared commercial diets or to one 
or more domesticated species. Relatively little in- 
formation is available on the nutrient content of 
whole vertebrate prey (see Dierenfeld et al. 1994 
for review) to facilitate comparison of dietary op- 
tions. Furthermore, existing nutritional informa- 
tion focuses primarily on macronutrients such as 
lipid, protein, ash and fiber which are less likely to 
be limiting in the diet of captive animals than vi- 
tamins or minerals. 

This study compares nutritional content of five 
domesticated species that are among the most 
commonly fed to captive raptors: quail ( Coturnix 
coturnix japonica) , chickens ( Gallus domesticus), rats 
( Rattus norvegicus ) , mice (Aim musculus ) and guin- 
ea pigs ( Cavia porcellus). We measured proximate 
composition (moisture, lipid, protein, ash), vita- 
min A, vitamin E, copper (Cu), iron (Fe), zinc 
(Zn), magnesium (Mg), manganese (Mn), calcium 
(Ca) and potassium (K). These results provide the 
basis for a more informed evaluation of diet op- 
tions with respect to the nutritional needs of cap- 
tive raptors. 

Methods 

Experimental Design. We analyzed five species of do- 
mesticated animals. Both male and female quail were an- 
alyzed, but only males of other species were used because 
females are typically retained for breeding stock at our 
facility. Birds ( N = 50, each species) were raised from 
hatch to 6 wk of age in brooders. Mammals were raised 
in litters until weaning. Three individuals from each 
mammalian species (from different litters) were then 
randomly selected and placed together in new cages. 
Mice were raised to 12 wk, rats were raised to 11 wk and 
guinea pigs were raised to 10 wk in standard laboratory 
mammal cages. The following complete commercial 
products were fed, exclusively and ad libitum : quail, Pur- 
ina Turkey Starter; chickens, Purina Meatbuilder; rats 
and mice, Purina Formulab Chow; guinea pigs, Purina 
Guinea Pig Chow (all manufactured by Purina Mills, St. 
Louis, MO U.S.A.). 

Laboratory Analyses. Three individuals of each species 
(and each sex for quail) were ground separately. Feathers 
were removed from birds, as most raptors pluck their 
prey and the majority of feathers consumed are regur- 
gitated in pellets; for this study we assume that nutrient 
intake from feather digestion is negligible. Guinea pigs 
were also decapitated as even the largest eagles held at 
our facility failed to consume the craniums of this spe- 
cies. Four samples were immediately taken from each in- 
dividual; two for duplicate vitamin analyses and two for 
duplicate moisture, lipid, ash and mineral analyses. The 
remainder of the ground sample was frozen, and two 


samples were taken at a later time for duplicate protein 
analyses. One sample was also taken from each type of 
feed fed to each species. 

Moisture content was determined by drying samples to 
a constant weight in a vacuum oven at 60°C. Lipid con- 
tent of dried samples was determined indirectly using 
Soxhlet extraction (Ellis 1984). Fat-free dry samples were 
ashed in a muffle furnace at 550°C for three days (Ellis 
1984) to determine ash content. Protein content of 
thawed wet tissues was assayed by the Biuret method 
(Florwitz 1975); samples were corrected for any moisture 
loss during freezing by redrying a second set of samples. 
Tissue extraction and analyses of retinol and alpha- and 
gamma-tocopherol were modifications of the general 
methods of Taylor et al. (1976) as described in Douglas 
et al. (1994), using high performance liquid chromatog- 
raphy. Extraction of feed was performed according to the 
method described by Combs and Combs (1985). Vitamin 
A activity was calculated as 0.3 g all-trans retinol = 1 IU 
(Olson 1984). Vitamin E was calculated by summing al- 
ph a- and gamma-tocopherols, where 1 mg alpha-tocoph- 
erol = 1.1 IU and 1 mg gamma-tocopherol = 0.1 IU 
(Machlin 1984). Ashed samples were prepared for min- 
eral analysis according to the method of Parker (1963). 
Ca, Cu, Fe, Zn, Mg and Mn levels were measured on a 
Perkin-Elmer atomic absorbance spectrometer. 

Statistical Analyses. Species differences in nutrient con- 
tent were analyzed using a one-way ANOVA in SYSTAT 
(Wilkinson 1990). Sex differences and comparisons be- 
tween pairs of species were analyzed using the Mann- 
Whitney [^statistic or the Student’s /-test. Comparisons 
among more than two species were analyzed with a Krus- 
kal-Wallace test. Where the same test was performed on 
multiple dependent variables, critical P-values were cor- 
rected for multiple comparisons using a sequential Bon- 
ferroni method (Rice 1989). Significance was assigned at 
the level of (corrected) P < 0.05. 

Results 

Female quail were 17% heavier than male quail 
at 6 wk of age (mass males = 121.6 g, SE = 12.6, 
mass females — 146.5 g, SE = 8.9, t = 5.91, P ~ 
0.00001). No sex differences were found in proxi- 
mate composition, vitamin A and vitamin E con- 
tent, or mineral levels (Table 1), although females 
had consistently higher levels of all vitamins and 
minerals (Sign test, g. = 2.5, P = 0.008). Values for 
male and female quail were therefore combined in 
subsequent analyses. 

Significant species differences were found in lip- 
id (Table 2), vitamin A and vitamin E (Table 3) 
and differences approaching significance (adjusted 
P < 0.06) in Fe and Mn concentrations (Table 3) . 
Lipid levels were lowest in mice and highest in 
guinea pigs and chickens. Mice were 10 times high- 
er in vitamin A than rats (Mann-Whitney, U — 18.0, 
P = 0.02) , the species containing the next highest 
vitamin A values. Rats, quail and chickens did not 


September 1997 


Nutrient Content of Whole Prey 


269 


Table 1, Mean nutritional content of whole male and female Japanese Quail. 3 



Male 

Female 

P b 

Moisture (%) 

65.1 (3.1) 

65.6 (1.8) 

0.827 

Protein (%DM) 

64.9 (14.6) 

71.6 (6.8) 

0.524 

Lipid (%DM) 

33.2 (6.3) 

26.3 (3.2) 

0.050 

Ash (%DM) 

9.6 (1.3) 

12.0 (1.7) 

0.127 

Retinol (IU/kg) 

32 989 (10 951) 

66 444 (30 525) 

0.127 

Alpha-tocopherol (IU/kg) 

41.6 (13.3) 

79.3 (0.4) 

0.050 

Calcium (mg/kg) 

32 685 (4178) 

43 615 (6561) 

0.127 

Copper (mg/kg) 

2.66 (0.61) 

3.02 (0.77) 

0.827 

Iron (mg/kg) 

85.07 (7.93) 

112.40 (33.94) 

0.275 

Magnesium (mg/kg) 

578.6 (255.2) 

752.7 (209.3) 

0.513 

Manganese (mg/kg) 

6.61 (2.11) 

8.45 (4.31) 

0.513 

Zinc (mg/kg) 

55.01 (9.13) 

54.30 (26.66) 

0.827 


J All data except moisture content presented on a dry matter basis. Values are means and one standard deviation. N = 3, each sex 
b Unadjusted P -values, Student’s 2-test. No comparisons significant following correction for multiple comparisons. 


differ in vitamin A content ( Kruskal-Wallace , H = 
0.641, P = 0.73). Guinea pigs were 50% lower in 
vitamin A than chickens (Mann-Whitney, U = 9.0, 
P = 0.05), the species with the next lowest values. 
Guinea pigs also had vitamin E levels that were at 
least 50% lower than quail (Mann-Whitney, U = 
18.0, P = 0.02); quail, mice and chickens were not 
significantly different in vitamin E content (Krus- 
kal-Wallace, H = 1.55, P = 0.46). Rats were three 
times higher in vitamin E than mice (Mann-Whit- 
ney, U= 9.0, P = 0.05). 

Chicken and quail were not significantly differ- 
ent in Fe content (Mann-Whitney, U = 10.0, P = 
0.80) or Mn content (Mann-Whitney, U = 15.0, P 
= 0.12), but the avian species were significantly 
higher than the mammalian species in both Fe 
(Mann-Whitney, U — 64, P — 0.04) and Mn (Mann- 
Whitney, U = 68, P = 0.02). Within the mammals, 
mice contained more Fe than guinea pigs (Mann- 
Whitney, U — 9.0, P = 0.05) or rats (Mann-Whit- 
ney, U = 9.0, P = 0.05), but rats and guinea pigs 
did not differ from each other (Mann-Whitney, U 
— 4.0, P = 0.827). Guinea pigs and mice had sim- 


ilar levels of Mn (Mann-Whitney, U — 5.0, P — 
0.275) and were both higher in this nutrient than 
rats (Mann-Whitney, U = 16.0, P = 0.05). Differ- 
ences in nutrient levels of feeds did not corre- 
spond to nutrient differences between species in 
any case (Table 4) . 

Discussion 

The differences between 6-wk male and female 
quail were not significant in this study; however, it 
is worth noting that females had consistently high- 
er levels of most nutrients, as well as lower lipid 
levels, than males. We have also found that at 16 
wk of age nutrient levels in male quail are un- 
changed relative to 6-wk old birds, but levels in fe- 
male quail (mobilizing resources for egg produc- 
tion) have almost doubled (unpubl. data). These 
data suggest that sex differences in nutrient con- 
tent may be detectable with larger samples sizes or 
at different ages. 

With the exception of lipid content, little differ- 
ence was observed in proximate composition 
among species. Our results are similar to published 


Table 2. Proximate composition of whole domestic species. 3 



Quail 

Chicken 

Rat 

Mouse 

Guinea Pig 

P 

Moisture (%) 

65.4 (2.3) 

67.7 (1.3) 

64.3 (2.4) 

66.9 (2.6) 

69.3 (1.8) 

0.075 

Protein (%DM) 

67.6 (11.4) 

64.0 (15.1) 

63.4 (14.3) 

64.4 (20.8) 

58.9 (14.9) 

0.955 

Lipid (%DM) 

29.7 (5.9) 

47.2 (5.3) 

34.9 (5.2) 

23.7 (8.8) 

45.4 (11.0) 

0.005 b 

Ash (%DM) 

10.8 (1.9) 

10.4 (2.0) 

7.5 (2.1) 

9.2 (1.6) 

8.9 (0.6) 

0.155 


a All data except moisture content presented on a dry matter basis. Values are means and one standard deviation. N = 3, each species 
b P-value significant after correction for multiple comparisons. 


270 


Clum et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Table 3. Vitamin and mineral content of whole domesticated species. 3 



Quail 

Chicken 

Rat 

Mouse 

Guinea Pig 

P 

Retinol 

(IU/kg) 

49 716 (27504) 

35 588 (15 309) 

68 244 (23 220) 

657 344 (196 887) 

19 989 (3000) 

<0.00001 b 

Alpha-tocopherol 

(IU/kg) 

60.4 (29.8) 

61.4 (5.6) 

210.5 (68.7) 

74.4 (18.2) 

29.8 (0.9) 

0.00013 b 

Calcium 

(mg/kg) 

38 150 (7748) 

24 546 (2864) 

22 856 (4636) 

32 076 (6185) 

29 458 (4458) 

0.01841 

Copper 

(mg/kg) 

2.8 (0.7) 

2.7 (0.1) 

1.3 (0.4) 

3.8 (0.2) 

6.0 (4.2) 

0.04781 

Iron 

(mg/ kg) 

98.7 (31.6) 

97.6 (10.2) 

43.0 (3.9) 

76.4 (0.4) 

51.9 (6.8) 

0.00675 

Magnesium 

(mg/kg) 

665.6 (229.5) 

535.9 (71.3) 

247.3 (134.9) 

431.9 (54.2) 

637.3 (39.6) 

0.02099 

Manganese 

(mg/kg) 

7.5 (3.2) 

11.0 (1.2) 

2.9 (0.9) 

5.3 (1.7) 

6.6 (0.5) 

0.00688 

Zinc 

(mg/kg) 

54.7 (17.8) 

74.1 (21.1) 

35.0 (10.0) 

44.0 (5.7) 

64.4 (23.7) 

0.09748 


a All data except moisture content presented on a dry matter basis. Values are means and one standard deviation. N = 3, each species 
b P-values significant after correction for multiple comparisons. 


values for these species, which range between 55- 
68% for water content, 43-66% (DM) for protein 
content and 7-10% (DM) for ash content (Medway 
1958, Lepore and Marks 1971, Brisbin and Tally 
1973, Bird and Ho 1976, Thonney et al. 1984, La- 
vigne et al. 1994a). Lipid content appears to be the 
most variable component of proximate composi- 
tion ranging between 19-49% (Lepore and Marks 
1971, Brisbin and Tally 1973, Bird and Ho 1976, 
Perrigo and Bronson 1983, Thonney et al. 1984, 
Lavigne et al. 1994a), but there is no consistent 


pattern of lipid content with respect to species, as 
might be expected with a labile body component. 

Vitamin and mineral content in this study were 
much more variable than proximate composition. 
Although few comparative data are available, spe- 
cies differences in vitamin A and vitamin E content 
have also been found by Douglas et al. (1994), and 
species differences in mineral content appear to be 
present in the results of Bird and Ho (1976) and 
Lavigne et al. (1994a), although no statistical anal- 
ysis of these data was presented. The pattern of 


Table 4. Composition of commercial diets and relation between diet and body composition 3 . 



Turkey 

Starter 

Meat- 

Builder 

Formulab 

Chow 

Guinea Pig 
Chow 

P h 

Moisture (%) 

9.3 

7.7 

8.9 

9.4 

0.900 

Lipid (%) 

1.1 

4.2 

2.0 

2.4 

0.192 

Protein (%) 

20.4 

18.3 

15.2 

16.1 

0.274 

Ash (%) 

7.0 

5.8 

7.6 

8.4 

0.270 

Vitamin A (IU/kg) 

3500 

4500 

6133 

29 733 

0.282 

Vitamin E (IU/kg) 

11.8 

4.2 

14.8 

15.9 

0.730 

Calcium (mg/kg) 

17079 

12 584 

13 762 

15 124 

0.085 

Copper (mg/kg) 

18.7 

14.5 

13.4 

14.1 

0.872 

Magnesium (mg/kg) 

1285.1 

1218.5 

1068.0 

1757.4 

0.202 

Iron (mg/kg) 

161.9 

154.6 

239.6 

290.4 

0.855 

Manganese (mg/ kg) 

76.4 

78.2 

16.3 

54.7 

0.520 

Zinc (mg/kg) 

127.3 

124.4 

99.8 

90.4 

0.058 


a All data except moisture content presented on a dry matter basis. N = 1, all diets. 
b Unadjusted P-values for regression of diet composition on body composition. 


September 1997 


Nutrient Content of Whole Prey 


271 


species differences in these studies, however, is not 
consistent with the pattern that we observed. For 
example, we observed rats to be generally low in 
mineral content, while Bird and Ho (1976) did 
not. Also, our values for vitamin E were up to 50% 
greater, and our values for vitamin A were up to 
two times greater than those of Douglas et al. 
(1994). Variation in nutritional content can result 
from differences in diet (Thonney and Ross 1987, 
Dierenfeld et al. 1989, Clum et al. 1996), genetics 
(Lepore and Marks 1971), age (Brisbin and Tally 
1973, Bird and Ho 1976, Thonney and Ross 1987, 
Douglas et al. 1994) or sex, all of which have been 
demonstrated to cause significant changes in prox- 
imate composition and/or vitamin and mineral 
content. Diet formulation in particular has almost 
certainly changed over the two decades that these 
studies encompass, and may, therefore, be a signif- 
icant source of variation. Manner and length of 
storage can also affect nutrient levels, particularly 
of vitamins, which are more labile than minerals 
or proximate composition. Storage may have 
caused the observed differences in vitamin levels 
between our study and that of Douglas et al. 
(1994), as their animals were purchased frozen 
from breeders whereas ours were freshly killed. 

Our study suggests that species differences in nu- 
tritional content are not readily predictable. Com- 
parative work on digestive efficiency of birds of 
prey has shown that the Common Buzzard ( Buteo 
buteo ), a generalist species, has high efficiency on 
a wider variety of prey than the Peregrine Falcon 
( Falco peregrinus), a specialist species (Barton and 
Houston 1993). Such variation in the ability to ex- 
tract nutrients may partially explain the food pref- 
erences of birds in captivity. However, the prey that 
has the closest physical resemblance to wild prey 
does not necessarily bear the closest nutritional re- 
semblance for the reasons mentioned above. If dif- 
ferent species require prey with different nutrition- 
al content as Barton and Houston (1993) have sug- 
gested, then it is necessary to provide prey that are 
not only taxonomically acceptable, but nutrition- 
ally compatible for optimal breeding. 

Generally, when authors allude to food quality 
or nutritional content they are referring to proxi- 
mate composition. Although lipid content of prey 
may be of critical energetic importance in wild 
birds (Blem 1990) and does have the ability to limit 
egg number (Drobney 1980), lipid reserves are un- 
likely to be a limiting factor in the energetics or 
reproduction of captive birds that experience both 


lower energy demands and more regular access to 
food. A greater potential problem in captivity is 
egg and chick viability, which is not limited by lipid 
and protein reserves, but can be severely affected 
by vitamin and mineral content of food (NRG 

1984, Naber and Squires 1993). 

All prey analyzed in this study met known re- 
quirements of domestic mammalian carnivores for 
vitamin A, Ca, Mg and Zn (vitamin A, 2440-10 000 
IU/kg; Ca, 0.4-1. 2%; Mg, 0.04-0.1%; Zn, 30-50 
mg/kg; NRC 1985, 1986, Robbins 1983). Copper 
levels were inadequate in all species except guinea 
pigs, Fe was below recommended levels in rats and 
guinea pigs and Mn was lower than suggested in 
rats (Cu, 5. 0-7. 3 mg/kg; Fe, 60-100 mg/kg; Mn, 
5-10 mg/kg; NRC 1982, 1985, 1986). Manganese 
deficiency has recently been documented in cap- 
tive raptor chicks fed exclusively rats (C. Sandfort, 
pers. comm.). Although all species except guinea 
pigs met recommended levels of vitamin E for 
mammalian carnivores (20-80 IU/kg, NRC 1982, 

1985, 1986), it has been suggested that raptors may 
require up to 10 times more vitamin E to protect 
against deficiencies (Calle et al. 1989, Dierenfeld 
et al. 1989). Other differences between nutrient 
requirements for domestic mammalian carnivores 
and nondomestic avian carnivores may exist. 

Acknowledgments 

We would like to thank A. Sirles and G. Thomas for 
care and maintenance of research animals. We also thank 
J. Rigg, B. Bammel and J. Munger for advice and access 
to additional laboratory space and equipment and L. 
Pearson and D. Barker for their laboratory assistance 
This research was made possible by donations of equip- 
ment from Perkin-Elmer, Corning, Milton Roy, Precision 
Scientific and Nalge. This manuscript benefited from 
helpful comments by D. Bird, T. Cade, G. Duke, J. Ges- 
saman, J. Iinthicum and C. Marti. 

Literature Cited 

Barton, N.W.H. and D.C. Houston. 1993. A compari- 
son of digestive efficiency in birds of prey. Ibis 135. 
363-371. 

Bedi, K.S. 1987. Lasting neuroanatomical changes fol- 
lowing undernutrition in early life. Pages 1-49 in J. 
Dobbing [Ed.] , Early nutrition and later achievement. 
Academic Press, London, U.K. 

Blem, C.R. 1990. Avian energy storage. Pages 59-113 m 
D. Power [Ed.], Current Ornithology, Vol. 7. Plenum 
Press, New York, NY U.S.A. 

Bird, D.M. and S.K. Ho. 1976. Nutritive values of whole- 
animal diets for captive birds of prey. Raptor Res. 10. 
45-49. 

Brisbin, I.L., Jr. and L.J. Tally. 1973. Age-specific 


272 


Clum et al. 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


changes in the major body components and caloric 
value of growing Japanese quail. Auk 90:624—635. 

Calle, P.P., E.S. Dierenfeld and M.E, Roberts, 1989, 
Serum alpha-tocopherol in raptors fed vitamin E-sup- 
plemented diets. J. Zoo Wildl. Med. 20:62-67. 

Clum, N.J., M.P. Fitzpatrick and E.S. Dierenfeld. 1996. 
Effects of diet on nutritional content of whole prey. 
Zoo Biol. 15:525-537. 

Combs, S.D. and G.F. Combs, Jr. 1985. Varietal differ- 
ences in the vitamin E content of corn. J. Agric. Food 
Chem. 36:815-817. 

Dierenfeld, E.S. 1994. Vitamin E in exotics: effects, eval- 
uation and ecology. J. Nutr. 124:2579S-2581S. 

, C.E. Sandfort and W.C. Satterfield. 1989. In- 
fluence of diet on plasma vitamin E in captive Pere- 
grine Falcons./. Wildl. Manage. 53:160-164. 

, N.J. Clum, E.V. Valdes and S.E. Oyarzun. 1994. 

Nutrient composition of whole vertebrate prey: a re- 
search update. Proc. Assoc. Zoo Aquaria Conf., Atlan- 
ta, GA U.S.A. 

Douglas, T.C., M. Pennino and E.S. Dierenfeld. 1994. 
Vitamins E and A, and proximate composition of 
whole mice and rats used as feed. Comp. Biochem. Phys- 
iol 107A:41 9-424. 

Drobney, R.D. 1980. Reproductive bioenergetics of 
wood ducks. Auk 97:480-490. 

Ellis, R.L. 1984. Meat and meat products. Pages 431- 
443 in S. Williams [Ed.], Official methods of analysis. 
Association of Official Analytical Chemists, Inc., Ar- 
lington, VA U.S.A. 

Gershwin, M.E., R.S. Beach and L.S. Hurley. 1985. Nu- 
trition and immunity. Academic Press, San Diego, CA 
U.S.A. 

Good, R.A. AND A.J. Gajjar. 1986. Diet, immunity and 
longevity. Pages 235-250 in M.L. Hutchinson and 
H.N. Munro [Eds.], Nutrition and aging. Academic 
Press, San Diego, CA U.S.A. 

Grantham-McGregor, S. 1987. Field studies in early nu- 
trition and later achievement. Pages 128-174 in J. 
Dobbing [Ed.] , Early nutrition and later achievement. 
Academic Press, London, U.K. 

Horwitz, W. [Ed.] 1975. Official methods of analysis of 
the Association of Official Analytical Chemists. Assoc. 
Off. Analyt. Chem., Washington, DC U.S.A. 

Lavigne, A.J., D.M. Bird, D. Lacombe and J.J. Negro. 
1994a. Growth of hand-reared American Kestrels I. 
The effect of two different diets and feeding frequen- 
cy. Growth Dev. Aging 58:191-201. 

. 1994b. Growth of hand-reared American Kes- 
trels II. Body composition and wingloading of fledg- 
lings hand-fed two different diets. Growth Dev. Aging 
58:203-209. 

Lepore, P.D. and H.L. Marks. 1971. Growth rate inher- 
itance in Japanese quail. 4. Body composition follow- 


ing four generations of selection under different nu- 
tritional environments. Poult. Sci. 50:1191-1193. 

Machlin, L.J. 1984. Vitamin E. Pages 99-146 in L-J- 
Machlin [Ed.], Handbook of vitamins: Nutritional, 
biochemical and clinical aspects. Marcel Dekker, Inc , 
New York, NY U.S.A. 

Medway, W. 1958. Total body water in growing domestic 
fowl by antipyrine dilution technic. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. 
Med. 99:733-735. 

Naber, E.C. and M.W. Squires. 1993. Vitamin profiles 
of eggs as indicators of nutritional status in the laying 
hen: diet to egg transfer and commercial flock survey. 
Poult. Sci. 72:1046-1053. 

National Research Council. 1982. Nutrient require- 
ments of minks and foxes. National Academy Press, 
Washington, DC U.S.A. 

. 1984. Nutrient requirements of poultry. Nation- 
al Academy Press, Washington, DC U.S.A. 

. 1985. Nutrient requirements of dogs. National 

Academy Press, Washington, DC U.S.A. 

. 1986. Nutrient requirements of cats. National 

Academy Press, Washington, DC U.S.A. 

Olson, J.A. 1984. Vitamin A. Pages 1-44 in L.J. Machlin 
[Ed.] , Handbook of vitamins: nutritional, biochemical 
and clinical aspects. Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 
NY U.S.A. 

PALMER, R.S. 1988. Handbook of North American birds. 
Vols. 4 and 5. Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, CT U.S.A. 

PARKER, H.E. 1963. Magnesium, calcium and zinc in an- 
imal nutrition. Atomic Absorption Newsletter 2:23. 

Perrigo, G. and F.H. Bronson. 1983. Foraging effort, 
food intake, fat deposition and puberty in female 
mice. Biol. Reprod. 29:455-463. 

Rice, W.R. 1989. Analyzing tables of statistical tests. Evo- 
lution 43:223-225. 

Robbins, C.T. 1983. Wildlife feeding and nutrition. Ac- 
ademic Press, Orlando, FL U.S.A. 

Sklan, D., D. Melamed and A. Friedman. 1995. The ef- 
fect of varying dietary concentrations of vitamin A on 
immune response in the turkey. Br. Poult. Sci. 36:385- 
392. 

Taylor, S.L., M.P. Lamben and A.L. Tappel. 1976. Sen- 
sitive flourometric method for tissue tocopherol anal- 
ysis. Lipids 11:530-538. 

Thonney, M.L. and D.A. Ross. 1987. Composition of 
gain of rats fed low or high protein diets and grown 
at controlled rates from 80 to 205 grams . J. Nutr. 117: 
2135-2141. 

, AM. Oberbauer, D.J. Duhaime, T.C. Jenkins and 

N.L. Firth. 1984. Empty body component gain of 
rats grown at different rates to a range of final 
weights. / Nutr. 114:1777-1786. 

Wilkinson, L. 1990. SYSTAT: The system for statistics. 
Systat, Inc., Evanston, IL U.S.A. 

Received 3 August 1996; accepted 22 April 1997 


Short Communications 


f. Raptor Res. 31 (3):273-274 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


Juvenal Plumage Characteristics of Male Southeastern American Kestrels 

{Falco sparverius paulus) 

Karl E. Miller 

Department of Wildlife Ecology and Conservation, University of Florida, P.O. Box 110430, 

Gainesville, Florida 32611 U.S.A. 

John A. Smallwood 

Department of Biology, Montclair State University, Upper Montclair, NJ 07043 U.S.A. 


Key Words: American Kestrel, Falco sparverius; Florida; 
aging, plumage pattern. 

Determining ages of American Kestrels {Falco sparver- 
ius) can be problematic. The first prebasic molt in Amer- 
ican Kestrels is incomplete; juvenal body plumage is re- 
placed in the late summer or early fall of the hatching 
year, while juvenal remiges and rectrices are retained. 
However, some males retain a few too many juvenal body 
feathers through the first prebasic molt (Smallwood 
1989). Retention of juvenal body feathers was common 
in male American Kestrels {F. s. sparverius) wintering in 
southern Florida; of 18 males known to be immature be- 
cause of distinctive fault bar patterns (Hamerstrom 1967, 
Smallwood 1989), four retained their juvenal body plum- 
age after the first prebasic molt was completed and four 
others were undergoing delayed body molt as late as No- 
vember (J. Smallwood, unpubl. data) . Thus, a substantial 
portion of immature male American Kestrels can be aged 
after the first prebasic molt. 

Many sources have reported that heavy streaking on 
the breast and dark barring on the anterior dorsum are 
diagnostic characters of the juvenal plumage of male 
American Kestrels (Parkes 1955, Bird and Palmer 1988, 
Smallwood 1989, Wheeler and Clark 1995). In his key for 
age and sex determination of American Kestrels, Small- 
wood (1989) used the absence of bars on the “upper 
one-third to one-half of back” as a diagnostic character 
to distinguish males in basic plumage from hatching-year 
males. 

Existing keys for aging American Kestrels are based on 
F. s. sparverius. Little has been published about the biol- 
ogy of the Southeastern American Kestrel ( F. s. paulus), 
which breeds in Florida and the southern portions of 
South Carolina, Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi and Loui- 
siana (Smallwood 1990). This nonmigratory race under- 
went a marked decline in recent decades (Hoffman and 
Collopy 1988) and is currently listed as threatened in 
Florida (Collopy 1996). The objective of this study was to 


examine the plumage characteristics of male Southeast- 
ern American Kestrel nestlings in northcentral Florida 
and to compare them to those observed throughout the 
better studied portion of the species’ range. 

Study Area and Methods 

We examined the plumage characteristics of nestling 
male Southeastern American Kestrels in Levy County, 
Florida, during May-July 1994 and May 1995. Nestlings 
ranged in age from 14—27 d at the time of banding, but 
some nestlings younger than 17 d of age were not suffi- 
ciently feathered to include in our analysis. Therefore, 
we characterized the juvenal plumage of nestlings ^17-d 
old. We defined the “back” of the kestrel as the area 
extending from the rump to the nape, including the in- 
terscapular region (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service 1980). 
Each nestling was classified as belonging to one of four 
categories based on a visual assessment of the extent of 
barring on its back: (1) barring restricted to the posterior 
third of the back, (2) barring extending beyond the low- 
er one-third but not beyond the lower one-half of the 
back, (3) barring extending throughout the lower two- 
thirds of the back or (4) barring extending throughout 
the entire back or nearly so. 

Results and Discussion 

We examined 33 male nestlings from 20 nest boxes. 
Mean age of the nestlings examined was 22.4 d. Fifteen 
(45%) of 33 male nesdings lacked the diagnostic barring 
on the anterior half of the dorsum. Several had no bar- 
ring at all. Only nine males (27%) had barring through- 
out the entire dorsum as indicated in couplet 2A of the 
key (Smallwood 1989). Moreover, brood mates did not 
share the same barring pattern; of 1 1 nests containing at 
least two males, only four nests had brood mates belong- 
ing to the same dorsal plumage category. 

Bloom (1973) stated that immature birds of either sex 
in southern California could not be distinguished from 
adults by feathering. However, most authors reported 
that juvenal males had heavy streaking on the breast and 


273 


274 


Short Communications 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


dark barring on the anterior dorsum, whereas males in 
basic plumage had immaculate to lightly spotted upper 
breasts (Parkes 1955, Bird and Palmer 1988, Smallwood 
1989, Wheeler and Clark 1995). We found that the 
amount of streaking on the breast was variable in male 
nestlings as has been observed in juvenal plumage of F. 
s. sparverius. In contrast, we found that nearly half of the 
male nestlings we examined in our study area lacked the 
dark barring on the anterior dorsum diagnostic in F. s. 
sparverius. We recommend both characters be assessed in 
determining age in F. s. paulus. 

Resumen. — Nosotros comparamos los caracteristicos del 
plumaje de pajaritos machos Falco sparverius paulus en el 
norte centro de Florida con esos observados durante 
todo el estudio de la especies pradera. 15 (45%) de 33 
machos pequenos les faltaba la barra en el parte anterior 
de la espalda que ha estado reportando como diagnos- 
tico para F. s. sparverius. Muchos no tenian barras. No- 
sotros recomendemos que una variada de plumaje este 
valorada en determinando edad en F. s. paulus. 

[Traduccion de Raul De La Garza, Jr.] 

Acknowledgments 

We thank N. Dwyer, J. Harris, K. Long, K. McPherson, 
R. Melvin and S. Smitherman for building, erecting and 
monitoring nest boxes. This study was supported by a 
grant to J. Smallwood and M. Collopy from the Florida 
Game and Fresh Water Fish Commission’s Nongame 
Wildlife Program. We are grateful for the cooperation of 
the Florida Power Corporation, which authorized the use 
of selected utility poles for mounting nest boxes. D. Bird, 
G Bortolotti and K. Steenhof provided helpful com- 
ments that improved the manuscript. This paper is con- 
tribution No. R-05838 of the Journal Series, Florida Ag- 
ricultural Experiment Station, Gainesville. 


Literature Cited 

Bird, D.M. and R.S. Palmer. 1988. American Kestrel 
{Falco sparverius). Pages 253-290 mR.S. Palmer [Ed.], 
Handbook of North American birds, Vol. 5, Diurnal 
raptors (Part 2). Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, CT 
U.S.A. 

Bloom, P.H. 1973. Seasonal variation in body weight of 
sparrow hawks in California. West. Bird Bander 48:17- 
19. 

Collopy, M.W. 1996. Southeastern American Kestrel. 
Pages 211-218 ra J.A. Rodgers, H.W. Kale and H.T. 
Smith [Eds.], Rare and endangered biota of Florida, 
Vol. V, Birds. Univ. Presses of Florida, Gainesville, FL 
U.S.A. 

Hamerstrom, F. 1967. On the use of fault bars in aging 
birds of prey. Inland Bird-Banding News 39:35-41. 

Hoffman, M.L. and M.W. Collopy. 1988. Historical sta- 
tus of the American Kestrel {Falco sparverius paulus ) 
in Florida. Wilson Bull. 100:91-107. 

PARKES, K.C. 1955. Notes on the molts and plumages of 
the sparrow hawk. Wilson Bull. 67:194—199. 

Smallwood, J. A. 1989. Age determination of American 
Kestrels: a revised key . J. Field Ornithol. 60:510-519. 

. 1990. Kestrel and Merlin. Pages 29-37 in B.A. 

Giron Pendleton [Ed.], Proc. of the southeast raptor 
management symposium. Natl. Wildl. Federation, 
Washington, DC U.S.A. 

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 1980. North American 
bird banding manual, Vol. II (revised edition). U.S 
Government Printing Office, Washington, DC U.S.A 

Wheeler, B.K and W.S. Clark. 1995. A photographic 
guide to North American raptors. Academic Press, 
London, UK. 

Received 24 October 1996; accepted 10 May 1997 


J. Raptor Res. 31 (3):274-276 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


Double Brooding by American Kestrels in Idaho 
Karen Steenhof and Brit E. Peterson 

Snake River Field Station , Forest and Rangeland Ecosystem Science Center, Biological Resources Division, 
U.S. Geological Survey, 970 Lusk Street, Boise, ID 83706 U.S.A. 


Key Words: Falco sparverius; American Kestrel, renesting, 
Idaho ; double brooding. 

American Kestrels {Falco sparverius ) sometimes raise 
two broods in a single nesting season in captivity (Porter 
and Wiemeyer 1970, 1972), and double brooding by wild 
kestrels has been recorded in Florida and Central Mis- 


souri (Howell 1932, Toland 1985). Evidence for double 
brooding elsewhere, however, has been mainly circum- 
stantial (Stahlecker and Griese 1977, Black 1979, Sutton 
1979), and there have been no reports of double brood- 
ing by kestrels north of 40° latitude. During a long-term 
study of kestrel nest box occupancy, productivity and site 
fidelity, we confirmed that a pair of kestrels successfully 


September 1997 


Short Communications 


275 


raised two broods in southwestern Idaho (43° N, 116° W) 
during a single breeding season. 

In 1996, we captured the same marked pair of adults 
at two different nest boxes, both of which had young that 
reached fledging age. We captured the female on an in- 
complete set of three eggs at the first box on 25 March 
and captured the male in a mist net (Steenhof et al. 
1994) placed by the same box on 17 May. We banded five 
young from this box on 17 May. Ages of the young at 
banding ranged from 15—25 d, based on a comparison 
with a photographic aging key (Griggs and Steenhof 
1993). We recaptured the female on 18 June in a box 
with six eggs, 800 m from the first box. We caught the 
same male in this box on 28 June with three eggs and 
three young. We banded five 22- to 26-d-old young from 
this box on 23 July. We assume that all 10 young fledged 
from the boxes because we found no dead young in or 
below the boxes during subsequent checks. 

Both members of the pair were at least 2-yr-old in 1996, 
and both had nested successfully in the area in 1995. The 
female was first captured on 5 February 1995 on a bal- 
chatri midway between her two 1996 nesting efforts. In 
1995, she raised young in the same box where she raised 
her second brood in 1996. The male was first captured 
as a breeding adult in 1995, paired with a different fe- 
male at a box approximately 1.7 km from his nearest 
1996 nesting attempt. 

The distance between nesting efforts in Idaho (800 m) 
was much greater than the distances in Missouri (0-300 
m, Toland 1985), possibly due to fewer available nesting 
sites in Idaho. Both boxes used in Idaho were mounted 
on boards attached to fenceposts in open agricultural 
and rangeland habitats. There were no nest boxes or nat- 
ural cavities nearer either box. The second clutch size (6 
eggs) in Idaho was bigger than any recorded in Missouri, 
and in contrast to Toland’s (1985) findings, the second 
clutch in Idaho was larger than the first clutch (5 eggs). 

The estimated hatching dates of young produced by 
the pair that raised two broods in 1996 were 24 April and 
28 June. During our 11-yr study, estimated hatch dates 
have been as early as 17 April and as late as 24 July (x = 
25 May, SD = 18.5 d, N = 247). We have identified five 
broods with earlier hatch dates than the first brood of 
the pair that raised two broods and 10 broods with later 
hatch dates than their second brood, for all years com- 
bined. In 1996, the first brood of the renesting pair was 
the second earliest nesting effort in our study area, and 
the second brood was the second latest. The individuals 
that raised two broods in 1996 probably only raised one 
brood each in 1995 because their 1995 nesting chronol- 
ogy was closer to the long-term mean. The male’s 1995 
brood hatched on 14 June, and the female’s hatched on 
11 May. 

Whether a pair will attempt to raise two broods in a 
single season likely depends on food availability, weather 
conditions and nesting experience. Both food availability 
and prior nesting experience may have increased the 


likelihood of successful double brooding in 1996. Prey 
remains in the two nest boxes consisted mainly of voles 
( Microtus spp.) , and our subjective observations indicated 
that voles were unusually abundant in 1996. Both mem- 
bers of the renesting pair in Idaho had successfully bred 
in the area the prior year. As in Poland’s (1985) study, 
dottble brooding may be possible only for early breeders 
in Idaho. The climate in southwestern Idaho provides 
just enough time for kestrels to raise two broods. Henny 
and Brady (1994) found that permanent residents nest 
earlier than migrant kestrels in the Pacific Northwest. 
The female that raised two broods in our area was known 
to have spent at least part of one winter near her nesting 
territory. 

Although this was the first and only documented case 
of double brooding during our 11-yr study, it may have 
occurred before. We would have missed other cases of 
double brooding if kestrels used natural nest sites in trees 
that we did not monitor for one of their nesting attempts. 
We also might have missed cases if we did not capture 
and/or mark both adults during one of their nesting ef- 
forts. In 1996, we knew the identities of 63% of the males 
and 93% of the females nesting in boxes; the propor tions 
of unidentified individuals were higher during the first 7 
yr of our study. The fact that kestrels used different boxes 
for nesting makes it difficult to confirm double brooding 
if the parents are not individually marked. It also raises 
doubts about some suspected cases of double brooding 
reported in the literature. The presence of a second 
clutch in the same box does not constitute evidence for 
renesting by a particular individual or pair (Sutton 1979) . 
During our study, we knew the identity of females in five 
“renestings” following failures during incubation. In 
three cases, females whose clutches failed during incu- 
bation moved to other boxes. In two other situations, a 
new female nested in the same box where a different 
female had failed during incubation. 

American Kestrels probably require a minimum of 120 
d to raise two broods successfully: at least 5 d for each 
laying period, 27 d for each incubation period and 30 d 
for each brood-rearing period (Porter and Wietneyer 
1972). In southwestern Idaho, kestrels begin laying eggs 
as early as mid-March, and young have fledged as late as 
early to mid-August, a window of approximately 150 d. 
Theoretically, pairs with young that hatch earlier than 15 
May could produce a second brood, and broods with 
hatch dates later than 15 June could be second broods. 
In our 11-yr study, 31% of broods hatched on or before 
14 May, suggesting that almost one-third of the popula- 
tion nests early enough to produce two broods. However, 
only 15% of broods hatched after 15 June, indicating that 
at least half of the early nesters do not produce a second 
brood. In addition, some of the late broods represent 
pairs that nest late for other reasons, including renesting 
after failures during incubation. During our study, we 
knew of six renestings following failures, only two of 
which were successful. The young from these nesting at- 


276 


Short Communications 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


tempts hatched on 15 and 19 June, 9-13 d earlier than 
the second brood from the double brooding pair. If we 
assume conservatively that only those broods with hatch 
dates after 28 June (the hatch date of the second brood 
we confirmed) were second broods, then approximately 
4% of the kestrel pairs in southwestern Idaho raise sec- 
ond broods. Continued monitoring of marked adults 
should provide more insight about the frequency of dou- 
ble brooding in northern latitudes. 

RESUMEN. — Una pareja marcada de Falco sparverius crio 
dos nidadas de cinco en una temporada en dos cajas de 
nidos diferentes en el sur oeste de Idaho. Los dos padres 
tenian el minimo de dos anos y tenian exito con nidos 
en el lugar antes. Las dos crias eran primera y la mas 
tarde en la area de estudio, pero sospechamos que hasta 
4% de parejas en el sur oeste de Idaho crian dos crias 
cada temporada. 

[Traduccion de Raul De La Garza, Jr.] 
Acknowledgments 

This paper is a contribution from the Snake River Field 
Station, Forest and Rangeland Ecosystem Science Center, 
Biological Resources Division, U.S. Geological Survey 
(formerly the National Biological Service’s Raptor Re- 
search and Technical Assistance Center). We thank 
George Carpenter and Julie Heath for building boxes 
and collecting background data that allowed us to make 
these observations. 


Literature Cited 

Black, E.A. 1979. American Kestrel possibly two-brood- 
ed in central Oklahoma. Bull. Okla. Omithol. Soc. 12' 
29-30. 

Griggs, G.R. and K Steenhof. 1993. Photographic 
guide for aging nestling American Kestrels. Unpubl. 
rep., Raptor Res. Tech. Asst. Cen., U.S. Dept. Interior, 
Bur. Land Manage., Boise, ID U.S.A. 

Henny, C.J. and G.L. Brady. 1994. Partial migration and 
wintering localities of American Kestrels nesting in 
the Pacific Northwest. Northwestern Naturalist 75 : 3 7-43 

Howell, A.H. 1932. Forida bird life. Florida Depart- 
ment of Game and Freshwater Fish, Tallahassee, FL 
U.S.A. 

Porter, R.D. and S.N. Wiemeyer. 1970. Propagation of cap- 
tive American Kestrels. J. Wildl. Manage. 34:594-604. 

AND . 1972. Reproductive patterns in captive 

American Kestrels (sparrow hawks). Condor 74:46-53. 

Stahlecker, D.W. and H.J. Griese. 1977. Evidence of 
double brooding by American Kestrels in the Colo- 
rado high plains. Wilson Bull. 89:618-619. 

Steenhof, K, G.P. Carpenter and J.C. Bednarz. 1994. 
Use of mist nets and a live Great Horned Owl to cap- 
ture breeding American Kestrels. J. Raptor Res. 28: 
194-196. 

Sutton, G.M. 1979. Is the American Kestrel two-brood- 
ed in Oklahoma? Bull. Okla. Ornithol. Soc. 12: 30-31. 

Toland, B.R. 1985. Double brooding by American Kes- 
trels in central Missouri. Condor 87:434—436. 

Received 6 September 1996; accepted 10 May 1997 


J Raptor Res. 31 (3):276-279 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


First Nest Record of the Bare-si tanked Screech-owl ( Otus clarkii) 

Paula L. Enriquez Rocha 1 and J. Luis Rangel-Salazar 1 
Programa Regional en Manejo de Vida Silvestre, Universidad Nacional, Apartado 1350-3000, Heredia, Costa Rica 

Joe T. Marshall 

National Museum of Natural History, 10th & Constitution Ave. N.W., Washington, DC 20560 U.S.A. 


Key Words: Bare-shanked Screech-owl, Otus clarkii; nest, Cos- 
ta Rica. 

Most New World tropical forest raptors are poorly 
known, especially those restricted in distribution and 


1 Present address: Depto. Ecologia y Sistematica Te- 
rrestre, ECOSUR, Apartado Postal 63, 29290 San Cristo- 
bal de Las Casas, Chiapas, Mexico. 


habitat. An estimated one-half of Neotropical raptors, 
their nests, eggs and voices have never been described 
(Thiollay 1985). Most of the world’s owl species occur in 
the tropics and their ecology and biology are little known 
(Clark et al. 1978) . 

Costa Rica contains 9.9% (17 species) of the 172 owl 
species (Monroe and Sibley 1993). The Bare-shanked 
Screech-owl ( Otus clarkii) is a resident from the central 
mountains of Costa Rica (Central Cordillera, Talamanca 


September 1997 


Short Communications 


277 


Cordillera) , Panama (W Chiriqui, Veraguas and Darien) 
through NW Colombia (Cerro Tacarcuna in NW Choco) 
(AOU 1983). It has been recorded in the highlands of 
Monteverde, Poas Volcano, Tapanti, Chirripo, Cerro de 
la Muerte, Cerro Ghompipe and Villa Mills (Stiles and 
Lewis 1980). It is the only species of the genus Otus that 
inhabits cloud forest and humid forest at high altitudes 
(900-2350 m) in Costa Rica (Slud 1964). Its numbers are 
unknown, but it has been reported to be uncommon or 
rare in Costa Rica (Stiles and Skutch 1989). Almost no 
information is available on its breeding biology and nests 
remain undescribed (Wetmore 1968, Stiles and Skutch 
1989). The only previous evidence of breeding by Bare- 
shanked Screech-owls in Costa Rica comes from the pres- 
ence of brood patches on museum specimens (Stiles and 
Skutch 1989) . In this paper, we describe what we consider 
to be the first Bare-shanked Screech-owl nest located in 
the mountains of central Costa Rica. 

From 15-17 April 1994, we heard and observed what 
appeared to be a breeding pair of Bare-shanked Screech- 
owls in a pasture near the Tapanti Hotel, approximately 
71 km south of Cartago City, Provincia de San Jose, Costa 
Rica (9° 35'N, 83° 45'W). It is close to Tapanti National 
Park and above Cerro de la Muerte at the top of the 
northwest Talamanca Cordillera with an elevation of 2490 
m. Mean annual temperature in the area is 6°C and mean 
annual precipitation is 6500 mm. Typical vegetation is 
cloud forest and subalpine paramo, and includes oaks, 
bromeliads, orchids, mosses and ferns. 

On 15 April 1994 at 1900 H, w^e heard a deep whistled 
huu-huu-huu much like the typical call of a Bare-shanked 
Screech-owl. When it stopped, we imitated the call and a 
small owl flew to a mossy branch approximately 5 m away 
from us. We identified the owl to be an adult Bare- 
shanked Screech-owl and recorded its calls that night. On 
the morning of the next day, a search of two isolated 
trees nearby failed to locate any roosting owls or any sign 
that owls had recently used the trees. However, at about 
one-half hour after sunset, we observed an adult female 
Bare-shanked Screech-owl flying and a male perched and 
calling in the two trees. We distinguished the female by 
her higher pitched call (Fig. 1). At approximately 1830 
H, the female flew to a nest in a live oak ( Quercus copey- 
ensis) . A fork in the trunk created a natural cavity where 
the bird nested. The tree had a dbh (diameter at breast 
height) of 65 cm and was 23 m tall. The nest was 3.3 m 
high and the cavity was 35 cm long and 64 cm wide. 

On 17 April 1994, we observed a single nestling cov- 
ered with down in the cavity that we estimated to be ap- 
proximately 3-wk-old (Fig. 2). No nesting material was 
found but the nestling was on a large clump of moss. 
Habitat surrounding the nest, tree consisted of scattered, 
tall oaks laden with epiphytes. Ground cover consisted of 
meadow grasses. 

Both parents brought food to the nestling. We were 
unable to identify the prey that were delivered, but the 
items appeared to be large insects such as orthopterans 


and coleopterans. Many Otus species are mainly insectiv- 
orous (Ross 1969). Several times, the female flew from 
the nest to capture insects on the ground and returned 
quickly to give the food to the nestling. Occasionally the 
male perched on a lamp from which it caught insects. 
No pellets were found below the nest and we did not 
search for pellets inside the nest in order to avoid dis- 
turbance to the nest. 

Otus is the largest genus in the order Strigiformes, and 
Monroe and Sibley (1993) list 46 species for this genus 
Marshall (1967) lists seven species of Otus occupying 
North and Middle America where they overlap without 
interbreeding. Most of them live in the world’s tropical 
regions, except in Australasia, and many restricted pop- 
ulations of screech owls are now endangered species 
(Hekstra 1973). Our observations indicate that Bare- 
shanked Screech-owls probably breed from middle Feb- 
ruary (egg laying) through early May (fledging) in the 
Tapanti region. We estimated the breeding chronology 
based on Flammulated Owl (Otus flammeolus) in Colora- 
do (Reynolds and Linkhart 1987). These findings are 
comparable with those reported by Stiles and Skutch 
(1989). 

In view of limited geographic distribution of the Bare- 
shanked Screech-owl and its unknown breeding status, 
more information is needed on its nesting biology, nest- 
ing density and habitat affinities to address questions 
concerning its possible management and conservation 
Currently habitat loss is a major problem that threatens 
all raptor populations, and cloud forest habitats in cen- 
tral Costa Rica have been affected seriously by develop- 
ments related to the dairy industry on highlands. Based 
on our limited knowledge of the breeding biology of the 
Bare-shanked Screech-owl, it may actually be the devel- 
opment of dairy farms which increase the numbers of 
isolated trees and lampposts for feeding. Any useful con- 
servation strategy for the protection of Bare-shanked 
Screech-owls should at least protect woodlots as potential 
breeding sites. 

Resumen. — Reportamos el primer registro de anidacion 
de la Lechucita Serranera ( Otus clarkii), encontrado en 
las tierras altas de Costa Rica. El nido se localizo en un 
arbol de encino ( Quercus copeyensis) a una altura de 3.3 
m en una cavidad natural con las siguientes dimensiones: 
35 cm de largo y 64 cm de ancho. El nido contenia un 
polio con una edad estimada de 3 semanas. Ambos pa- 
dres alimentaban al polio con insectos del orden coleop- 
tera y ortoptera. No encontramos egagropilas dentro ni 
fuera del nido. Se necesita mas informacion sobre den- 
sidad poblacional y aspectos ecologicos para la Lechucita 
Serranera. Sin embargo, para establecer estrategias de 
conservacion para esta especie, es importante incluir la 
proteccion de lotes arbolados para su reproduccion. 

[Traduccion de Autores] 


O t u s 


278 


Vol. 31, No. 3 



Figure 1. Three kinds of Bare-shanked Screech-owl calls digitally recorded over 14 min the night of 15 April 1994 near the Tapanti Hotel, approximately 
71 km south of Cartago City, Provincia de San Jose, Costa Rica: a) duet of the pair, female higher pitch, b) pair duet in flight, and c) male solo. 


September 1997 


Short Communications 


279 



Figure 2. The nest and nestling of the Bare-shanked Screech-owl pair near the Tapanti Hotel, Costa Rica. 


Acknowledgments 

We wish to dedicate this article to the memory of Elsie 

Marshall. 

We thank D.W. Holt, J.R. Belthoff and M. Ritchinson 

for their helpful comments to this manuscript. 

Literature Cited 

American Ornithologists’ Union. 1983. Checklist of 
North American birds, 6th edition. AOU, Smithsoni- 
an Inst., Washington, DC U.S.A. 

Clark, R.J., D.G. Smith and L.H. Kf. l so. 1978. Working 
bibliography of owls of the world. Washington DC, 
Natl. Wild. Fed. Sci. Tech. Publ. No. 1. 

Hekstra, G.P. 1973. Scops and Screech owls. Pages 94- 
155 mJ.A. Burton [Ed.], Owls of the world. Eurobook 
Limited, The Hague, Netherlands. 

Marshall, J.T. 1967. Parallel variation in North and 
Middle American Screech-owls. Western Foundation 
of Vertebrate Zoology. Monogr. 1. Los Angeles, CA 
U.S.A. 

Monroe, B.L. and C.G. Sibley. 1993. World checklist of 
birds. Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, CT U.S.A. 

Reynolds, R.T. and B.D. Linkhart. 1987. The nesting 
biology of Flammulated Owls in Colorado. Pages 239- 
248 in R.W. Nero, R.J. Clark, R.J. Knapton and R.H. 


Hamre [Eds.], Biology and conservation of northern 
forest owls. Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada. 

Ross, A. 1969. Ecological aspect of the food habits of 
insectivorous Screech-owls. Proceedings of the West- 
ern Foundation of Vertebrate Zoology Vol. 1, No. 6. 
Los Angeles, CA U.S.A. 

Slud, P. 1964. The birds of Costa Rica, distribution and 
ecology. Bull. American Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. 128. New 
York, NY U.S.A. 

Stiles, G. and T.J. Lewis. 1980. Locational check-list of 
the birds of Costa Rica. Costa Rica Expeditions, San 
Jose, Costa Rica. 

and A. Skutch. 1989. A guide to the birds of 

Costa Rica. Cornell University Press, Ithaca, NYU.S.A. 

Thiollay, J.M. 1985. Falconiforms of tropical rain forest: 
a review. Pages 155-165 in I. Newton and R.D. Chan- 
cellor [Eds.], Conservation studies on raptors. ICBP 
Tech. Publ. No. 5. Paston Press England Ltd., Lon- 
don, UK. 

Wetmore, A. 1968. The birds of the Republic of Pana- 
ma. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. 150, Part 2. Wash- 
ington, DC U.S.A. 

Received 12 July 1996; accepted 25 April 1997 


280 


Short Communications 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


J Raptor Res. 31 (3):280-282 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


The Summer Diet of the Little Owl (Athene noctua) on the 
Island of Astipalaia (Dodecanese, Greece) 


Francesco M. Angelici and Leonardo Latella 
Dipartimento di Biologia Animale e delTUomo, Universita di Roma “La Sapienza, 
viale delVUniversitd 32, 1-00185 Roma, Italy 


Luca Luiselli 

Dipartimento di Biologia Animale e delTUomo, 

Universita di Roma “La Sapienza, ” via A. Borelli 50, 1-00161 Roma, Italy 

Francesco Riga 

Istituto Nazionale della Fauna Selvatica, via Ca ’ Fornacetta 9, 
1-40064 Ozzano dell’Emilia (Bologna), Italy 


Key Words: Athene noctua; Little Owl, diet, Dodecanese, 

Greece. 

Widespread and easy to study taxa are ideal models for 
analyses of life-history divergence, because they permit 
comparisons that are not confounded by genetically-cod- 
ed divergence in other morphological, behavioral and 
ecological traits (Luiselli et al. 1996a, 1996b). The prob- 
lem, however, is to find species whose life history traits 
have been adequately studied in different portions of 
their range. In general, Palearctic owls have a great deal 
of potential in this area because several aspects of their 
biology such as food habits have been studied in detail 
(Herrera and Hiraldo 1976, Cramp 1985). The exception 
to this is the Mediterranean Islands, especially islands in 
the Aegean and East Mediterranean Seas, where virtually 
nothing is known concerning the food habits of owls (Ut- 
tendorfer 1952, Niethammer 1989). In particular, the 
diet of the Little Owl ( Athene noctua) is litde known. 
There are some dietary data available for islands in the 
western Mediterranean (Contoli et al. 1988, Lo Verde 
and Massa 1988) but nothing is known about what Little 
Owls eat in the Aegean and East Mediterranean Seas. 

In the present paper, we report detailed information 
on the summer diet of the Little Owl from a Mediterra- 
nean island of Dodecanese, Greece. 

Study Area and Methods 

Data were collected in late June 1990 on Astipalaia, 
an island of Dodecanese, Greece (36 o 30 , -36°36'N, 
26T4'-26°30'E, Fig. 1). The island is mainly mountain- 
ous (highest elevation, 506 m) with calcareous soils on 
the eastern and exterior western sides, and arenaceous 
and schistous soils in the remaining parts. The vegetation 
is poor, and characterized by chaparral with spiny shrubs, 
olive-groves, orchards, vineyards and cereal growings. De- 
tailed faunistic studies for Astipalaia have already been 
done (Angelici et al. 1990, 1992). The island is inhabited 
by two species of owls, the Little Owl and Barn Owl ( Tyto 


alba ) . We recently reported the first records of Barn Owls 
on the island (Angelici et al. 1992). 

Owl pellets were collected in abandoned buildings and at 
a few rocky sites. The collected material was identified in 
the laboratory. Small mammals and reptiles were identified 
by skull and mandibular remains, and arthropods by chitin- 
ous exoskeleton remains. We counted, in the most parsi- 
monious way possible, the frequency of occurrence of each 
prey species in the diet. Although it was not possible to 
identify Crocidura remains to species level, we assumed they 
all belonged to C. suaveolens, a species widespread in the 
Dodecanese islands (Niethammer 1989). 

Statistical analyses were performed by a STATISTICA 
(version 4.5, 1993) for Windows PC package, with a set 
at 5%. All data were checked for homoscedasticity before 
statistical analyses and normalized if necessary. If this pro- 
cedure also failed in obtaining a normal distribution, 
nonparametric tests were used. Dietary diversity was as- 
sessed by applying Simpson’s (1949) and Levins’ (1968) 
formulas to the numerical frequency of occurrence of 
the various prey types in the pellets. 

Results 

We collected a total of 33 complete and an undetermined 
number of incomplete Litde Owl pellets, containing 1068 
prey remains. Excluding the incomplete pellets from the 
analysis, the mean number of prey per pellet was 23.3. Litde 
owls preyed on both vertebrates (0.56% of the total number 
of prey eaten) and invertebrates (99.44%) (Table 1). Con- 
tingency-table analysis showed that Litde Owls fed on inver- 
tebrates significandy more frequentiy than on vertebrates 
(X 2 = 1044.135, df = 1, P< 0.00000001). All invertebrates 
eaten were insects, and most of them were earwigs ( Forficula 
lurida ) which accounted for over 70% of the total number 
of prey items ingested. Litde Owls preyed significandy more 
often on earwigs than on all the other prey categories com- 
bined (x 2 = 251.24, df = 1 ,P< 0.000000001). Moreover, 
the mean number of earwigs per pellet was statistically high- 
er than that of any other prey type in the diet (paired t, in 
all cases P < 0.00001). Beeties (belonging mainly to the 


September 1997 


Short Communications 


281 



Figure 1. Location of Astipalaia Island (Dodecanese, Greece). Symbols: black triangles = high points in elevation; 
black circles = villages or towns. 


family Tenebrionidae) were also frequently eaten (18.16% 
of the total number of prey items eaten). Some ants were 
eaten, all of them winged forms. Little Owls preyed occa- 
sionally also on small vertebrates (lizards, birds and shrews) . 

Dietary diversity was relatively low either using Levins’ 
index ( L = 0.094) or Simpson’s index ( B = 1.751). 

Discussion 

Our data show the summer diet of Astipalaia Little 
Owls consists almost entirely of insects. This finding is 
consistent with Mikkola’s (1983) suggestion that the pro- 
portion of insects in the diet of the Litde Owl increases 
from the central European regions to the Mediterranean 
regions due to the lower availability of microtine rodents 
in the Mediterranean. An apparent exception has been 
shown in Sicily, where Microtus savii is widespread and is 
frequently preyed upon (16.4% of the total number of 
prey items) by Little Owls (Lo Verde and Massa 1988). 

Our data collection was restricted to the summer season 
so it is not surprising that Little Owls would be eating large 
numbers of insects like earwigs which were readily available. 
Earwigs have been cited as important prey for Little Owls 
in other areas, including Denmark (Cramp 1985). The Lit- 
tle Owl diet on Astipalaia is probably greatly affected by 
seasonal fluctuations in the availability of various types of 
prey (Cramp 1985, Arias 1994), Therefore we feel that anal- 


ysis of prey remains collected over an entire year would 
show a larger proportion of small mammals in the diet. We 
were surprised that we did not find remains of murids of 
the genus Mas in the Little Owl diet. These small-sized ro- 
dents (on average 17 g in mass) are the most common small 
mammal in Astipalaia (Angelici et al. 1992) and are fre- 
quent prey species for Little Owls elsewhere (Arias 1994). It 
is likely that Little Owls on Astipalaia become more depen- 
dent on murids later in the season when insects are not as 
abundant (Zerunian et al. 1982). 

Resumen. — Los costumbres de comida del Buho ( Athene noc- 
tua) fue estudiado durante el verano en la Isla de Astipalaia, 
una isla arida en Dodecanese, Grecia donde la ecologfa de 
este especies todavia esta completamente sin conocer. Un 
total de 1068 pedazos de presa fueron colectados. La dieta 
de buho consiste casi totalmente de insectos, especialmente 
tijeretas (. Forficula lurida ) . Escarabajos y hormigas con halas 
tambien fueron frecuentemente comidas. Vertebrados casi 
nunca fueron cazados y muy pocos ratones chicos del genio 
Mus, que estaban muy abundante en los labores, casi nunca 
fueron cazados. 

[Traduccion de Raul De La Garza, Jr ] 
Acknowledgments 

We thank J. Angelopoulos (Athens) for helpful field 
assistance, and C. Marti and R.J. Clark for the helpful 


282 


Short Communications 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Table 1. Summer diet of the Little Owl on Astipalaia 
Island (Dodecanese, Greece). 


Prey Type 

N 

% N 

Vertebrata 

Reptilia 

Podarcis erhardii 

3 

0.28 

Aves 

Passer domesticus 

1 

0.09 

Mammalia 
Crocidura sp. 

2 

0.19 

Arthropoda 

Insecta 
Dermaptera 
Forficula lurida 

793 

74.25 

Orthoptera 

Tettigonidae 

42 

3.93 

Coleoptera 

Tenebrionidae 

94 

8.80 

Curculionidae 

9 

0.84 

Cerambicidae 

7 

0.66 

Scarabeoidae 

1 

0.09 

Carabidae 

44 

4.12 

undetermined 

39 

3.65 

Hymenoptera 

Formicidae 

33 

3.09 


comments on the manuscript. This paper is the contri- 
bution No. 226 of the “Ricerche zoologiche delle Univ- 
ersita di Roma nel vicino Oriente.” 

Literature Cited 

Angelici, F.M., M. Capula and F. Riga. 1990. Notes on 
the herpetofauna of Astipalaia island (Dodecanese, 
Greece). Brit. Herp. Soc. Bull. 34:31-33. 

, F. PlNCHERA AND F. Riga. 1992. First record of 

Crocidura sp. and Mus domesticus and notes on the 
mammals of Astipalaia Island (Dodecanese, Greece). 
Mammalia 56:159-161. 


Arias, J.M. 1994. Nota sobre alimentacion de mochuelo 
(Athene noctua L., Aves: Strigiformes) . Doriana, Acta 
Vertebrata 21:183-185. 

Contoli, L., G. Aloise and M.G. Filippucci. 1988. Sulla 
diversificazione trofica di Barbagianni Tyto alba e Civ- 
etta Athene noctua in rapporto al livello diagnostico 
delle prede. Avocetta 12:21-30. 

Cramp, S. [Ed.]. 1985. The birds of the western Palearc- 
tic, Vol. IV. Oxford Univ. Press, Oxford, UK 

Herrera, C.M. and F. Hiraldo. 1976. Food-niche tro- 
phic relationships among European owls. Ornis Scand. 
7:29-41. 

Levins, R. 1968. Evolution in changing environments. 
Princeton Univ. Press, Princeton, NJ U.S.A. 

Lo Verde, G. and B. Massa. 1988. Abitudini alimentari 
della civetta ( Athene noctua) in Sicilia. Naturalista sicil. 
12 (suppl.): 145-149. 

Luiselli, L., M. Capula and R. Shine. 1996a. Food hab- 
its, growth rates and reproductive biology of grass 
snakes Natrix natrix (Colubridae) in the Italian Alps. 
J. Zool. (Lond.) 240: in press. 

, AND . 1996b. Reproductive out- 
put, costs of reproduction and ecology of the smooth 
snake ( Coronella austriaca ) in the eastern Italian Alps. 
Oecologia 106:100-110. 

MlKKOLA, H. 1983. Owls of Europe. T. & A.D. Poyser, 
Cal ton, U.K. 

Niethammer, J. 1989. Gewollinhalte der Schleiereule 
(Tyto alba) von Kos und aus Siidwestanatolien. Bonn. 
Zool. Beitr. 40:1—9. 

Simpson, E.H. 1949. Measurement of diversity. Nature 
163:688. 

Uttendorfer, O. 1952. Neue Ergebnisse fiber die Er- 
nahrung der Greifvogel und Eulen. Eugen Umer, 
Stuttgart, Germany. 

Zerunian, S., G. Franzini and L. Sciscione. 1982. Little 
Owls and their prey in a Mediterranean habitat. Boll. 
Zool 49:195-206. 

Received 23 April 1996, accepted 25 April 1997 


September 1997 


Short Communications 


283 


J. Raptor Res. 31 (3) :283-285 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc, 


Home Range, Habitat Use and Natal Dispersal of Blakiston’s Fish-owls 

Yuko Hayashi 

Laboratory of Applied Zoology, Faculty of Agriculture , Hokkaido University , 060 Sapporo, Japan 


Keywords: Blakiston’s Fish-owl', Ketupa blakistoni; radio- 

telemetry, home range, habitat use, natal dispersal ; inbreeding. 

Blakiston’s Fish-owls ( Ketupa blakistoni) occur in south- 
eastern Russia (Amurland and Ussuriland, Sakhalin and 
southern Kuril Islands), northeastern China and northern 
Japan (northeastern Hokkaido) (Voous 1988, Br az il and Ya- 
mamoto 1989). Although this species was once widely dis- 
tributed throughout Hokkaido, it now occurs very locally 
(Brazil and Yamamoto 1989) and the present population is 
estimated at 80-100 individuals (Brazil and Yamamoto 
1989) and with no more than 20 breeding pairs (Clark and 
Mikkola 1989). This species is highly dependent on riparian 
forest (Burton 1973) and loss of suitable habitat could be 
contributing to its decline. However, there is no information 
available on the home range and habitat use of this species. 
Here, I report the results of a study aimed at describing the 
home range size, habitat use and dispersal behavior of 
young Blackiston’s Fish-owls. 

Study Area and Methods 

The study area (43°23'N, 143°20'E) was in the National 
Forest Agency and located on the upper Tokachi River 
in eastern Hokkaido, Japan. Approximately half of the 
study area consisted of a conifer forest plantation con- 
sisting of Sakhalin spruce ( Picea glehnii ) , Japanese larch 
{Larix leptolepis) and eastern white pine ( Pinus strobus). 
The other half included two types of natural forest. One 
consisted of mixed coniferous forest, mainly Yezo spruce 
( Picea jezoensis), Sakhalin fir ( Abies sachalinensis) and 
broad-leaved tree species, such as Mongolian oak ( Quer - 
cus mongolica), painted maple ( Acer mono) and basswood 
(Tilia japonica) at higher elevations, and the other type 
consisted of broad-leaved forest dominated by Japanese 
poplar ( Populus maximowczii ) and alder (Alnus spp.) 
which occurred along streams at lower elevations. Most 
of the ground cover was dwarf bamboo (Sasa nipponica). 

Blakiston’s Fish-owls were first observed breeding in 
the study area in 1986 and, thereafter, the same pair suc- 
cessfully fledged young four times from 1987-91 (N=9 
fledglings). Since 1985, the Environmental Agency of Ja- 
pan supplemented the food supply of this pair by stork- 
ing a pond with fish to prevent possible starvation of the 
owls, especially in winter. This pond has become a major 
feeding area for the owls. In 1987, both adult owls and 


Present address: Chromosome Research Unit, Faculty 
of Science, Hokkaido University, 060 Sapporo, Japan. 


one of the two young born in 1986 were mist netted and 
individually color banded. Since 1987, all fledglings have 
also been color marked for individual identification. 

To study movements, two young owls, one male and 
one female, raised in the study area were captured in 
mist nets near the stocked pond on 27 and 30 January 
1992, respectively. Radio-transmitters were attached to 
the tail according to Kenward (1978), with some modi- 
fications. Radios were trimmed to fit the rectrix shaft and 
attached to the ventral surface with stainless-steel wire 
and epoxy glue. Antennas were 260 mm in length. They 
were fastened to the feather shaft using fishing trace wire, 
and the ties were sealed with epoxy resin. 

Owls were tracked using Yaesu FT-290mkII receivers. 
When tracking, a car-mounted whip antenna was used to 
determine the general location of an owl. A more precise 
location was then determined using a three-element 
hand-held Yagi antenna. Bearings were taken from at 
least three different sites. If the resulting error polygons 
were larger than 1 ha, the location was not used. For each 
owl, locations were determined once in the daytime 
around noon and three or four times (with an interval 
of more than 2 hr) during the night. The minimum con- 
vex polygon method (MCP, Mohr 1947) was used to cal- 
culate home range sizes. Mean error distance of the di- 
rectional bearings from the test transmitters was 46.8 m 
(SD = 29.0, range = 0-125, N = 12). 

Habitat types in the study area were identified using 
topographic maps (Geographical Survey Institute) and 
timber-type maps (National Forest Agency) and catego- 
rized as: (1) mixed forest (evergreen coniferous and de- 
ciduous broad-leaved trees), (2) coniferous plantation 
(deciduous and evergreen) , (3) young broad-leaved for- 
est, (4) artificial (forest roads, houses and electric pow- 
erline right-of-ways) and (5) water area (streams and 
lake). The 13.3 km 2 study area was surrounded by moun- 
tain ridges so an aerial survey was also conducted to ob- 
tain dispersal data. 

Results and Discussion 

One radio-tagged owl (90M) was a male that fledged 
from the nest in 1990. He stayed within his natal area for 
one yr, disappeared in late April 1991, and returned on 

P 1 flftl XJo i»iop /'arvHit’o/l nnd v «-» rl i o CYCT P rl AD 

\J lit VVUJ anu i UH 

27 January 1992. After radio-tagging, he stayed within 
400 m of the capture site for two d. He then traveled 
upstream 6.9 km and then returned to the capture site 
where he stayed for the next month. I calculated his 
home range to be 6.1 km 2 ( N =11 locations) during the 
month of February. After that, he disappeared. On 25 


284 


Short Communications 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Table 1. Compositions of the habitat components in the study area and home range, and of the actual habitat used 
by one female Blakiston’s Fish-owl. 


Vegetation Category 

Study Area 

Percent Expected 
Coverage Numbers 

Home Range 

Percent Expected . 
Coverage Numbers 

Radio Locations 
Day Night Total 



% 

n 

% 

n 

n 



% 

Mixed forest 

60.4 

66.7 

70.0 

79.7 

29 

55 

84 

77.1 

Coniferous plantation 

36 

39.8 

21.1 

24.0 

8 

7 

15 

13.8 

Young broad-leaved forest 

0.8 

0.9 

2.5 

2.7 

5 

5 

10 

9.1 

Artificial 

1.5 

1.6 

2.3 

2.6 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Water area 

1.3 

— 

4.1 

— 

0 

0 

0 

0 

Total 

100.0 

109 

100.0 

109 

42 

67 

109 

100.0 


June (3.5 mo later), the transmitter signal was found 18.7 
km west of the capture site during an aerial search of the 
study area and the radio, which had fallen off, was re- 
covered on 15 July in the same location. On 28 July, I 
found 90M roosting at the side of a stream 2.5 km from 
the point where the radio had been recovered. He was 
not located again after that. 

The other owl (86F), a female that fledged from the 
nest in 1986, was radio-tagged on 30 January 1992. For 
two yr, she had remained within the natal nesting area 
before disappearing in March 1988. She returned to her 
natal area on 16 November 1988 and spent the next win- 
ter there, after which she again disappeared in March 
1989 and was absent for two yr. Two mo after the disap- 
pearance of this owl’s mother (this probably occurred 
sometime in October 1991), she returned to the natal 
area and mated with her father in December 1991. She 
laid two eggs in early March 1992 and incubated until 
early April, during which time she stayed in the nest al- 
most continuously except for one or two short trips away 
from the nest (<200 m) for 2-20 min. In early April, she 
deserted the nest before the eggs hatched. 

I did not radio-track 86F egg-laying and incubation pe- 
riods but, from 30 January-19 May (when the radio fell 
off), I obtained 109 locations for this owl on 49 different 
days. Her total home range size was 4.1 km 2 . During the 
prelaying period (from February-March) , the home 
range was 0.3 km 2 (N = 20 locations) . This area included 
the nest and the small area immediately around the nest. 
After the nest failed, the home range increased in size to 
3.6 km 2 in April ( N = 51 locations) but decreased again 
in May to 2.8 km 2 ( N = 38 locations). 

Use of the home range by 86F appeared to be affected 
by the location of water. Her most distant location was 
462.5 m from water and it was only about one third of 
the way to the edge in the study area. Daytime roost sites 
averaged significantly farther from water (x = 139.29 m, 
SE = 18.36, N = 42 locations) than did nighttime roosts 
(x = 88.99 m, SE = 13.35, N = 67 locations; Mann-Whit- 


ney Utest, U = 1010.5, P < 0.05) indicating that she 
tended to hunt around streams and lakes at night. 

The distribution of habitats also affected use of the 
home range by 86F. All telemetry locations were in the 
three forest types (mixed forest, conifer forest plantation 
and young broad leaved forest) , and she was never found 
using either the open water or artificial habitat catego- 
ries. Because there was no significant difference in hab- 
itat use between day and night (x 2 = 2.51, df = 2, P > 
0.05), all locations were pooled when habitat use was 
compared to availability within the overall study area and 
home range (Table 1). Because the area of young broad- 
leaved forest was small (0.8% of whole study area), lo- 
cations in this category were combined with locations in 
the mixed forest category. Owl 86F used mixed forest 
more often than expected based on its availability within 
the study area (two-tailed binomial test, P < 0.01) and 
within the home range (P < 0.05). 

Because use of mixed forest was possibly related to the 
fact that a stream was located adjacent to the area of mixed 
forest in the home range, I compared the number of lo- 
cations in mixed forest that were within 100 m of water ( N 
= 58 locations) to the expected number of locations in 
mixed forest based on the availability of this habitat category 
(N = 41 locations) and found the difference in use to again 
be significant (two-tailed binomial test, P < 0.01). There- 
fore, I concluded that the owl selected both the stream and 
its surrounding mixed forest habitat. 

In Hokkaido, heavy timber cutting from the late 1950s to 
early 70s has converted most native forests into conifer for- 
est plantations. Obviously this caused a loss of habitat and 
thus reduced the number of Blakiston’s Fish-owls in the 
area. The father-daughter mating observed in my study was 
probably inevitable due to the small size of the fish-owl pop- 
ulation. A daughter returning to the parental home range 
after a long absence (22 mo) suggests that she could not 
find a potential mate nor adequate habitats elsewhere. 

Resumen. — El tarnano de la pradera, uso de habitat y el 
comportamiento de dispersion de Ketupa balkistoni fueron 


September 1997 


Short Communications 


285 


estudiados en el norte este de Hokkaido, Japon en 1992. 
Este especie crfa de febrero-mayo, durante el tiempo, dos 
individuales (macho y hembra) fueron observados por uso 
de radio-telemetro. Una hembra formo una pareja con su 
padre que habia perdido su pareja tres meses antes. Su 
pradera calculado por el metodo minimo convexa poligono 
(MCP) fue 0.3 km 2 antes de poner, poniendo y tiempos de 
incubacion. Ella dejo el nido antes que los huevos salieron 
de cascaron. 3.6 km 2 en abril y bajo ha 2.8 km 2 en mayo. 
La pradera total medida durante el tiempo de observation 
fue 4.1 km 2 . Ella preferia usar bosques mixtos con rfos. El 
macho joven se movia en un area amplia despues que es- 
taba marcado, y se fue del area de nacimiento. 

[Traduction de Raul De La Garza, Jr.] 

Acknowledgments 

1 would like to thank H. Abe and Y. Saito for their 
valuable suggestions and improvements of this manu- 
script. I wish to thank also T. Ito, F. Sato, K Tanaka, M. 
Tazawa, M. Tomizawa, K. Tsuji, A. Unno and Y. Yama- 
moto for helping with field research. Manufacturing the 
transmitters were the works of M. Maeda. Special thanks 
to the late N. Fuchu for his excellent piloting. A.R. Chit- 


tenden cooperated with the English. This study was partly 

funded by WWF Japan. 

Literature Cited 

Brazil, M.A. and S. Yamamoto. 1989. The status and 
distribution of owls in Japan. Pages 389-401 in B.-U. 
Meyburg and R.D. Chancellor [Eds.], Raptors in the 
modern world. WWGB: Berlin, London and Paris. 

Burton, J.A. 1973. Owls of the World. A & W Visual 
Library. 

Clark, R.J. and H. Mikkola. 1989. A preliminary revi- 
sion of threatened and near threatened nocturnal 
birds of prey of the world. Pages 371-388 in B.-U. 
Meyburg and R.D. Chancellor [Eds.], Raptors in the 
modern world. WWGB: Berlin, London & Paris. 

Kenward, R.E. 1978. Radio transmitters tail-mounted on 
hawks. Ornis Scand. 9:220-223. 

Mohr, C.O. 1947. Table of equivalent populations of 
North American small mammals. Am. Midi. Nat. 37: 
223-249. 

Voous, K.H. 1988. Owls of the northern hemisphere. 
William Collins Sons 8c Co. Ltd., London, UK 

Received 20 June 1996; accepted 3 May 1997 


Letters 


J Raptor Res. 31(3/286-287 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


Nest Defense and Mobbing Behavior of Elf Owls 


Avian mobbing has been defined as when birds of one or more species assemble near a predator, change perch 
locations frequently and emit loud vocalizations (E. Curio 1978, Z. Tierpsychol. 48:175-183). Predator mobbing is the 
most widely distributed avian response to predators (A.F. Skutch 1976, Univ. Texas Press, Austin, TX U.S.A.; Curio 
1978; I.G. McLean and G. Rhodes 1991, Current Ornithol. 8:173-211), and has been the subject of numerous studies 
(Curio 1978; McLean and Rhodes 1991), but little information exists on nocturnal mobbing by either diurnal or 
nocturnal species. Such behavior may be rare among diurnal species. For example, Common Terns ( Sterna hirundo) 
will group mob Black-crowned Night Herons ( Nycticorax nycticorax) during diurnal periods but flee from them at 
night (D.A. Shealer and S.W. Kress 1991, Colonial Waterbirds 14:51-56). 

Nocturnal species, such as owls, may be more likely to engage in nocturnal mobbing behavior, but accounts of 
owls mobbing natural predators are rare. Screech-owls ( Otus spp.) will make vocal and physical attacks on squirrels, 
snakes, domestic cats and humans (A.C. Bent 1938, Pt. 2. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 170; F.R. Gehlbach 1994, Texas A&M 
Univ. Press, College Station, TX U.S.A.), and we have captured Western Screech-owls ( O . kennicottii) in a dho-gaza 
trap (P.H. Bloom et al. 1992./. Raptor Res. 26:167-178) baited with a Great Horned Owl ( Bubo virginianus) after dark. 
Also, Gehlbach (1994) observed a male Eastern Screech-owl (O. asio ) among a flock of songbirds mobbing a black 
ratsnake (E. obsoleta) in daylight. Martin (1973, Condor 75:446-456) reported adult Burrowing Owls ( Speotyto cunicu- 
lana ) from territories as far away as 300 m approaching and aiding a resident pair in mobbing a Great Horned Owl. 

The Elf Owl ( Micrathene whitneyi) is the smallest Strigiform (P.M. Walters 1981, North Am. Bird Bander 6:104—105). 
They are territorial but will sometimes nest in close proximity (10 m) to one another (J.D. Ligon 1968, Misc. Pub. 
Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich. No. 136, Ann Arbor, MI U.S.A.; M.S. Goad and R. W. Mannan 1987, Condor 89:659-662). If 
their nest is approached by a human, Elf Owls may make scolding vocalizations, fly closely by and possibly even strike 
the intruder (Ligon 1968). However, Elf Owls are little studied and virtually no information is available on their 
defensive behavior toward natural predators. Herein, we report the defensive behaviors of Elf Owls toward two 
different predators. The dates of the observations correspond with late incubation and early nestling stages for Elf 
Owls (Ligon 1968). Thus, we suggest these observations are examples of mobbing as a nest-defense behavior. 

On 20 June 1995, at approximately 1950 H, we observed a 91-106 cm long gopher snake ( Pituophis melanoleucus ) 
climbing a honey mesquite tree ( Prosopis velutina) at our field station 1.6 km south of Fairbank, Arizona, in the San 
Pedro Riparian Conservation Area. We knew from adult vocalizations that Elf Owls had been nesting in the tree but 
we had not located their nest cavity. The snake was approximately 5.5 m above the ground when we visually located 
an Elf Owl making scolding cheeur vocalizations (Ligon 1968) from its perch in the canopy of the tree. Moments later 
a second Elf Owl flew from a cavity as the snake approached the entrance. When the snake entered the cavity with 
its head and 8-10 cm of its body, we heard the trilling vocalizations of nestling Elf Owls. By this time it was dark and 
all further observations were made with the aid of flashlights. Both adult Elf Owls repeatedly changed perches within 
the canopy of the tree and continued vocalizing, but did not approach the snake when it was in the cavity. After 12- 
15 min, the snake withdrew from the cavity and began to descend the tree. The Elf Owls increased their vocalization 
rate and made repeated passes at it, striking its head at least four times. The strikes were powerful enough to propel 
the snake’s head 5-10 cm sideways. The snake stopped at a main crotch of the tree where it was relatively protected 
from the Elf Owls. The vocalizations of the owls gradually subsided, and we ended our observations at 2022 H. The 
snake was no longer in the tree when we checked at 0430 H the next morning. 

Both owls made flights at the snake, but we could not determine if only one or both had actually struck the snake. 
During the attacks, a third Elf Owl, presumably from a known adjacent territory, flew to the mesquite and also 
vocalized. The third owl repeatedly changed perch locations within the canopy but we were unable to determine if 
it also attacked the snake. Despite being a very territorial species (Ligon 1968), there was no indication of intraspecific 
aggression between the Elf Owls; all aggression appeared directed toward the snake. We did not observe the defensive 
wing drooping postures Elf Owls use during intraspecific territorial interactions (Ligon 1968), but this may have been 
due to the owls’ small size and the poor light conditions. 

We observed a similar incident in which several Elf Owls attacked a Great Horned Owl. At dusk (approximately 
1930 H) on 21 June 1993, we tethered a Great Horned Owl to a perch in our campsite in a riparian woodland near 


286 


September 1997 


Letters 


287 


Aravaipa Creek, Arizona. Almost immediately at least six Elf Owls began vocalizing from dispersed locations around 
our campsite and at least four of them began making low passes at the Great Horned Owl. Before we could relocate 
the horned owl to a protected enclosure, it was struck once in the head by an Elf Owl. 

Some nocturnal behaviors may not be well known or understood, not because they are rare, but because they are 
difficult to observe. This may change with the increased availability of night vision equipment (P. Henson and J A 
Cooper 1994, Auk 111:1013-1018). Currently, observations of nocturnal behaviors are likely to be sporadic and 
anecdotal, and therefore unreported. Such information, however, may help in understanding a species biology. For 
example, other researchers have observed group mobbing by Elf Owls (F.R. Gehlbach, pers. comm.; B.A. Millsap, 
pers, comm.), but there are no published reports of the behavior. Our observations, and those of other researchers, 
suggest that Elf Owls will join together in mobbing and that they can be physically aggressive when defending their 
nests against predators. 

We thank A. Duerr, T.S. Estabrook and R.L. Spaulding for assisting with the observations. We also thank T. Brush, 
F.R. Gehlbach, R. Glinski, P. Hardy, B.A. Millsap, G. Proudfoot and H.A. Snyder for sharing their observational 
information concerning mobbing by small owls. This manuscript benefitted from the constructive reviews of F.R. 
Gehlbach, C. Marti, B.A. Millsap and an anonymous reviewer. — Clint W. Boal, Brent D. Bibles and R. William Mannan, 
School of Renewable Natural Resources, University of Arizona, Tucson, AZ 85721 U.SA. 


J. Raptor Res. 31 (3):287-288 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


Griffon Vultures ( Gypsfulvus ) Ingesting Bones at the Ossuaries of 

Bearded Vultures ( Gypaetus barbatus ) 


Some African vultures overcome the calcium deficiency in their diets by ingesting bone fragments, and are depen- 
dent on the presence of large predators to supply them (Mundy and Ledger 1976, S. Afr. J. Sci. 72:106-110; Mundy 
1982, The comparative biology of southern African vultures, Vulture Study Group, Johannesburg, South Africa; Rich- 
ardson et al. 1986, J. Zool. Lond. 210:23-43). Because of the lack of large mammalian carnivores in the Iberian 
Peninsula, vultures apparently satisfy their calcium needs by ingesting small bone fragments from carcasses (Konig 
1975, Ardeola 21:219-224) or small pieces of limestone (Fernandez 1975, Ardeola 22:29-54; Elosegi 1989, Acta Biol. 
Mont. 3, Serie documents de Travail) . This note reports several observations of Griffon Vultures ( Gyps fulvus) making 
use of bone splinters obtained from Bearded Vulture ( Gypaetus barbatus) ossuaries, where large bones are deliberately 
dropped onto rock slabs (Boudoint 1976, Alauda 44:1-21). 

Field work was carried out in the meridional Prepyrenees (northeast of Spain), an area of isolated calcareous 
massifs described by Riba et al. (1976, Geografia fisica dels Pai'sos Catalans, Ketres, Barcelona, Spain). The data were 
collected while we were monitoring several Bearded Vulture pairs between 1991-95 at eight ossuaries located in five 
different nesting areas (Heredia 1991, Pages 78-89 in R. Heredia and B. Heredia [Eds.], El quebrantahuesos Gypaetus 
barbatus en los Pirineos, ICONA, Madrid, Spain) selected at random. All ossuaries had Griffon Vulture colonies nearby 
(<1 km). We made 126 visits to the nesting areas during the nestling period from February-August. 

Griffon and Bearded Vultures interacted at ossuaries in all five nesting areas. Occasionally, Griffon Vultures ex- 
plored ossuaries when there had been no previous occurrence of bone drops, but more often they were observed at 
ossuaries after Bearded Vultures had dropped bones. Over a 6-d-period, we observed groups of one to seven Griffon 
Vultures (x = 2.62, SD = 1.99, N = 21) visiting the sites. During a total of 75 bone droppings, Griffon Vultures 
immediately descended to the ossuaries on 13 occasions (17.3 %) in numbers ranging from one to five individuals 
(x = 2.30, SD = 1.63, N= 30). 

On five occasions, Griffon Vultures attempted to pirate bone fragments from Bearded Vultures. Once, when an 
immature Bearded Vulture was dropping a bone, a Griffon Vulture flew in quickly and ingested small bone fragments 
next to the place where the impact had occurred before the Bearded Vulture could land. Twice, we observed griffons 
trying to overtake Bearded Vultures in flight to recover dropped bones, without success. Once, after a Bearded Vulture 
had perched next to the bone it had dropped, three Griffon Vultures attacked it and seized a large bone fragment 
which they then proceeded to fight over and ingested. We also saw a Bearded Vulture drop a bone and, once on the 
ground, five Griffon Vultures attacked the Bearded Vulture forcing it to flee with the prey. 

We also observed three Griffon Vultures inside a Bearded Vulture nest that had been used in the previous breeding 


288 


Letters 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


season. One of them spent 30 min pecking an old sheep or goat bone. Occupation of Bearded Vulture nests by 
Griffon Vultures is frequent in the Pyrenees (Fernandez and Donazar 1991, Bird Study 38:42-44; Donazar, pers, obs.). 

Our observations suggest that Griffon Vultures living near Bearded Vultures benefit from this association because 
Bearded Vultures provide a source of calcium. The Griffon Vulture, like other species that eat mainly soft parts of 
carcasses (Brown 1976), is subject to a lack of calcium because his diet contains only 0.01 % of this element (Houston 
1978,/. Zool. Lond. 186:175-184). The Bearded Vulture, a species that in the last century was spread over a large part 
of the Iberian Peninsula mountains (Hiraldo et al. 1979, El quebrantahuesos Gypaetus barbatus (L.), Monograflas 22, 
ICONA, Madrid, Spain) , may have also facilitated the spread of Griffon Vultures as the distribution of both species 
was extensively coincident in much of the southern Palaearctic (Elosegi 1989, Acta Biol. Mont. 3, Serie documents de 
Travail) . 

We thank S. Manosa for many helpful suggestions and criticism for the manuscript’s improvement. We also thank 
J.A. Donazar, D.C. Houston and S.R. Wilbur for their review and comments on the manuscript. This study was 
supported by the Departament d’Agricultura, Ramaderia i Pesca de la Generalitat de Catalunya. — Joan Bertran 1 and 
Antoni Margalida, GEPT (Grup d’Estudi i Proteccio del Trencalos), Ap. 43, E-25520 El Pont de Suert (Lleida), Spain. 


1 Present address: Grases, 14-18. entlo la, 08004 Barcelona, Spain. 


/ Raptor Res. 31 (3):288-289 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


A Golden Eagle Eats Wild Canada Goose Eggs 


Golden Eagles ( Aquila chrysaetos ) prey primarily upon medium-sized rodents, hares, birds and ungulates (S.K. 
Carnie 1954, Condor 56:3-12; Boeker and Ray 1971, Condor 73:463-467; M.N. Kochert 1972, M.S. thesis, Univ. of 
Idaho, Moscow, ID U.S.A.; P.A. Johnsgard 1990, Hawks, eagles, and falcons of North America, Smithsonian Inst. Press, 
Washington, DC U.S.A.). Although they are known to exploit a great variety of prey items throughout their holarctic 
range, eggs have not been reported as a food item (A.C. Bent 1961, Life histories of North American birds of prey, 
Dover Publications, Inc., New York, NY U.S.A.; Dement’ev and Gladkov 1966, Birds of the Soviet Union, Israel 
Program for Scientific Translations, Israel; Brown and Amadon 1968, Eagles, hawks, and falcons of the world, County 
Life Books, London, UK; Beecham and Kochert 1975, Wilson Bull. 87:506-513; Matchett and O’Gara 1987,/. Raptor 
Res. 21:85-94; Palmer 1988, Handbook of North American birds, Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, CT U.S.A.). 

We observed a Golden Eagle raid a Canada Goose ( Branta canadensis ) nest and eat two eggs on 4 April 1995 in 
Hell’s Canyon National Recreation Area in western Idaho. At 1150 H, an adult Golden Eagle (gender unknown) 
flushed a Canada Goose off a ground nest located on an island in the Snake River. The eagle landed near the nest, 
walked to the nest and broke open the eggs by grasping an egg in its foot and placing all of its weight on the egg 
until, after two to four attempts, it broke. The eagle ate the contents of the egg (stage of embryonic development 
was unknown) and then broke and ate the second egg. The pair of geese that had been displaced from the nest and 
four other pairs of nearby geese gave alarm calls during our observations, but never approached the eagle. Two 
Black-billed Magpies ( Pica pica) followed the eagle to the nest and scavenged eggshell fragments while the eagle 
consumed the contents. The eagle finished eating both eggs at 1206 H and then spent the next 5 min walking and 
hopping around the island, possibly searching for more eggs. The magpies followed the eagle on the ground until 
1211 H when the eagle flew 50 m downstream and perched on a talus slope. The Canada Goose pair returned to 
their depredated nest at 1430 H. 

Although Golden Eagles have not been previously observed eating eggs, we speculate that depredation on goose 
eggs in Hell’s Canyon may not be uncommon. Perhaps Golden Eagles in Hell’s Canyon eat eggs when more typical 
prey for this region (black-tailed jackrabbits, Lepus califomicus) are rare. In contrast, Golden Eagles nesting 128 km 
upstream of Hell’s Canyon in the Snake River Birds of Prey National Conservation Area, where black-tailed jackrabbits 
were abundant and an important prey species (Steenhof and Kochert 1988,/ Anim. Ecol. 57:37-48), have not been 
observed to prey upon goose eggs, even though Canada Geese occasionally nest nearby (W. Bodie, pers. comm.). 

This study was funded by the Idaho Power Company. Toni Holthuijzen, Mary McFadzen, Brian Herting and Mike 
Kochert made constructive comments on the manuscript. Toni Holthuijzen translated the German papers. James 


September 1997 


Letters 


289 


McKinley worked long hours in the field. Mark Fuller and Stephanie Gossett provided administrative support. — Laura 
L. Valutis, Department of Biology, Boise State University, Boise, ID 83725 U.S A. and John M. Marzluff, Sustainable 
Ecosystems Institute, 30 E. Franklin Road, Suite 50, Meridian, ID 83642 U.SA. 


J. Raptor Res. 31(3):289 

© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


Two Plumbeous Kites (Ictinia plumbea) Capture Swallow 


The Plumbeous Kite ( Ictinia plumbea) is a common but poorly studied raptor of the neotropics, ranging from 
Mexico to northern Argentina and Paraguay (L. Brown and D. Amadon 1968, Eagles, hawks and falcons of the world, 
McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, NY U.SA). This species feeds mainly on insects (A.F. Skutch 1947, Condor 49:25- 
31; F. Haverschmidt 1962, Condor 64:154-158), but vertebrates, including birds and bats, make up a small percentage 
of its diet (N.E. Seavy et al. 1994,/. Raptor Res. 29:65-66). Likewise, birds, including swallows and swifts, and bats have 
been recorded as prey items for the similarly insectivorous Mississippi Kite ( Ictinia mississippiensis ) (J.W. Parker 1988, 
pgs. 166-186 in R.S. Palmer [Ed.], Handbook of North American birds, Vol. 4, Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, CT 
U.S.A.). We know of no published accounts, however, of either species capturing small birds by tandem hunting. 

On 6 June 1994, we were observing a Plumbeous Kite nest in Tikal National Park, Peten, Guatemala. The nest 
contained one 21-d-old nestling. Both adults were perched approximately 100 m from the nest in a large cedro 
( Cedrela mexicana) tree. The area between the adults and the nest was a large open plaza covered with short grass. 
At 0659 H, one of the kites flew from its perch passing within 1 m of a flying Northern Rough-winged Swallow 
( Stelgidopteryx serripennis) . The swallow flew down and away and the kite dived unsuccessfully again on the fleeing 
swallow, which at this point was no more than 1-2 m above the ground. On a third dive, the kite again missed, and 
the swallow took cover, perching in the short grass. As this kite was making a fourth dive, the second adult kite also 
dived from its perch toward the grounded swallow. As the first kite dived, the swallow flushed and was caught by the 
second kite in its feet no more than 2 m above the ground. The first kite followed the second kite for a short distance 
and then returned to perch in the cedro. The second kite flew to the nest and fed the swallow to the nestling. 

Cooperative hunting can allow raptors to take larger or more elusive prey with increased success compared to solo 
hunting (D.P. Hector 1986, Ethology 73:247-257; J.C. Bednarz 1988, Science 239:1525—1527). Based on the social 
foraging classes defined by Ellis et. al. (1993, Bioscience 43:14—20), our observation qualifies as either “pseudocoop- 
erative hunting” (group attacks by a variable number of individuals on large or elusive quarry, without division of 
labor or sharing of prey, though success is enhanced) or “cooperative pair hunting” (involving only two birds, clear 
division of labor and at least limited prey sharing) . 

Tandem hunting occurred only once during 127 foraging attempts we observed from perches. Most attempted 
prey captures were directed at insects. In comparison, 29% (102 of 349) of all Aplomado Falcon (Falco femorahs) 
foraging attempts observed by Hector (1986, Ethology 73:247-257) involved pursuit by two falcons. Of these tandem 
hunts 66% were directed at birds and only 2% at insects. Though probably not important in the pursuit and capture 
of insects and other small prey, tandem hunting may allow the Plumbeous Kite to increase success in occasional 
attacks on elusive prey such as birds. 

This is a contribution of the “Maya Project,” a conservation research effort of the Peregrine Fund, Inc. Financial 
support was provided by Robert Berry, Crystal Channel Foundation, Fanwood Foundation, Gold Family Foundation, 
KENNETEGH/U.S. Windpower, the John D. And Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, Mill Pond Press, National 
Fish and Wildlife Foundation, Norcross Foundation, Hank and Wendy Paulson, Pew Charitable Trusts, Andres Sada, 
Joe and Flinda Terteling and the U.S. Agency for International Development. P.H. Bloom, D.H. Ellis, L. Kiff and K. 
Meyer provided helpful comments on an earlier draft of this manuscript. — Nathaniel E. Seavy, 17142 Lemolo Shr. 
Dr. N.E., Poulsbo, WA 98370, U.SA., Mark D. Schulze, Botany Dept., 208 Muellor Bldg., Penn. State Univ., University 
Park, PA U.SA. and David F. Whitacre, The Peregrine Fund, Inc., Boise, ID 83709 U.SA. 


BOOK REVIEW 


Edited by Jeffrey S. Marks 


J Raptor Res. 31 (3) :290-292 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 

The Golden Eagle. By Jeff Watson. 1997. T. 8c 
A.D. Poyser, London, U.K. xx + 374 pp., 76 figures, 
73 tables, 6 appendices, color frontispiece. ISBN 
0-85661-099-2. Cloth, $49.95. — This long-awaited 
volume from T. & A.D. Poyser originates in Scot- 
land, where Golden Eagles ( Aquila chrysaetos ) have 
been studied for many years. In The Golden Eagle, 
Jeff Watson combines details of his own research 
on Golden Eagles in Scotland with information 
from studies of Golden Eagles and other Aquila ea- 
gles conducted throughout the world. Using this 
approach, Watson provides a comprehensive re- 
view of the ecology of the Golden Eagle and a gen- 
eral overview of the ecology of Aquila eagles. A tre- 
mendous amount of general and technical infor- 
mation is presented in the text and accompanying 
figures, tables and appendices; however, the book 
is relatively easy to read. Most chapters begin with 
an introductory statement and conclude with a 
brief summary. Each chapter is illustrated with 
beautiful black-and-white drawings by Keith Brock- 
ie and wash landscapes by Donald Watson. Two col- 
or plates, one by each artist, appear at the begin- 
ning of the book. 

In his acknowledgments and opening chapter, 
Watson reflects on his experiences writing this 
book. As I read the book, I was struck with a great 
appreciation for how much work went into gath- 
ering, compiling and organizing the information 
for it; I think that readers will quickly gain a similar 
appreciation. Seton Gordon once said “I cannot 
imagine anyone studying the ways of the eagle 
without admiring the nobility of the bird.” Jeff 
Watson’s admiration, knowledge and enthusiasm 
for Golden Eagles come across loud and clear 
throughout the book. 

Chapter 2 presents a review of field characteris- 
tics, reversed sexual size dimorphism, taxonomy 
and general ecology of Golden Eagles. The distri- 
bution of the Golden Eagle is reviewed in Chapter 
3, and Watson introduces readers to the Scottish 


Highlands in Chapter 4. Most of Watson’s work was 
conducted in the Scottish Highlands, an area rich 
in contemporary and historical Golden Eagle re- 
search and conservation. This chapter provides a 
good background for discussions of Watson’s re- 
search in Scotland through the rest of the book. 

In Chapter 5, Watson describes the hunting be- 
havior of Golden Eagles. This chapter is informa- 
tive, despite the scarcity of studies on this subject. 
Descriptions of the food habits of Golden Eagles 
and other species of Aquila are presented in Chap- 
ter 6. The long-standing issue of Golden Eagles 
and livestock is discussed at the end this chapter. 
Chapter 7 focuses on nesting sites of Golden Ea- 
gles, including descriptions of nest structures, nest 
types, nest elevations, nest orientation, use of al- 
ternative nest sites and interactions with other spe- 
cies at nesting sites. I was surprised that interac- 
tions between nesting Gyrfalcons ( Falco rusticolus ) 
and Golden Eagles in western Canada (Platt 1989) 
were not mentioned in this chapter. 

In Chapter 8, entitled “Ranging Behavior,” Wat- 
son describes home ranges and territories of Gold- 
en Eagles based primarily on observational studies 
from Europe and North America. A brief discus- 
sion on the ranging behavior of nonbreeding birds 
as determined using radiotelemetry is also pre- 
sented. Watson also briefly discusses variation in 
home range size, competition with other species, 
communal roosting and ranging behavior of mi- 
gratory Aquila. Chapter 9 begins with an overview 
of the mechanisms driving nest spacing and density 
of breeding birds. Using data from Scotland, Wat- 
son discusses the relationship between breeding 
densities and food supply. He also discusses winter 
densities of migratory Golden Eagles in North 
America. 

Current population estimates and trends of 
Golden Eagle populations are addressed in Chap- 
ter 10. The strong point of this chapter is the re- 
view of the historical and current status of Golden 
Eagles in Europe. The weakest point is Watson’s 
North America population size estimate. Watson 
suggests that a total population estimate of 50,000 


290 


September 1997 


Book Review 


291 


to 70,000 individual Golden Eagles in North Amer- 
ica would “appear reasonable”; however, I would 
argue that insufficient data are available to make 
a continent-wide population estimate. 

Chapter 11, entitled “The Pre-breeding Season” 
begins with a description of Golden Eagle behavior 
in winter, and continues with descriptions of ter- 
ritorial flights, nest building, courtship, mating and 
unusual mating systems. Chapter 1 1 concludes with 
a discussion on faithfulness to mates in Golden Ea- 
gles. Watson reminds readers that without empiri- 
cal data, testing the assumption that Golden Eagles 
form lifelong pair bonds is difficult. 

The breeding season is covered in Chapters 12 
and 13. In Chapter 12, Watson describes Golden 
Eagle eggs and reviews nesting phenology, clutch 
size, replacement clutches, incubation period, be- 
havior of adults during incubation and reasons why 
pairs fail to lay eggs. He also examines the rela- 
tionship between latitude and median egg-laying 
dates. Watson states that “in the most northerly 
populations of Alaska and Siberia (65-70°N) laying 
does not commence until the first 10 days of May.” 
This contradicts several published studies that doc- 
umented mean laying dates for Golden Eagles in 
arctic Alaska and Canada from mid- to late April 
(Ritchie and Curatolo 1982, Poole and Bromley 
1988, Young et al. 1995). In Chapter 13, Watson 
draws heavily on studies conducted in the western 
United States to describe activities associated with 
the nestling period. A review of the postfledgling 
period and time to independence is presented in 
Chapter 14. Few studies have focused on the be- 
havior and activities of Golden Eagles from the 
time they leave the nest to the time they are re- 
cruited into the breeding population. Watson re- 
views the available information and is quick to 
point out that more study is needed to describe 
this portion of the Golden Eagle’s life cycle. 

In Chapter 15, Watson examines the factors that 
influence breeding performance of Golden Eagles, 
including food and weather. At the end of the 
chapter, Watson asks why Golden Eagles in North 
America typically breed more successfully than 
those in Scotland and includes an interesting anal- 
ysis of the relationship between dietary breadth 
and reproductive performance. Based on an anal- 
ysis using data from 24 studies, Watson suggests 
that breeding success is likely to be high when ea- 
gles can specialize on one or two types of prey in 
the “optimal size range.” This is an interesting sug- 
gestion. Given the limitations of determining food 


habits of Golden Eagles using prey remains col- 
lected at nests, however, more studies are needed 
before general conclusions regarding the dietary 
breadth of Golden Eagles can be made. 

Patterns of molt and age-specific plumage char- 
acteristics are reviewed in Chapter 16. In Chapter 
17, Watson discusses the movement and migration 
of Golden Eagles and other Aquila eagles using 
data collected through banding and telemetry 
studies in Europe and North America. Chapters 18 
and 19 cover mortality and threats to Golden Ea- 
gles, respectively. In the first part of Chapter 18, 
Watson discusses the difficulty' of estimating mor- 
tality rates of Golden Eagles using banding and 
marking studies. The major causes of Golden Eagle 
mortality' are covered in detail in Chapter 18. The 
take-home message of this chapter is that most 
known Golden Eagle deaths in Europe and North 
America are attributable to humans. In Chapter 
19, Watson lists the known threats to Golden Ea- 
gles including direct persecution by humans, un- 
intentional human disturbance, pesticides and pol- 
lutants, powrer poles and land-use changes. Watson 
also describes the effects of large-scale afforesta- 
tion of the Golden Eagle population in Scodand 
and the relationship between Golden Eagles and 
grazing animals. The last part of the chapter will 
be interesting to anyone managing lands where 
grazing animals and Golden Eagles interact. 

Chapter 20, entitled “Conservation,” is a good 
follow-up to the previous chapter. Watson address- 
es the various management and educational tools 
used for countering the threats outlined in Chap- 
ter 19. In Chapter 21, Watson draws on informa- 
tion from Europe, North America and central Asia 
to describe relationships between Golden Eagles 
and humans and to describe how these relation- 
ships have changed over time. Historically, Golden 
Eagles held high status in all three geographic ar- 
eas. With the introduction of firearms, however, 
many eagles in Europe and North America were 
persecuted. Watson ends this chapter on a positive 
note and hopes that “some of the empathy for the 
natural world which was implicit in so many tradi- 
tional societies, will be rekindled and embraced 
again by people in the so-called ‘developed 
world.”’ 

In the closing chapter, Watson provides “food 
for thought” and makes recommendations for fu- 
ture Golden Eagle research. These recommenda- 
tions include learning more about the distribution 
of Golden Eagles in the eastern Palearctic and re- 


292 


Book Review 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


mote areas of northern North America and de- 
scribing ranging behavior of nonbreeding and mi- 
gratory Golden Eagles. In closing, Watson stresses 
the need to understand how land-use changes af- 
fect Golden Eagle populations. This is a worldwide 
concern that should be addressed sooner rather 
than later. 

The 22 Chapters are followed by six appendices 
that provide additional information on the distri- 
bution and ecology of the genus Aquila, the Scot- 
tish Highland landscape, calculating dietary 
breadth, assessing food supply, calculating nearest- 
neighbor distances and densities and the scientific 
names of plants and animals mentioned in the 
book. 

Overall, I enjoyed the book very much. The il- 
lustrations by Donald Watson (Jeff Watson’s father) 
and Keith Brockie are superb. The Golden Eagle con- 
tains an enormous amount of technical and gen- 
eral information. At times, however, I felt that Wat- 
son tried to cover too much territory, that some of 
his statements were too general and that some of 
his statistical analyses were based on insufficient 
data to draw conclusions. Despite these minor 


shortcomings, The Golden Eagle contains a wealth of 
information on Golden Eagle ecology, and I highly 
recommend it to anyone interested in raptors. 
Raptor bibliophiles will want this book for their 
libraries, and the book also is a must for public and 
university libraries. — Carol L. McIntyre, National 
Park Service, P.O. Box 74680, Fairbanks, AK 99707 
U.S.A. and Department of Fisheries and Wildlife, 
104 Nash Hall, Oregon State University, Corvallis, 
OR 97331 U.SA. 

Literature Cited 

Platt, J.B. 1989. Gyrfalcon courtship behavior and early 
breeding behavior on the Yukon North Slope. Socio- 
biology 15:43-69. 

Poole, K.G. and R.G. Bromley. 1988. Interrelationships 
within a raptor guild in the central Canadian Arctic. 
Can. J. Zool. 66:2275-2282. 

Ritchie, R.J. and J.A. Curatolo. 1982. Notes on Golden 
Eagle productivity and nest site characteristics, Por- 
cupine River, Alaska, 1979-1982. Raptor Res. 16:123- 
127. 

Young, D.D., Jr., C.L. McIntyre, P.J. Bente, T.R. McCabe 
and R.E. Ambrose. 1995. Nesting by Golden Eagles 
on the North Slope of the Brooks Range in North- 
eastern Alaska. /. Field Ornithol. 66:373-379. 


J. Raptor Res. 31 (3):293-301 
© 1997 The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 


Abstracts of Presentations Made at the Annual Meeting of the 
Raptor Research Foundation, Inc., Held at Gainesville, Florida, 1986 


The Impact of Falconry on Wild Raptor Populations 
Preface 

Robert Kenward. Institute of Terrestrial Ecology, Furze- 

brook Road, Wareham, Dorset BH20 3 AS U.K. 

At the 1986 annual conference of the Raptor Research 
Foundation held in Gainesville, Florida, Jim Mosher or- 
ganized a mini-symposium to consider the impact of fal- 
conry on wild raptor populations, as the basis for a po- 
sition statement. An ad-hoc committee including Jim Mo- 
sher (Chair), Jim Brett, Robert Kenward and Ian Newton 
prepared a draft position statement that was modified at 
the annual conference in St. Paul, Minnesota in 1988, 
and was then approved by a postal vote of the member- 
ship early in 1989. The six expanded abstracts that follow 
provide pointers to further literature on each of the main 
issues of the position statement. 

A publication that is long in gestation risks being over- 
taken by events. Nevertheless, the conclusions of the po- 
sition statement have so far been strengthened rather 
than contradicted. After three further years of data from 
a Prairie Falcon ( Falco mexicanus ) harvest study, D.E. Run- 
de (pers. comm., see too Conway et al. 1995) was “com- 
fortable that removal of 10-20% of nestlings is a safe sus- 
tainable yield.” Radio-tagging has shown that banding 
can substantially overestimate first-yr mortality, and the 
resulting new models indicate that sustainable yields for 
some species could be more than 30% of the young 
(Kenward pp. 295-296). Three cases of hybrid falcons 
displacing normal peregrines breeding in Germany (H. 
Reilman pers. comm.) reinforce the position statement 
recommendation that such birds should at the least be 
imprinted on humans before being used in falconry. 

Literature Cited 

Conway, C.J., S.H. Anderson, D.E. Runde and D. Ab- 
bate. 1995. Effects of experimental nestling harvest 
on Prairie Falcons./. Wildl. Manage. 59:311-316. 


Controlled Harvest of Nestling Prairie Falcons: A 
Field Experiment 

Douglas E. Runde . 1 Wyoming Cooperative Fishery and 
Wildlife Research Unit, Department of Zoology and Physiol- 


1 Present address: Florida Game and Fresh Water Fish 
Commission, 620 South Meridian Street, Tallahassee, FL 

32399 U.S.A. 


ogy, University of Wyoming, Box 3166, University Station, 

Laramie, WY 82071 U.S.A. 

Raptors have been removed from the wild for use in fal- 
conry for centuries, but sustainable levels of harvest have 
not been clearly demonstrated. As the recreational de- 
mand for raptors focuses primarily on the younger age 
classes (nestlings and juveniles) , standard models for es- 
timating maximum sustainable yield (MSY) are inappro- 
priate. The MSY concept is based on density-dependent 
population growth models, which typically require a re- 
duction in population size well below carrying capacity 
in order to stimulate maximal population growth and al- 
low maximal levels of harvest. For raptors, a more appro- 
priate goal is to maintain stable populations near carry- 
ing capacity while allowing conservative harvests. 

One approach to estimating a sustainable yield (SY) 
for a raptor population is based upon a comparison of 
reproductive success and mortality. For the Prairie Falcon 
{Falco mexicanus ), mean productivity (from 15 studies 
spanning more than 20 years) is 2.5 young pair 1 yr 1 
(Runde 1987). A series of 15 survival schedules, derived 
from banding data, indicated that an average of 2.0 
young pair 1 yr 1 are needed to maintain stable popula- 
tions through time (Runde 1987). Theoretically then, an 
average surplus of 0.5 nestlings is produced by each 
breeding pair each year. 

From this, a SY for a local Prairie Falcon population is 
easily calculated by dividing the number of breeding 
pairs by 2. To do so requires an estimate of breeding 
population size. However, it may be impractical to survey 
the population each year and then set harvest levels. If 
an estimate of the number of breeding territories, or 
maximum number of breeding pairs is available, then 
average breeding population size can be calculated. A 
conservative estimate of occupancy rate (based on 9 field 
studies) is 65% (Runde 1987). If previous surveys indi- 
cate that 100 breeding territories are present, then 65 
pairs are expected to occupy territories and 32.5 surplus 
nestlings will be produced in an average year. Due to 
normal fluctuations in populations, this approach will 
lead to recommended harvest levels that are above SY in 
some years and below SY in others. 

My approach is based upon life-table estimates of sur- 
vival rates from band return data. Such estimates are un- 
avoidably suspect due to many potential sources of bias 
(Burnham and Anderson 1979). Thus, a field test of this 
approach was proposed and an experimentally-con- 
trolled harvest of nesding Prairie Falcons in southwestern 
Wyoming was begun in 1982. A 2420 km 2 study area was 
divided into a harvest area (with 20-26 breeding pairs) 
and an adjacent control area (with 45-55 pairs) . 


293 


294 


Abstracts 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


Table 1. Summary of nestling Prairie Falcon removals 
in SW Wyoming, 1982-86. 


Year 

Number 

Removed 

Harvest 
Rate (%) 

Productivity 
After Removals 1 

1982 

4 

9 

1.95 

1983 

0 

— 

1.55 

1984 

10 

18 

1.88 

1985 

15 

27 

1.90 

1986 

13 

28 

1.70 

Totals 

42 

18 

1.80 


1 Number of young per occupied breeding territory. 


Experimental harvest involved removing enough nest- 
ling falcons to reduce breeding success to below 2 young 
pair 1 each year (Table 1). Nestlings were fostered into 
nests far removed from the study area (>225 km to the 
east) , and hacked at an artificial nest site in southeastern 
Montana. None were removed in 1983 as natural nest 
success was very low. 

If harvest exceeds SY, a decline in the population may 
eventually result. Excessive harvesting may lead to a de- 
cline in falcons available to fill vacant nest sites, in which 
case the number of occupied territories should decline. 
Therefore, breeding territories in the harvest and control 
areas were monitored each year to compare trends in 
territory occupancy. To avoid biases due to the discovery 
of additional nesting territories, occupancy rates were cal- 
culated from a subset of sites visited every year. 

Although there was no evidence of a change in pop- 
ulation size from 1982-86, it is too early to draw firm 
conclusions. Effects of the harvest will be detectable only 
after falcons fledged during the experiment dominate 
the breeding population. Trapping of breeding adults in- 
dicated that the recruitment of these cohorts began in 
1985. As annual mortality of adults has been low (13- 
19%) (Runde 1987), recruitment will be slow. Complete 
turnover of the breeding population will require about 
eight yr. 

Immigration may compensate for reduced breeding 
success and maintain the population even if SY has been 
exceeded. In an attempt to measure immigration into 
the harvest area, an extensive banding program has been 
conducted. More than 500 nestling and 100 adult falcons 
have been banded in or near the study area. If immigra- 
tion is high and there is no decline in numbers of breed- 
ing pairs, a precise level of sustainable harvest will not 
have been demonstrated. However, the presence of a har- 
vestable surplus will be shown and the approach taken 
may be applicable on a local scale. 

Literature Cited 

Burnham, K.R and D.R. Anderson. 1979. The compos- 
ite dynamic method as evidence for age-specific wa- 
terfowl mortality./ Wildl. Manage. 43:356-366, 


Runde, D.E. 1987. Population dynamics and movement 
patterns of the Prairie Falcon ( Falco mexicanus) . Ph.D. 
dissertation, Univ. Wyoming, Laramie, WY U.S.A. 

Falconry Harvest in the United States 

James A. Mosher. Savage River Consulting, 

17811 Lappans Road, F airplay MD 21733 U.S.A. 

Falconry, most simply defined, is the taking of game with 
the aid of a trained raptor. Many raptors used in falconry 
are birds taken from wild populations. There are numer- 
ous opinions about the sport or potential impacts on wild 
populations from this harvest. The purpose here is to 
present some data concerning raptor harvest, to put the 
harvest in perspective with regard to population numbers 
and to make some reasoned management recommen- 
dations. I believe that biologists and falconers alike will 
be drawn to similar conclusions by these data. The data 
came from two sources. First, an unpublished report by 
Brohn in 1986 for the International Association of Fish 
and Wildlife Agencies (IAFWA) Nongame Wildlife Com- 
mittee included summaries of numbers of falconers and 
of raptors harvested, based on survey responses from 42 
states. Second, I summarized falconers’ annual reports 
for 23 states covering the 1- or 2-yr reporting periods 
ending in 1986. Copies of these reports were kindly pro- 
vided by Walter Steiglitz, Assistant Director for Refuges 
and Wildlife of the United States Fish and Wildlife Ser- 
vice (USFWS). In order to protect the privacy of the in- 
dividuals, much information was obscured in these re- 
ports. Where this resulted in a range of possible values, 
I used the high estimate for numbers harvested, and the 
low estimate for numbers returned to the wild. Because 
so many Peregrine Falcons {Falco peregrmm ) and Harris’ 
Hawks {Parabuteo unicinctus ) were captive bred, and that 
information was obscured on most reports, I excluded 
those species from the USfWS data. They are, however, 
included in the IAFWA data. 

Brohn reported that 2 776 falconers harvested 737 rap- 
tors of 15 species from the wild during 1986. Of these 
raptors, 367 were returned to the wild, either intention- 
ally or accidentally, for an estimated net annual harvest 
of 370 birds. My review of USFWS data from 23 states 
yielded 350 birds harvested, 66 released and 118 acci- 
dentally lost, for a net harvest of 166 birds from wild 
populations. The IAFWA survey gave a net harvest rate 
of 8.8 birds state 1 yr \ while the USFWS reports gave a 
net harvest rate of 7.3 birds state 1 yr -1 . Further, the 
USFWS reports record that 330 young birds (6.9 state -1 
yr -1 ) were produced by captive propagators during the 
1985 reporting year. Even allowing for no benefit from 
raptors returning to the wild from any source, the max- 
imum annual harvest is estimated between 15.2 and 17.5 
birds in each state. 

Almost 56% of all raptors harvested were Red-tailed 
Hawks {Buteo jamaicensis) or Prairie Falcons {Falco mexi- 


September 1997 


Abstracts 


295 


canus), species certainly not threatened or endangered. 
Regionally, California reported the highest harvest, with 
128 birds taken and 118 returned to the wild, giving a 
net loss of 100 birds from the wild. 

G.S. Butcher, M,R. Fuller and J.L, Ruos (unpubl. data) 
found significant increases from the early 1970s to the 
early 1980s in Christmas Bird Count (CBC) numbers of 
Northern Goshawks ( Accipiter gentilis) , Red-tailed Hawks, 
Merlins ( Falco columbarius) , Prairie Falcons and Gyrfal- 
cons (Falco rusticolus), using the most conservative data. 
Their estimates of continental population numbers, ex- 
trapolated from CBSs for Red-tailed Hawks and Prairie 
Falcons are 80 000 and 13 000, respectively, for winter 
1982-83. 

My estimates of density of breeding raptors in the east- 
ern forests, based on complete censuses of 32 km 2 study 
areas distributed from Maryland to Minnesota, approxi- 
mate to 1 pair of Broad-winged Hawks ( Buteo platypterus ) 
in 5 km 2 and 1 pair each in 25 km 2 of Red-shouldered 
Hawks ( Buteo lineatus), Red-tailed Hawks and Cooper’s 
Hawks (Accipiter coopmi). In the northeastern U.S., where 
these study areas are located, there are approximately 
575 000 km 2 of forested land. Some of it is certainly not 
suitable breeding habitat for one or more of these spe- 
cies. Likewise, portions of the areas I censused did not 
provide suitable breeding habitat. If only half of the avail- 
able forest land is occupied, these data can be extrapo- 
lated to over 10 000 breeding pairs of the least dense 
species and almost 60 000 pairs of Broad-winged Hawks. 

International trade in raptors is also dwarfed by these 
numbers. The annual report of the convention on Inter- 
national Trade in Endangered Species (CITES) of wild 
fauna and flora for 1986 reports 213 468 birds imported 
to the U.S.A. Only 36 individuals were raptors of falconry 
interest, and 9 of them were for falconry. For the same 
period, 5684 birds were exported, which included 16 rap- 
tors (15 hybrid falcons and 1 Peregrine Falcon reexport- 
ed to Canada). The total number of imports, including 
species not covered by CITES (all raptors are covered) 
was estimated to be more than 700 000. 

In the light of these data, I agree with the IAFYVA that 
the harvest of wild raptors by falconers has no significant 
biological impact on the resource. It does not seem that 
substantial expenditures of time and money by state and 
federal regulatory agencies are needed to protect raptor 
populations from falconry harvest. In fact, when captive 
propagation by falconers is considered, the net effect 
may be a gain rather than a loss for some species in some 
areas. As noted by the IAFWA, there is scope for simpli- 
fication of regulations and a reallocation of federal and 
state funding priorities. The limited funds available for 
management of raptor populations would be far better 
spent on regional and national monitoring programs and 
for research on the impacts of land use changes. 

In particular, I note that in the U.S. it would be con- 
sistent with other managed migratory bird populations 
to remove state barriers to harvesting raptors. In 1986, 


Wisconsin required only a nonresident small game li- 
cense to permit harvest by nonresident falconers. Re- 
porting and banding requirements could be eliminated 
for all species except those of special concern. Interna- 
tionally, experience in the U.S. supports the licensing of 
falconers based on demonstrated competency and ex- 
perience, with possession limits based on the class of li- 
cense. If standards of competency for falconers similar to 
the U.S. system were adopted internationally, noncom- 
mercial exchange of raptors might be permitted among 
licensed individuals of any countries adhering to such 
standards. 


Inferring Sustainable Yields for Raptor Populations 

Robert E. Kenward. Institute of Terrestrial Ecology, Ware- 

ham, Dorset BH20 5 AS U.K 

Sustainable yield levels for raptors can be estimated in 
three main ways: (1) from data on populations harvested 
for falconry, (2) from data on stable populations in which 
a known proportion was killed by man and (3) by study- 
ing the dynamics of artificially depressed populations. 

Ideally, harvest data should be obtained for at least 10 
yr from populations where compensatory immigration 
can be discounted. The only such data are for Gyrfalcons 
(Falco rusticolus ): records of nestlings which were taken 
from Iceland for four centuries would represent 25-50% 
of young from the present, saturated population (Cade 
1968). More recently, an average 22% of Peregrine Fal- 
con ( Falco peregrinus ) nestlings were taken from the 
Queen Charlotte Islands during five yr in the early 1960s 
(Blood 1968). There was no immediate marked popula- 
tion decline, but a slight downward trend would have 
been undetected in this short period. Similarly, the ex- 
perimental 9-27% harvest of young Prairie Falcons ( Falco 
mexicanus ) in Wyoming seems to have caused no popu- 
lation decline (Runde 1987). 

Although the proportion killed by man has ranged 
from 40-92% of recoveries in at least 27 banding studies 
(Newton 1979), this must partly reflect recovery bias: 
47% of recovered Northern Goshawk ( Accipiter gentilis) 
rings were from killed hawks on a Swedish island during 
1975-85, but man caused only 36% of the deaths among 
352 radio-tagged hawks in the same period (Kenward et 
al. 1993). To obtain a minimum estimate of man’s im- 
pact, the number of birds killed can be expressed as a 
proportion of the number banded, and not just the re- 
covered bands. In this case 14% of peregrines and 19- 
21% of goshawks were killed in Fennoscandia prior to 
1962 (Nordstrom 1963, Hoglund 1964), and 16% of 
North American Cooper’s Hawks ( Accipiter cooperii ) dur- 
ing the 1930s (Henny and Wight 1972). The Fennoscan- 
dian goshawk population has remained large, with “best 
estimates” that about 30% were being killed in Finland 
(Haukioja and Haukioja 1970). 

Data on increase rates for depressed raptor popula- 


296 


Abstracts 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


tions provide minimum estimates of sustainable yield, be- 
cause the increase may stem from alleviation rather than 
removal of the depressive factors. Increase rates of 12% 
per annum in Britain and 16% in West Germany have 
been recorded for peregrines as a result of reduced per- 
secution or pollution (Ratcliffe 1980, Newton 1988). In 
Holland, goshawk numbers increased by 19% annually 
during 1963—80 as organochlorine use was restricted 
(Marquiss 1981), and the reintroduced British goshawk 
population grew at an annual rate of 21% during 1964- 
80 (Thissen et al. 1981) . The increases probably stemmed 
in part from breeding by birds which would not repro- 
duce in saturated populations. Thus, 12% of goshawks 
bred in their first year in a German population where 
many adults were killed (Ziesemer 1983, Looft 1984), 
whereas none have in the Swedish island study (Kenward 
et al. 1991). If the German reproduction data are used 
in the Swedish population model, there is a 27% annual 
increase. Moreover, the Swedish females have a lower 
mortality than males, and thus a 1.67:1 excess in the adult 
population: removing 36% of young females would 
equalize the adult sex ratio. 

These studies show that healthy peregrine and gos- 
hawk populations can sustain the removal of at least 10% 
of their young, and in some cases more than 20%. The 
same probably applies to many other raptor species. The 
impact of allotting native raptors for falconry is likely to 
be less than the gross take, because 50-93% may even- 
tually be released or lost into the wild (Kenward 1974). 
This process can even benefit raptor conservation: it was 
a cheap and successful way to reestablish goshawks in 
Britain (Kenward et al. 1981, Marquiss 1981). 

Healthy raptor populations can probably sustain at 
least a 10% harvest of juveniles, and in some cases per- 
haps more than 20%. The actual number of birds avail- 
able from a given population would depend on the pop- 
ulation’s size, which should be monitored continuously 
to ensure that no decline results from the harvest. Since 
population monitoring is useful for raptor conservation, 
but costly, it may make more sense to encourage falcon- 
ers to contribute to data collection, as the price for their 
harvest, than to channel their resources into the captive 
breeding of species which are unthreatened in the wild. 

Literature Cited 

Blood, D.A. 1968. Population status of Peregrine Fal- 
cons in the Queen Charlotte Islands, British Colum- 
bia. Can. Field Nat. 82:169-176. 

Cade, T.J. 1968. The Gyrfalcon and falconry. Living Bird 
7:237-240. 

Haukioja, E. and M. Haukioja. 1970. Mortality rates of 
Finnish and Swedish Goshawks ( Accipiter gentilis). 
Finn. Game Res. 31:13—20. 

Henny, C .J. and H.M. Wight. 1972. Red-tailed and Coo- 
per’s Hawks: their population ecology and environ- 
mental pollution. Patuxent Wildlife Research Center, 
MD U.S.A. 


Hoglund, N. 1964. Der Habicht Accipiter gentilis in Fen- 
noscandia. Viltrevy 2:195-270. 

Kenward, R.E. 1974. Mortality and fate of trained birds 
of prey./. Wildl. Manage. 38:751-756. 

, M. Marquiss and I. Newton. 1981. What hap- 
pens to goshawks trained for falconry. J. Wildl. Man- 
age. 45:802-806. 

, V. Marcstrom and M. Karlbom. 1991. The gos- 
hawk ( Accipiter gentilis) as predator and renewable re- 
source. GibierFaune Sauvage 8:367-378. 

, AND . 1993. Causes of death in ra- 
dio-tagged Northern Goshawks. Pages 57-61 in P.T. 
Redig, J.E. Cooper, D.J. Remple and D.B. Hunter 
[Eds.], Raptor biomedicine. Univ. Press, Minneapolis, 
MN U.S.A. 

Looft, V. 1984. Die Entwicklungen des Habichtbe- 
standes (Accipiter gentilis) in Schleswig-Holstein 1968— 
1984. Corax 10:395-400. 

Marquiss, M. 1981. The goshawk in Britain — its prove- 
nance and current status. Pages 43-57 in R.E. Ken- 
ward and I.M. Lindsay [Eds.], Understanding the gos- 
hawk. Int. Assoc. Falconry Cons. Birds of Prey, Ox- 
ford, U.K. 

Newton, I. 1979. Population ecology of raptors. T. & 
A.D. Poyser, Berkhamsted, U.K 

. 1988. Regulation of peregrine populations. 

Pages 55-101 in T.J. Cade, J.H. Enderson, C.G. The- 
lander and C.M. White [Eds.], Peregrine Falcon pop- 
ulations: their management and recovery. The Pere- 
grine Fund, Boise, ID U.S.A. 

Nordstrom, G. 1963. Einige Ergebnisse der Vogelber- 
ingung in Finnland in der Jahren 1913-1962. Ornis 
Fenn. 40:81-124. 

Ratcliffe, D. 1980. The Peregrine Falcon. T. Sc A.D 
Poyser, Berkhamsted, U.K. 

RUNDE, D.E. 1987. Population dynamics and movement 
patterns of the Prairie Falcon (Falco mexicanus). Ph.D 
dissertation, Univ. Wyoming, Laramie, WY U.S.A. 

Thissen, J., G. Muskens and P. Opdam. 1981. Trends in 
the Dutch Goshawk Accipiter gentilis population and 
their causes. Pages 28—43 in R.E. Kenward and I.M. 
Lindsay [Eds.], Understanding the goshawk. Int. As- 
soc. Falconry, Birds of Prey, Oxford U.K 

Ziesemer, F. 1983. Untersuchungen zum Einfluss des 
Habichts ( Accipiter gentilis) auf Populationen seiner 
Beutetiere. Beitrage zur Wildbiologie 2. G. Hartmann, 
Kronshagen, Germany. 

Comments on Hybridization in Raptors 

Jimmie R. Parrish 1 and Clayton M. White. Department 
of Zoology, Brigham Young University, Provo, UT 84602 
U.S.A. 


1 Present address: Avocet Consulting, Inc., 1065 East 
Canyon Road, Avon, UT 84328 U.S.A. 


September 1997 


Abstracts 


297 


The concept of hybrid raptors has interest to both the 
evolutionary biologists (systematist), because of the im- 
plications of hybridization to the understanding of phy- 
logenetic relationships, and also to the falconer, because 
of the blending of characteristics that hybrids may man- 
ifest, some of which may be particularly desirable in the 
sport. At the writing of this paper, hybrids in many com- 
binations of species are a major source of raptors for the 
falconer. As a group, falconers thus have specific interest 
in the phenomenon, in part because the concept of pro- 
ducing hybrids has come under question by some envi- 
ronmentalists, conservationists, biologists and others. 

A basic understanding of taxonomic concepts, as well 
as criteria defining hybridization, is critical to adequately 
address hybridization involving raptors. We defined these 
concepts as pertaining to avian populations in general. 
We then defined the species using the classical and time 
honored characteristic notion of reproductive disconti- 
nuity (Mayr 1970, Bush 1975), as outlining the limits of 
a species, recognizing that such a definition may become 
obsolete as more and more data and analyses, especially 
molecular data, are available. Within this context, how- 
ever, hybridization is the mixing of “alien” genes from 
one Mendelian population to another (Sibley 1957, Ris- 
ing 1983) in both natural and artificial schemes. The hy- 
brid is then the offspring of a cross between genetically 
dissimilar (at some level) individuals or populations. The 
word hybrid may conjure bad connotations (Cade 1983) 
while the word “purebred” gives good feelings. Pure- 
breds, however, are nothing but channeled mixtures of 
genotypes. We used examples of hybrids that may occur 
in stable hybrid zones in the wild, among such nonrap- 
torial birds as flickers (Colaptes spp.), jays (Cyanocitta spp.) 
and meadowlarks (Sturnella spp.) (Rising 1983). We fur- 
ther explored the influence of the natural spread of 
“alien” genes throughout the range of a species; for ex- 
ample, the Mallard ( Anas platyrhynchos ) is reproducing 
with and swamping out genes in related species such as 
the American Black Duck ( Anas rubripes ) (Ankney et al. 
1986) and Pacific Black Duck ( Anas superciliosa) . Impor- 
tant questions, as they applied to the above nonraptorial 
species, but also the raptorial species discussed, include: 
what constitutes hybrid vigor (heterosis)? What is the ef- 
fect of a hybrid swarm? How is fecundity of a given taxon 
affected by hybridization? What other effects should be 
considered when introduction of a hybrid occurs in a 
population? Is the question of hybridization among wild 
raptors an important one? 

Most of these questions are not easily answered. At 
present, some cannot be. A relative paucity of data exists 
for evaluating effects of hybridization among wild raptor 
populations. Therefore, we discussed the kinds of data 
needed to formulate effective management questions in- 
volving hybrid raptors. An early record suggested the nat- 
ural cross between a male Northern Goshawk ( Accipiter 
gentilis) and a female Common Buzzard ( Buteo buteo) 
(Gray 1958). Recently, there are at least five cases of in- 


trageneric natural hybrids in raptors: Otus asio x Otus ken- 
nicotti, Buteo jamaicensis X Buteo buteo, Falco tinnunculus X 
Falco naumanni, Accipiter fasdatus X Accipiter novaehollan- 
diae, Milvus milvus X Milvus migrans and Falco peregrinus 
X Falco mexicanus (Marshall 1967, Wobus and Creutz 
1970, Sylven 1977, Hollands 1984, Olsen and Olsen 1985, 
Bjilsma 1988, Oliphant 1991). Two other natural hybrids 
have been suggested. Ellis (1995) speculated, based pri- 
marily on plumage, that the so-called Altay falcon ( Falco 
altaicus or Falco cherrug ?) of the mountains of central Asia 
resulted from hybridization of Falco cherrug X Falco rusti- 
colus. Seibold et al. (1993), based on DNA sequence data 
showing two distinct mitochondrial hyplotypes within the 
currently recognized Falco cherrug, suggested that one of 
the hyplotypes may have resulted from hybridization of 
Falco cherrug X Falco peregrinus. Any special circumstances 
surrounding each of these examples is briefly discussed. 

Some of the most interesting hybrids are those pro- 
duced in captive breeding situations. The list of species 
that have been bred in captivity often with artificial in- 
semination, is, of course, considerable. Of 83 species of 
diurnal raptors successfully bred in captivity as of 1985, 
23 were falcons, eight buteos and seven accipiters (Cade 
1986). Currently, hybrids are commonplace within the 
falconry community (Haak 1980). Certain combinations 
of falcons seem to be better for the sport than either of 
the parental types and indeed, some types of hybridiza- 
tion may confer a certain evolutionary fitness over either 
parental species (Grant and Grant 1992). We do not have 
good data on all the hybrid falcons that have been pro- 
duced nor the combinations (either species involved or 
whether a tri- or more hybrid cross) , and thus not much 
of an assessment can be made. Some of the karyotype 
and chromosomal differences in parental species within 
large native North American Falco were discussed 
(Schmutz and Oliphant 1987). 

The inevitable question concerns the fate of such hy- 
brid raptors if lost to the wild. Since we now live in hab- 
itats that are highly modified, a sort of hybrid environ- 
ment, the question of what fits best into the environment 
is moot. Hundreds of “exotic” raptors have been lost 
into the environment without any discernable long-last- 
ing affects. For example, Saker Falcons have bred with 
Peregines (Stevens 1972) and yet sakers lost to the wild 
in North America seem never to show up again; their 
genes certainly do not seem to be represented in wild 
breeding native populations of other North American 
Falco unless the haplotype situation mentioned above 
could be detected. Certainly, genes modifying morphol- 
ogy are not evident. Some intrageneric hybrids, where 
one of the parents is an exotic species, may be of con- 
cern, however. Buteo jamaicensis, an exotic in the U.K., has 
mated in the wild with Buteo buteo and this could pose a 
problem in the future as with the Mallard X black duck 
example. 

As with most other management-oriented questions, 
the answers to questions surrounding hybridization are 


298 


Abstracts 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


to be found within the natural realm only after some 
periods of observations. We can provide logical expecta- 
tions on effects of artificial hybridization to wild raptor 
populations, and the affects seem to be of little conse- 
quence. In our discussion, particular emphasis was 
placed on taxa within the genus Falco. 

Literature Cited 

Ankney, C.D., D.G. Dennis, L.N. Wischard and J.E. Seeb. 
1986. Low genic variation between black ducks and 
Mallards. Auk 103:701-709. 

Bijlsma, R.G. 1988. Unidentified Kenyan kites — Hybrid 
Black X Red? Gabar 3:19-20. 

Bush, G.L. 1975. Modes of animal speciation. Ann. Rev. 
Ecol. Syst. 6:339—364. 

Cade, TJ. 1983. Hybridization and gene exchange 
among birds in relation to conservation. Pages 288- 
309 in C.M. Schonewald-Cox, S.M. Chambers, B. 
MacBryde and W.L. Thomas [Eds.], Genetics and 
conservation. The Benjamin/Cummings Publ. Co., 
Inc., Menlo Park, CA U.S.A. 

. 1986. Propagating diurnal raptors in captivity: a 

review. Int. Zoo Yearb. 24/25:1-20. 

Ellis, D.H. 1995. What is Falco altaicus Menzbier? J. Rap- 
tor Res. 29:15-25. 

Grant, P.R. and B.R. Grant. 1992. Hybridization of bird 
species. Science 256:193-197. 

Gray, A.P. 1958. Bird hybrids. A checklist with bibliog- 
raphy. Commonw. Bur. Anim. Breed. Genet. Tech. Com- 
mun. Edinburgh 13:1-390. 

Haak, B. 1980. Hybrid falcons./. N. Am. Falconers Assoc. 
18/19:74-83. 

Hollands, D. 1984. Eagles, hawks and falcons of Aus- 
tralia. Thomas Nelson Australia, Melbourne, Victoria, 
Australia. 

Marshall, J.T., Jr. 1967. Parallel variation in North and 
Middle American Screech-owls. Monog. No. 1, West. 
Found. Vert. Zool., Los Angeles, CA U.S.A. 

Mayr, E. 1970. Populations, species and evolution. Har- 
vard Univ. Press, Cambridge, MS U.S.A. 

Oliphant, L.W. 1991. Hybridization between a Pere- 
grine Falcon and a Prairie Falcon in the wild .J. Raptor 
Res. 25:36-39. 

Olsen, P.D. and J. Olsen. 1985. A natural hybridization 
of the Brown Goshawk ( Accipiter fasciatus) and Grey 
Goshawk (A. novaehollandiae) in Australia, and a com- 
parison of the two species. Emu 85:250-257. 

Rising, J.D. 1983. The great plains hybrid zones. Pages 
131-157 in R.F. Johnston [Ed.], Current ornithology, 
Vol. 1. Plenum Press, New York, NY U.S.A. 

Schmutz, S.M. AND L.W. Oliphant. 1987. A chromo- 
some study of Peregrine, Prairie and Gyrfalcons with 
implications for hybrids. J. Tiered. 78:388-390. 
Seibold, I., A.J. Helbig and M. Wink. 1993. Molecular 
systematics of falcons (family Falconidae). Naturwis- 
senschaften 80:87-90. 

Sibley, C.G. 1957. The evolutionary and taxonomic sig- 


nificance of sexual selection and hybridization in 
birds. Condor 59:166-191. 

Stevens, R. 1972. B.P.I.E. No. 27. Peregrine Falcon-Saker 
cross. Raptor Res. 6:18-21. 

Sylven, M. 1977. Hybridisering mellan glada Milvus mil - 
vus och brunglada M. migrans i Sverige 1976. VarFa- 
gelvdrld 36:38-44. 

Wobus, U, and G. Creutz. 1970, Eine erfolgreiche 
Mischbrut von Rot und Schwarzmilan (Milvus milvus 
X Milvus migrans ). Zool. Abh. 31:305-313. 

Contributions of Rehabilitation/Education 
Programs in Raptor Management 

Patrick T. Redig, Gary E. Duke and Marc Martell. 
Raptor Research and Rehalnlitation Program, 295 Animal 
Science/Veterinary Medicine Building, 1988 Fitch Avenue, 
St. Paul, MN 55108 U.S.A. 

The rise of rehabilitation of raptors has occurred con- 
currently with the increase in general efforts to manage 
and conserve raptors. Prior to the mid-1960s there was 
little evidence of rehabilitation being undertaken on any 
scale that might impact aspects of raptor management. 
Similarly, prior to 1970, there was a dearth of specific 
veterinary information available to be utilized in provid- 
ing state-of-the-art medical care for raptors. Since then, 
a significant development in the number and scope of 
organizations for rehabilitating raptors and other wildlife 
has occurred among both lay and professional sectors. 
Many of these projects include public education and re- 
search, both basic and applied, among their objectives, 
so that the total impact of these efforts can potentially 
have a sizeable positive influence on the survival of rap- 
tors. Using data derived largely from the research and 
rehabilitation effort maintained at the University of Min- 
nesota since 1974, we reached a number of conclusions. 
(1) Combined research and rehabilitation programs can 
provide effective means for detecting naturally occurring 
diseases and for assessing the importance of various caus- 
es of mortality among raptors. Fourteen years of data col- 
lected systematically show in general that the occurrence 
of natural disease is low in raptors, whereas the incidence 
of traumatic injuries from man-made factors constitutes 
the majority of the admissions. Among the latter, the 
greatest number of injuries arose from collisions with 
moving vehicles and powerlines. (2) Rehabilitation can 
result in complete recoveries with successful releases to 
the wild and subsequent survival. Data from banding rec- 
ords and telemetry studies show survival in excess of sev- 
en yr for some rehabilitated raptors and distances of 
more than 1000 miles traveled over the course of five mo 
following release. Data are also available which document 
successful nesting of released Bald Eagles ( Haliaeetus leu- 
cocephalus ) , through the finding of color-marked feathers 
in and below occupied nests. The influence of these re- 
covered birds on wild populations varies with the num- 


September 1997 


Abstracts 


299 


bers involved, the number of wild birds present in a pop- 
ulation and the effectiveness with which rehabilitated 
raptors are assimilated back into the wild. (3) Reintro- 
duction and translocation projects for Bald Eagles and 
Peregrine Falcons ( Falco peregrinus ) have benefited by the 
rearing of young, and also through the assessment of 
health status and medical treatment of those that have 
become ill or injured during the release process. (4) Re- 
search into the utilization of crippled raptors for breed- 
ing purposes has produced positive results. Young of Bald 
Eagles and several owl species have been produced by 
crippled parents for release projects. 

Other impacts of rehabilitation projects are farther 
reaching, but less measurable, than those mentioned 
above. Since 1980, 18 senior veterinary students have 
completed internships ranging from three wk to three 
mo at this program, and several have gone on to establish 
research and rehabilitation projects at other veterinary 
colleges. Additionally, raptor biologists from Spain, Mex- 
ico, France, England, Denmark, New Zealand and Israel 
have served internships during which they gained valu- 
able experience in capture, restraint, blood sampling and 
other procedures that enhance their ability to gather 
field data about raptors. Further, the program now main- 
tains an active list of more than 100 volunteers working 
in clinical, educational and public relations areas which 
not only further the immediate work of the program, but 
also provide the volunteers with lifetime experiences that 
will stimulate their understanding and make them effec- 
tive communicators for raptor conservation in the future. 

The most immeasurable thrust is in the area of public 
relations and education. Uncountable hundreds of 
thousands of people are being informed about the ongoing 
need for conservation of raptors and wildlife resources. Re- 
habilitation statistics indicate the effectiveness of such ef- 
forts. In the period 1972-75, 35% of the admissions to the 
program occurred due to projectile injuries; since 1981, 4% 
or fewer of admissions have come from projectile injuries. 
Additionally, public awareness of the need for eagle winter- 
ing habitat caused the reevaluation of an airport improve- 
ment project in St. Paul, MN that would have resulted in 
the felling or topping of trees on an island in the Mississippi 
that was used by Bald Eagles. This population of eagles was 
found by radio-tracking a rehabilitated bird that had recov- 
ered from a trap injury. 

Influencing public policy and legislation are other arenas 
in which rehabilitation projects have had an impact. The 
current trend toward elimination of lead shot for waterfowl 
hunting has gained impetus from the realization that Bald 
Eagles are affected by lead poisoning, a fact that came to 
light from the admission of lead-poisoned eagles to rehabil- 
itation facilities as well as the USFWS Health Laboratory in 
Madison. Additionally, several states in the Midwest have en- 
acted legislation to eliminate the use of open-baited steel- 
jawed traps for small mammal trapping after recognizing 
the numbers of eagles admitted to rehabilitation projects 
that had been caught in traps. 


The cost-effectiveness of rehabilitation is only measur- 
able in terms of the number of benefits one is willing to 
apply against the actual medical costs of rehabilitation 
The Minnesota project computes a cost of about $75 per 
bird admitted to the clinic, amortized over a total admis- 
sion of 4000 raptors in 14 yr. At an average release rate 
of 42%, the cost per released bird is about $150. Cost 
factors associated with other means of raptor manage- 
ment are not available, so direct comparisons cannot be 
made. However, given the wide array of benefits afforded 
raptors by the global efforts in conservation mediated 
through rehabilitation and education projects, we con- 
clude that this area of endeavor is a viable and worth- 
while tool for their management. 

Development of Captive Breeding and Release 
Techniques 

TomJ. Cade and Martin J. Gilroy. The Peregrine Fund, 

World Center for Birds of Prey, 5666 West Flying Hawk Lane, 

Boise ID 83709 U.S.A. 

Aldo Leopold (1933) began what can be called the “eco- 
logical tradition” in wildlife management, with its emphasis 
on habitat. Its principle is that the preservation and manip- 
ulation of all environmental factors that are necessary to 
support wildlife populations is more important than direct 
manipulation of the animals themselves. This approach has 
continued to the present date and is certainly the best policy 
whenever it can be pursued. The preservation of suitable 
habitats for birds of prey should be our paramount concern, 
as it is for all wildlife, since the more natural areas and 
ecosystems we can set aside and preserve in the unaltered 
state, the greater will be the abundance and diversity of rap- 
tors in the future. However, we all recognize that despite 
our best intentions and efforts, natural habitats of all sorts 
foil continue to shrink in size and to deteriorate in their 
capacities to support a diversity of species, under the con- 
tinuing influence of human population pressures and 
needs. Such passive preservation measures that aim to pre- 
serve the status quo are delaying actions at best, and alone 
will not suffice, simply because they will not occur on a large 
enough scale to take care of everything. Increasingly in the 
future, the strategy of biological conservation will need to 
combine strict habitat preservation with preservation of in- 
dividual species, by using manipulative techniques (such as 
captive propagation and reintroduction) to help species to 
adjust and to survive in the increasingly human-dominated 
world. 

Propagation 

It is curious that the captive propagation of raptors is a 
quite recent activity, given the long tradition of human in- 
volvement with these species in the sport of falconry and as 
tribal and national totems. The first Peregrine Falcon ( Falco 
peregrinus) known to be raised from captive parents was pro- 
duced as recently as 1942, and even as late as 1965 only 


300 


Abstracts 


Vol. 31, No. 3 


about 23 species of diurnal raptors had successfully been 
bred in captivity, mostly on a casual basis. 

The situation has changed markedly in the last two 
decades. When it became evident in the late 1960s that 
many raptor populations in north temperate regions had 
suffered major declines, owing to DDT and related pes- 
ticides or to other forms of environmental degradation, 
an interest emerged (particularly among falconers) to 
perfect techniques of captive breeding for some of these 
species, especially the peregrine. More than a quarter of 
all falconiform species have now been bred in captivity. 
At least 12 species have produced more than 100 progeny 
in captivity since 1975, some having produced thousands; 
the number of peregrines produced worldwide certainly 
exceeds 5000. It is probably safe to conclude that most, 
if not all, diurnal birds of prey can be bred in captivity 
given sufficient knowledge of their needs and sufficient 
resources to carry out the work. 

Among the explanations for these breakthroughs is the 
zealous nature of raptor breeders. Most of them are falcon- 
ers, building on 3000 years of knowledge about handling 
and training hawks and falcons. A second factor contribut- 
ing to the success of these projects has been the rapid and 
free exchange of information among breeders through or- 
ganizations such as the Raptor Research Foundation, North 
American Falconers Association, the Hawk and Owl Trust 
and the British Falconers’ Club, to name a few. Finally, 
much is owed to the application of basic scientific infor- 
mation on avian reproductive physiology 7 and breeding be- 
havior and ecology. A quick example is the now well-known 
development of human-imprinted “semen donors” for ar- 
tificial insemination, solving infertility problems owing to in- 
compatibilities between mates. A thorough review of captive 
propagation is available in Cade (1986). 

Reintroduction 

Raptor reintroduction programs, which are often tech- 
nically “restocking” in that the original population is not 
truly extinct, have employed three general methods: (1) 
fostering captive-bred or harvested wild young into the 
nests of conspecific surrogates, (2) cross-fostering into 
the nests of other species and (3) hacking by modifica- 
tions of the traditional falconers’ methods. Details are 
available in Sherrod et al. (1981), Cade et al. (1988) and 
Barclay and Cade (1983). As these techniques have been 
refined, there has been a rapid increase in the number 
of reintroduction programs for raptors. 

If a program is to be successful, its goals need to be 
specifically stated, based on reproductive and survival 
data from similar projects or from natural populations in 
other parts of the species’ range so that accurate projec- 
tions of the required commitment can be made, in terms 
of birds, work, time and money. Such projects should not 
be started merely because it is now comparatively easy to 
do so, or is good publicity, or makes an agency available 
for federal funding. Experience to date indicates that the 


establishment of self-sustaining populations in vacant 
range takes a lot of birds and a lot of time. 

A concerted, cooperative, regional approach can maxi- 
mize the return on species restoration efforts. Clustering 
release sites so as to saturate a region increases the likeli- 
hood of pair formation, and may be accomplished through 
cooperation of several states. Toward that end, an active, 
enthusiastic recovery team approach has worked well in the 
eastern peregrine reintroduction. Besides their role in co- 
ordinating the multitude of state and federal agencies that 
carry out this work, they have helped to expedite the reg- 
ulatory burden and moderate the political aspects that ac- 
company a large-scale program. 

The cost of conducting raptor restoration programs in 
the coming decades will be high, since they are so labor 
intensive, especially when captive-produced birds are in- 
volved. Taking the Eastern Peregrine Recovery Program 
as a case in point, the Peregrine Fund has spent about 
$2.8 million to propagate and release peregrines in the 
eastern states. Figuring in the expense of cooperating 
agencies probably brings this cost to about $3.5 million, 
perhaps more, and this is but one of four regional re- 
covery programs in the U.S. Though this may seem a 
staggering amount at hrst, it is not really that expensive 
relative to many of the other things people are willing to 
spend our public and private wealth to obtain. Compared 
to the $10 million one individual recently paid for a sin- 
gle untrained racehorse, or the $15 million purses of 
championship prize fights, or the billions of dollars spent 
on Star Wars technology, saving endangered species 
seems a bargain. 

These costings underscore the need for sound eco- 
nomic projections in the planning stages of a reintro- 
duction program, and the need for continued support 
for the duration of the program. Complete restoration 
may not be achieved until years after the initial enthusi- 
asm of the program has waned. Moreover, the required 
support extends beyond money alone, to agency support. 
The success in establishing initial small populations can 
lead to an attitude of complacency, for example, so that 
states just entering a program become ineligible for the 
federal funds that got the program started. Government 
labs can become reluctant to analyze eggs to monitor the 
factors responsible for the species’ original decline. 

The involvement of the skilled private sector is one way 
of reducing some of the costs of reintroduction programs. 
Members of local bird clubs and individual falconers have 
helped survey and monitor falcons in the east. Many falcon- 
ers have provided young for the peregrine recovery effort. 
Because of production problems at our facility in Boise in 
1986, more than 15% of the birds released in the east were 
donated by private breeders. Others provided falcons for 
release in the Upper Mississippi region. 

As natural environments become fragmented and de- 
graded, it is up to those of us who care about these birds 
to convince the rest of humanity that they are worth the 
cost of saving. So long as people are willing to commit 


September 1997 


Abstracts 


301 


the necessary time, effort and money, the creative use of 
management techniques like captive breeding and rein- 
troduction can be made to work for particular species of 
concern. The future is not bleak, as some pessimists 
would have us think; rather, it is a challenge. 

Literature Cited 

Barclay, J.H. and T.J. Cade. 1983. Restoration of the 
Peregrine Falcon in the eastern United States. Biol. 
Cons. 1:3—40. 

Cade, T.J. 1986. Using science and technology to rees- 
tablish species lost in nature. Pages 279-288 in E.O. 


Wilson [Ed.], Biodiversity. National Academy Press, 
Washington DC U.S.A. 

, J.H. Enderson, C.G. Thelander and C.M. 

White. 1988. Peregrine Falcon populations, their 
management and recovery. The Peregrine Fund Inc., 
Boise, ID U.S.A. 

Leopold, A. 1933. Game management. Charles Scrib- 
ner’s Sons, New York, NY U.S.A. 

Sherrod, S.K, W.R. Heinrich, W.A. Burnham, J.H. Bar- 
clay and TJ- Cade. 1981. Hacking: a method for re- 
leasing Peregrine Falcons and other birds of prey. The 
Peregrine Fund, Boise, ID U.S.A. 





THE RAPTOR RESEARCH FOUNDATION, INC. 

(Founded 1966 ) 


OFFICERS 


PRESIDENT: David M. Bird 
VICE-PRESIDENT: Michael N. Kochert 


SECRETARY: Betsy Hancock 
TREASURER: Jim Fitzpatrick 


BOARD OF DIRECTORS 


EASTERN DIRECTOR: Brian A. Millsap 
CENTRAL DIRECTOR: Robert N. Rosenfield 
MOUNTAIN & PACIFIC DIRECTOR: 


Michael McGrady 

DIRECTOR AT LARGE #1: Patricia L. Kennedy 
DIRECTOR AT LARGE #2: John A. Smallwood 
DIRECTOR AT LARGE #3: Keith L. Bildstein 
DIRECTOR AT LARGE #4: Cesar MArquez 
DIRECTOR AT LARGE #5: Petra Bohall Wood 
DIRECTOR AT LARGE #6: Katherine McKefver 


INTERNATIONAL DIRECTOR #2: 


Karen Steenhof 

CANADIAN DIRECTOR: Gordon S. Court 
INTERNATIONAL DIRECTOR #1: 


Jemima ParryJones 




EDITORIAL STAFF 

EDITOR: MarcJ. Bechard, Department of Biology, Boise State University, Boise, ID 83725 U.S.A. 

ASSOCIATE EDITORS 


Charles J. Henny 

BOOK REVIEW EDITOR: Jeffrey S. Marks, Montana Cooperative Research Unit, University of Montana, 

Missoula, MT 59812 U.S.A. 

SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS EDITOR: Daniel E. Varland, Rayonier, 3033 Ingram Street, Hoquiam, WA 

98550 

The Journal of Raptor Research is distributed quarterly to all current members. Original manuscripts 
dealing with the biology and conservation of diurnal and nocturnal birds of prey are welcomed from 
throughout the world, but must be written in English. Submissions can be in the form of research articles, 
letters to the editor, thesis abstracts and book reviews. Contributors should submit a typewritten original 
and three copies to the Editor. All submissions must be typewritten and double-spaced on one side of 216 
X 278 mm (8 V 2 X 11 in.) or standard international, white, bond paper, with 25 mm (1 in.) margins. The 
cover page should contain a title, the author’s full name(s) and address (es). Name and address should be 
centered on the cover page. If the current address is different, indicate this via a footnote. A short version 
of the title, not exceeding 35 characters, should be provided for a running head. An abstract of about 
250 words should accompany all research articles on a separate page. 

Tables, one to a page, should be double-spaced throughout and be assigned consecutive Arabic numer- 
als. Collect all figure legends on a separate page. Each illustration should be centered on a single page 
and be no smaller than final size and no larger than twice final size. The name of the author(s) and figure 
number, assigned consecutively using Arabic numerals, should be pencilled on the back of each figure. 

Names for birds should follow the A.O.U. Checklist of North American Birds (6th ed., 1983) or another 
authoritative source for other regions. Subspecific identification should be cited only when pertinent to 
the material presented. Metric units should be used for all measurements. Use the 24-hour clock (e.g., 
0830 H and 2030 H) and “continental” dating (e.g., 1 January 1990). 

Refer to a recent issue of the journal for details in format. Explicit instructions and publication policy 
are outlined in “Information for contributors,”/. Raptor Res., Vol. 27(4), and are available from the editor. 


Allen M. Fish 
Gary R. Bortolotti 


Fabian Jaksic 
Daniel E. Varland 


1997 ANNUAL MEETING 


The Raptor Research Foundation, Inc. 1997 annual meeting will be hosted by Georgia Southern 
University and will be held October 30 through November 2 at the Marriott Riverfront in Savan- 
nah, Georgia. Details about the meeting and a call for papers will be mailed to Foundation 
members in the spring of 1997. For more information, contact Michelle Pittman (912/681-5555, 
e-mail: meeden@gsvms2.cc.gasou.edu) or Steve Hein (912/681-0831) at Georgia Southern Uni- 
versity. 


Raptor Research Foundation, Inc., Awards 
Recognition for Significant Contributions 1 

The Dean Amadon Award recognizes an individual who has made significant contributions in the field of 
systematics or distribution of raptors. Contact: Dr. Clayton White, 161 WIDE, Department of Zoology, 
Brigham Young University, Provo, UT 84602 U.S.A. Deadline August 15. 

The Tom Cade Award recognizes an individual who has made significant advances in the area of captive 
propagation and reintroduction of raptors. Contact: Dr. Brian Walton, Predatory Bird Research Group, 
Lower Quarry, University of California, Santa Cruz, CA 95064 U.S.A. Deadline: August 15. 

The Fran and Frederick Hamerstrom Award recognizes an individual who has contributed significantly to 
the understanding of raptor ecology and natural history. Contact: Dr. David E. Andersen, Department 
of Fisheries and Wildlife, 200 Hodson Hall, 1980 Folwell Avenue, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, 
MN 55108 U.SA. Deadline: August 15. 

Recognition and Travel Assistance 

The James R. Koplin Travel Award is given to a student who is the senior author of the paper to be 
presented at the meeting for which travel funds are requested. Contact: Dr. Petra Wood, West Virginia 
Cooperative Fish and Wildlife Research Unit, P.O. Box 6125, Percival Hall, Room 333, Morgantown, 
WV 26506-6125 U.SA. Deadline: established for conference paper abstracts. 

The William C. Andersen Memorial Award is given to the student who presents the best paper at the annual 
Raptor Research Foundation Meeting. Contact: Ms. Laurie Goodrich, Hawk Mountain Sanctuary, Rural 
Route 2, Box 191, Rempton, PA 19529-9449 U.SA. Deadline: Deadline established for meeting paper 
abstracts. 


Grants 2 

The Stephen R. Tully Memorial Grant for $500 is given to support research, management and conservation 
of raptors, especially to students and amateurs with limited access to alternative funding. Contact: Dr. 

Kimberly Titus, Alaska Division of Wildlife Conservation, P.O. Box 20, Douglas, AK 99824 U.SA. Dead- 
line: September 10. 

The Leslie Brown Memorial Grant for $500-$l,000 is given to support research and/or the dissemination 
of information on raptors, especially to individuals carrying out work in Africa. Contact: Dr. Jeffrey L. 
Lincer, P.O. Box 1675, Valley Center, CA 92082 U.SA. Deadline: September 15. 


1 Nominations should include: (1) the name, title and address of both nominee and nominator, (2) the 
names of three persons qualified to evaluate the nominee’s scientific contribution, (3) a brief (one page) 
summary of the scientific contribution of the nominee. 

2 Send 5 copies of a proposal (^5 pages) describing the applicant’s background, study goals and methods, 
anticipated budget, and other funding.